mi Aaa Man ire if i WW i reel my Ml % " “> Kai on i nih i wines 2 U scaled ae fr % | | ' | Te Pas fCoriean’ ‘4 ’ ' : val i i ni) aan Whe yd oP raf | \ “ x | - uty 316 Cron Ore Fs aS aa Fi ; cE RNOPAGD ) VP ec Se ij 4" | t | & Siar A ce AMA MME eS es 7 fe nie O- fe m 7 me Me it i eet aS a Nine yy i Nba!) #1 Ae Se Nite) ult he ne ve by i) Mi Ab j fi a TAA fa, ty 4 f i ay | ‘ ne { i i ay ye ) | h i a ae j : ee) iva) 4 ¢ i : i if ‘ I Te iq hey DAME Ghelente ny My RT tae 4 i a fits ¥ 1 4 4 Pye nt 4 is ‘ah st an Me May ee att ‘ i Br hes , } : iy) ) ih iid J i ’ i if } ns , Min ie " iM ns ay) via i ’ us rae i) ql its eek TW WP hy i ea Wii | ch ‘“ ; ue ’ Mian Dhan eet : ty ae 1i¥ J Aen ' \ hi Whey e Bue, TURN cy fal a LO ik A SR a Liat i ‘ ht ea Aion LRN PD aia vate WL he Maw dau uh et we 1h at ra Wee Aan Che AOS ORM 1 on i TA Ye) f Te ny i ern ae i O hee Oe he i mk OG Ae ee RR ey mt ih "4 A i a Ab He HA i i a Ry a \y epee Fayre (? A it 1 Ce \ wih Wo a Troma | \ Wh i i er ay eh i ; : Huy mee i Chay ie Lis { ’ Lila 4 i \ k Way | mien ye ie ; aly y'8| i iM is ; ie P] Nib Wy Mh ii ‘ fy) ue ith a ay i oF DG YOUN Frat Aare a | hi if mat Na PAD aais re iV nN ‘ N AX ye Tigh Py at 14 f i hi iy a 1 Ni , ¥, a ee ; at Ent y ! i vi re) ) TH ; ay fi cust Ce AA ee, uienate r uy! q Vi if a i) ie Wh ‘ i RSA) OE Co s/ : a Mee tie Nan eae . ie ' Ne uy i ARH) At yf a mn i <> . THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST DEVOTED TO NATURAL HISTORY, PRIMARILY THAT OF THE PRAIRIE STATES JULIUS A. NIEUWLAND, C. S.C., PH.D., Sc. D. EDITOR VOLUME VII. 1921 UNIVERSITY OF NOTRE DAME NOTRE DAME, INDIANA 5 7 . - 2 +5 & Ty CONTENTS A Preliminary Report on the Uniondae of St. Joseph River.— ETO CIS AVY CNUNIANG CY ea a ts ee ee Se ee & Notes on the Genus Atrypa, with Descriptions of New Species— Clement L. Webster, M. SEY ae ES 13 The Winters of North-Central Iowa.—Howard Clark Brown__-_~-~ 21 Birds Observed at Rum Village on October 7, 1920—Brother PAS TOEI NIU STS Gc Ser yo re ee 26 Indiana Audubon Society—F rank C. Evans___-_-----------------+--- 28 Some Species of Podosemum—Benjamin Franklin Bush ___--------~ 29 Mondo, Adans—Oliver Atkins: Farwell. 22" 39 on ea 41 Plants of Fargo, North Dakota, with Dates of Flowering—0O. A. SSE CURCIU Se a0 ees ek oh Spe 2 ee eo he 54 Bird Migration Record—Brother Alphonsus, C. S. C.___._---~------- 63 Fall and Winter Birds of Northfield, Minnesota, 1920-1921— Se WW OTN Clee. tes ee. Ros ied oe ee a ee el eee 69 A Survey of the Naturalistic Periodical Literature of America— Howera Cloris “BTOoeuns = 25 5 eee ee ee 74 Plants of Fargo, North Dakota, with Dates of Flowering—0O. A. EME CNS ters Cue ein LFA a SE IS Eo ee eee 719 The Origin and Development of the Earth—CarroH Lane Fenton__101 Nomenclatorial Notes on Certain American Plants I.—Homer DET OUWS Con ee anes NSS eee eB 126 Plants of Fargo, North Dakota, with Dates of Flowering—O. A._-__-- OCTETS r aRMOa ES SE 1 a Se ea oie Ae A Nd, Sa eRe ade Ss AP SUEY 8 2:5 7 135 Albino Robins at Notre Dame—Brother Alphonsus, C. S. C..-----_- 157 Recent Botanical Publications from the United States National Museumi~— i Weo Hola ak nS ea eS ee ee 165 Notes on the Habits of the Soft-Shell Turtlek—Amyda Mutica— Up ate ahora ONE a AREY a RC (Seite eee NSS ASE rE AE Pee renee aE AEST 2M 180 Book Reviews—Carroll Lane Fenton____-__-___. _---_--_-_-____ 159, 185 Neto oe gt x BONS. “Ae ik . pai vate se —— 4 saath ie “olga a tite Bhsies ras ari an ie cts +e sake 68 Blount he * pings Pa - oe coe oe a i os- = Ao q nes ae ‘ sis jaan. ce er ea abate “et toe 4 ees Batis vA x es ees oo oe Bas and ee. oe men ‘wae bgt eo 5 rt fe. ee ack seh et geal “ie ecg ens i a ch Yor anne oie beaasces ee =f i} ; ae ee pine VOL. VII. JANUARY, 1921 NO. american MITDLAND NATURALIST Devoted to Natural History, Primarily that of the Prairie States Published by the University of Notre Dame, Notre Dame, Indiana J. A. NIEUWLAND, C.S.C., Ph. D., Sc. D., Editor V, CONTENTS A Preliminary Report on the Uniondae of St. Joseph River. Francis Wenninger Notes on the Genus Atrypa, with Descriptions of New Species. Clement L. Webster, M. Sc.. 13 The Winters of North-Central Iowa. Howard Clark Brown 21 Birds Observed at Rum Village on October 7, 1920. Brother Alphonsus, C. S.C. 26 Indiana Audubon Society. Frank C. Evans 28 PRICE $1.50 A YEAR SINGLE NUMBERS 30 CENTS FOREIGN, 6s. 6d. Entered as second-class matter at Notre Dame, Indiana. Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in section 1103, Act of October 3, 1917, authorized on July 3, 1918. THE UNIVERSITY PRESS, NOTRE DAME, INDIANA Back Numbers of ‘‘The American Midland Naturalist.” Vol) I-—=(19090—TOTO) 9293: prio a Wn DOT ses ee ee ee ee eae ee $2.00 Vol. II.—(1911-1912). 330 pp. Unbound and exclusive of 3 Reprints to beiboundiamiend Of: viola A a ke te ee 2.00 Inclusive of Three Reprints (see below). Extra... -eeeveeeeneneee 2.25 Vol. III.—(1913-1914). 383 pp. Unbound, exclusive of Reprint No. 4. (See below). [Nos. 1, 2, 3, 7.) are scarce and nearly out of print, COsbinneisO:etss care hias wiess oe ee ae ee eee eSBs LT mG cert Vo 4.50 Inclusivelof Reprint INO; 4 ex traces set eee tee ee eu ue Lee 1.00 Vol hVe—— (Tors hore) aU rb omni ds! sesu oe str LOL SAY suet Neon a heater 4.00 WolseV:——(Tor7—1To1s)s) Wubound... 3 e eeaet 213300 Total—$17.75 Publications. Haun, W. Analytic Study of Faunal Changes in Indiana, 2 plates, LOLO; 62 Papp ae eee Ree ee ea ns eA al ae Sons GREENE, E. 1. Leaflets of Botanical Observation and Criticism. 2 vols Complete. (1903-1912)............-------------- 6.00 a ee Cybele Columbiana, A series of Studies in Botany, chiefly North American. No. 1. (Other num- bersitofollow)? 2c 228 ee Sa ee ee ee ee Safe 4 ? Pittonia, A series of Papers Realting to Botany and Botanists, 5 vols. (1887—1905)_-..-..--- = 14.00 8 Flora Franciscana, Parts I, II, III. [Part IV pub- lished long after the other parts, is quite unobtainable, as all copies not immediately distributed seem to have been lost in the San Francisco fire.] Price as published__........_.-.... 2.00 ie v Manual of the Botany of the Region of San Fran- cisco Bay (1894). Bound cloth......................- 2.00 Wat bo tind ese re 12 ae Ss ee i 1.50 (Price as published of latter)__.......-.-------------0----- 2.00 UTTERBACK, W. I. Naiades of Missouri, 200 pp. 29 pl. and some text Pig UTES ss eae No ay eT ee AE aes eee tek 1.75 Reprints. RAKINESOUE,, C.'S:) Neozgenytorne(1S25) se Baie u a The Natural Family of the Carexides (1840).._..... .50 Wu ey Scadiography or 1oo Genera of Ombelliferous Plants: ete. \(uSgo) ie eee ee eer et ecu ea ees oe 1.50 ie ne Monographie des Coquilles Bivalves et Fluvia- tiles de la Riviere Ohio. Remarques sur les Rapports Naturels des Genres Viscum, Samolus . et Viburnum. Ay Bruxelles (1820)2-- 1.50 LeEContTxsE, J. B. Reprints of Monographs withou “ plates, $2.50; with 42 photographic copies of unpublished plates (7x8), $25.00; with colored photographic plates...$37.50 LeContgE, J. E. Two extra plates reproduced from originalsin N. Y. Bot. Garden. Colored, $1.50; uncolored.............. 1.00 Crt FenToh PLATE VIII.—WEBSTER on NOTES ON THE GENUS ATRYPA. $ The American Midland Naturalist PUBLISHED BI-MONTHLY BY THE UNIVERSITY OF NOTRE DAME, NOTRE DAME, INDIANA VOL. Vit: JANUARY, to2r. NOy 13 A Preliminary Report on the Uniondae of St. Joseph River. BY FRANCIS WENNINGER The following report was compiled from matertal collected by the Rev. A. M. Kirsch, C. S. C., Professor of Zoology in the Uni- versity of Notre Dame. It represents the work of years of collecting, done during such time as could be spared from active duty in the lecture-room or laboratory. The measurements given are from specimens that are believed to be representative, and are all ex- pressed in millimeters. The descriptions are based on the Mollusca of the Chicago Area, by Baker; the Mollusca of Indiana, by Call; and the synonymy is that of Charles Torrey Simpson as given in his Descriptive Catalogue of the Naiades or Pearly Fresh Water Mussels, published by Bryant Walker, Detroit, rg14. LAMPSILIS VENTRICOSA (Barnes). Unto veniricosus Barnes, Am. Jl. Sci., VI, 1823, p. 267, pl. XIII, fig. ww. Mya ventricosus Eaton, Zool. Text-Book, 1826, p. 221. Lampsilis ventricosus Baker, Moll. Chi. Pt. 1, 1898, p. 94. Unio accidens Lea, Tr. Am. Phil. Soc., III, 1829, p. 435, pl. X. fig. 16. Unio subovatus Lea, Tr. Am. Phil. Soc., IV, 1831, p. 118, pl. XVIII, fig. 46. Unio cardium Conrad, New F. W. Shells, 1834, p. 68. Unio fasciolus Ferrusac, Guer. Mag. 1835. p. 26. Unio ovata Deshayes, An. sans Vert. 3rd. ed. 1839, p. 669. Unio lenis Conrad, Monog., XII, 1840, p. 106, pl. LVIII, fig. 2. Unio canadensis Lea, Proc. Acad. N. Sci. Phila., I, 1857, p. 85. Unio dolabraeformis Sowerby, Conch. Icon., XVI, 1867, pl. LIX, p. 298. The species was found in the St. Joseph River near Mishawaka, in 1913. The peculiar slope of the posterior portion of the shell as also the formation of the beak are characteristic of this shell. The shell is inflated, rather thin for its size and heavy. Its shape is elliptical rather than oval. The margin, especially in older specimens, is concentrically sculptured. The epidermis is shining and smooth,—characters that are both lost with age. There are * January 20, 1921.—Pages 1 to 28. to THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST from twenty to thirty-five or more bright green rays. In some specimens the rays do not persist in the posterior portion; when present in old specimens they become wide,—about eight milli- meters; or there will be an alternation of a wide ray with a narrow one. The ligament is rather stout, short and wide and of a dark chestnut color. The cardinal teeth are double in the left valve and single in the right. The posterior muscle scar is rounded, as wide as long and not much impressed. .The protractor pedis muscle scar is wider than long, deeply impressed anteriorly and coarsely striated. The pallial line is deeply impressed anteriorly but only slightly impressed “posteriorly. The cavity of the beaks is deep. The nacre is silvery white with little or no iridescence; sometimes pink. ; Length 125 Height 100 Diameter 60 100 65 36 118 84 - 52 126 88 54 LAMPSILIS LUTEOLA (Lamarck). Unio luteola Lamarck, An. sans Vert., VI, 1819, p.-79 ie Lampsilis luteolus Baker, Moll. Chi., Pt. I, r898, p. 103, pl. XI, XXXVI figeer2 Unio infiaius Barnes, Am. Jl. Sci., VI, 1823, p. 266. Mya inflata Eaton, Zool. Text-Book, 1826, p. 221. Unio siliquoideus Barnes, Am. Jl. Sci., VI, 1823, p. 269, pl. XIII, fig. 150. Unio childreni Hanley, Biv. Shells. 1843, p. 193, pl. XXIII, fig. 57. Unio hydianus Kuster, part. Conch. Cab. Unio, 1861, p. 201, pl. L XVII fig. 1. Unio distans Anthony, Am. J]. Conch., I, 1865, p. 156, pl. XIII, fig. 2. Unio multiradiatus Sowerby, Conch. Icon., XVI, 1868, pl. LXI, fig. 306. Unio affinis Sowerby, Conch. Icon., XVI, 1868, pl. LXI, fig. 307. This form, quite abundant in the St. Joseph River, is variable in outline,—a fact that probably gave rise to the extensive synonymy that has been established on this shell. The shell is large, elongated and rather thin. It is rounded anteriorly and somewhat pointed posteriorly. ‘The epidermis is a light horn color, often shading into brown on.the posterior slope. There are many bright green, narrow rays, departing from the beaks and covering nearly three-fourths of the disk. The umbones are prominent, slightly elevated, of a brown or green color, usually eroded, and marked by fine undulating ridges. The ligament is stout, short and wide, and of a dark chestnut color. The cardinal teeth are double in both valves. The anterior adductor muscle scar is excavated, longer than wide, large and coarsely striated. The REPORT ON THE UNIONDAE OF ST. JOSEPH RIVER by 3 & ‘ “®nal Muse yposterior adductor muscle scar is as long as it is wide, large, shallow. The cavity of the beaks is quite shallow. ‘The pallial line is uni- formly impressed. The nacre is white and somewhat iridescent. Length 90 Height 50 Diameter 34 58 30 22 65 39 27 78 ; 42 30 83 44 27 LAMPSILIS LIGAMENTINA (Lamarck). Unio crassus Say, Nich. Encyc., II, 1817, pl. I, fig. 8. Mya crassa Eaton, Zool. Text-Book, 1826, p. 217. Unio ligamentina Lamarck, Ann. sans Vert. Vol. VI, 1819, p. 72. Margarita (Unio) crassus Lea, Syn. 1836, pl. 24. Nephronajas ligamentina Ortmann, Ann. Car. Mus., VIII, 1912, p. 325 Unio ellipticus Barnes, Am. Jl. Sc. VI, 1823, p. 259, pl. XIII, fig. 19. Unio carinalus Barnes, Am. Jl. Sc. VI, 1823, p. 259, pl. XI, fig. ro. Unio ellipsarius Say, Am. Conch., VI, 1834. Unio fasciatus Say, Am. Conch., VI, 1834. Unio ligameniinus Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., Vol. VI. p. 538, 1838. Mya gravis Wood, Ind. Test. (Hanley) 1856, p. 199, pl. I, fig. 6. Unio luteolus Sowerby, Conch. Icon., XVI, 1867, pl. LVIII, fig. 2392. Unio delodontus Sowerby, Conch. Icon., XVI, 1867, pl. LVII, fig. 288. Unio crassidens Sowerby, Conch. Icon., XVI, 1868, pl. LXII, fig. 312. Unio picius Sowerby, Conch. Icon., 1868, pl. L XII, fig. 313. . Unio venustus Sowerby, Conch. Icon., 1868, pl. LXIV, fig. 326. Unio upsont Marsh, Conch. Ex. I, 1887, p. 57. Unio pinguis Lea, Pr. Acad. Natl. Sci., Phil. I, 1857, p. 84. Lampsilis pinguis Simpson, Syn. 1900, p. 540. The habitats of this animal are variable. It may be found in- differently in sluggish and muddy bayous, living in sand or mud; or it may live in the gravel of a swiftly moving stream. These differences in environment may account for variableness in form and coloration. The nacre is white, varying to bluish and pinkish iridescence. The shell is large and much thicker anteriorly than posteriorly. ‘he umbones are not prominent. The epidermis is yellowish, straw-colored, or light green with numerous dark green rays extending from the umbones to the central margin. Old specimens are dark reddish brown and show the rays only near the umbones. The cardinal teeth are double in both valves; those in the right valve are unequal, the anterior being very small, the posterior large, triangular and crenulated; in the left valve the teeth are more nearly equal, triangular and crenulated. ‘The lateral teeth are strong, heavy, elevated and curved towards the 4 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST ventral margin. ‘The anterior adductor muscle scar is’ deeply excavated, longer than wide and strongly striated. The posterior adductor muscle scar is but lightly impressed, and in some specimens is highly iridescent. The pallial line is deeply impressed anteriorly but only slightly impressed posteriorly. This shell approaches closely to those of Unio luteclus and Unio ventricosus. It can be distinguished from U. ventricosus by its receding umbones, and it lacks the undulations that are so characteristic on the beaks of luteolus. : Length 17 Height 65 Diameter 22 135 84 40 122 72 36 I51 86 48 127 73 36 . ~Lampsinis Recra (Lamarck). Unio recta Lamarck, An. sans Vert., VI, 1819, p. 74. Eurynia (Eurynia) recta Ortmann, Am. Car. Mus., VIII, 1912, p. 344, fig. 24. Unio rectus Conrad, Monog., III, 1836, p. 33, pl. XV. Lampsilis rectus,Smith, Bull. U. S. Fish Com., 1899, p. 290, pl. LX XVIII. Unio latissima Rafinesque, An. Gen. Sci. Phys. Brux. Pt. 13, V. 1820, p. OT Dl OOS 14S SSE Mya praelonga Eaton, Zool. Text-Book, 1826, p. 220. Unio leprosus Miles, Rep. Geol. Sur. Mich., 1861, p. 240. Observations and comparisons made on forty specimens in the museum at Notre Dame warrant the following descriptions and measurements. The shell is large, smooth and elongated; there is lateral compression and the shell is quite thick to very thick anteriorly. The epidermis is thick and blackish and obscurely rayed with numerous bands of green. These bands of color dis- appear in old specimens and are indistinct in some young ones. The cardinal teeth are double in both valves, those in the left valve are about equal in size. The anterior tooth in the right valve is so small as to be inconspicuous. The teeth generally are re- curved posteriorly, stout, triangular and: serrated. The lateral teeth are long, straight, lamelliform, elevated and crenulated. The anterior adductor muscle-scar is wing shaped, longer than wide and very deeply excavated. The posterior adductor muscle scar is rounded, slightly impressed and concentrically striated. The pallial line is deeply impressed anteriorly, crenulated, but only slightly impressed posteriorly. ‘The cavity of the beaks is very shallow. The nacre is variable showing all shades from pure white to a dark purple. REPORT ON THE UNIONDAE OF ST. JOSEPH RIVER 5 Length 50 Height 23 Diameter 10 83 42 : 28 93 44 26 165 70 45 175 75 48 LAMPSILIS IRIs (Lea). Unio iris Lea, Tr. Am. Phil. Soc., III, 1830, p. 439, pl. XI, fig. 18. Lampsilis iris Baker, Moll. Chi., Pt. I, 1898, p. 105, pl. STI, fig: Fy XIV 20. Eurynia (Micromya) iris Ortmann, Ann. Car. Mus., VIII, 1912, p. 341, fig. DiS. i Unio cone Lea, Tr. Am. Phil. Soc., VI, 1838, p. 33, pl. X, fig. 28. Unio novi-eboraci Lea, Tr. Am. Phil. Soc., VI, 1838, p. 104, pl. XXIV, fig. 114. Unio cresserus Hanley, Test. Moll., 1842, p. 196. Unio radiatus DeKay, Zool. N. Y., Pt. 5, 1843, p. 189, pl. XVII, fig. 236. Unio subrostratus Kuster, Conch. Cab. Unio., 1861, p. 203, pl. LX VII, fig But two specimens of this shell are,available for description, and both are evidently quite young. The shells are characterized by the beautiful silvery white nacre which, posteriorly, becomes iridescent, the short erect teeth, the interrupted bands of green, and the foldings on the beaks. In outline, the shell is elliptically oval, thin, small and transversely compressed. The lines of growth are widely separated but conspicuous. The cardinal teeth are triangular, small and erect. They are double in the left valve and single in the right. The lateral teeth are long, thin straight and not much elevated. ‘he anterior adductor muscle scar is deeply impressed; the posterior is slightly impressed and very iridescent. The pallial line is quite faint. The cavity of the shell is small and narrow; of the beaks, shallow and triangular. Length 50 Height 26 Diameter 14 a7, 19 rg LAMPSILIS ALATA (Say). Unio alatus Say, Nich. Encyc., II. 1817, pl. IV. fig. 2. Lampstlis alatus Baker, Moll. Chi., Pt. I, 1898, p. 97, pl. XVIII. Unio alata Lamarck, An. sans Vert., VI, 1819, p. 76. Mya alata Eaton, Zool. Text-Book, 1826, p. 219. Symphynoia alaia Lea, Tr. Am. Phil. Soc., III, 1830, p. 448. Lymnadia alata Swainson, Treat. on Mal., 1840, p. 256, fig. 48. Mysca alata Swainson, Exotic Conch., 2nd. ed., 1841, p. 28, pl. VII. Metaptera alata Stimptson, Shells of N. Eng., 1851, p. 14. Proptera alata Ortmann, Ann. Car. Mus., VIII; 1912, p. 333. This is a large, oval shell, rather thin for its size and triangular when the alae are present. The umbonal slopes are rounded; the alate postero-dorsal margin is quite compressed. The ventral 6 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST z margin is slightly rounded.. The surface is smooth and shining with coarse lines of growth. The epidermis is yellowish-green and distinctly rayed in young specimens, but this color changes to a dark brown or even black in old specimens,—in these the rays may be. partially or even entirely obliterated. There is a solid ligament of a light brown color. The cardinal teeth are double in both valves, about equal in size in the left valve, and unequal in the right. The lateral teeth are long thin, slightly arcuate and smooth. ‘The pallial line is quite distinct. The anterior adductor muscle scar is deeply impressed and striated; the posterior adductor muscle scar is large, indistinct and confluent. The dorsal muscle scar is in the cavity of the beaks and arranged in nearly a straight row; there are six or seven small rounded pits, followed _by a single long and narrow scar, very deeply impressed. The nacre varies from deep purple to salmon pink; iridescent. The species may be recognized by the rich purple interior and the more or less alate postero-dorsal margin. Length 138 Height - 93 Diameter 35 92 fie! 23 108 82 30 LAMPSILIS LEPTODON (Rafinesque). Unio (Leptodea) leptodon Rafinesque, Ann. Gen. Sci. Phys. Brux., V, 1820, p* 296, pl. LXXX, fig. 5-7. Unio lepiodon Say, Am. Conch., VI, 1834. Symphynota lepiodon Ferrusac, Guer. Mag. 1835, p. 25. Lampsilis leptodon Simpson, Syn., 1900, p. 575. Anodon purpurascens Swainson, Zool. III., 1st. ser., III, pl. CLX, 1823. Unio velum Say, New Harm. Dissem., II, Sept. 23, 1829, p. 293 Symphynota tenuissima Lea, Tr. Am. Phil. Soc., III, 1829, p. 453, pl. XI, fig. 21. Unto tenuissima Hanley, Biv. Shells, 1843, p. 206, pl. XX, fig. 42. This is one of the thinnest shells to be fouud in the St. Joseph River. The only sliell that approaches it in appearance is Anodonta, the resemblance being in the poorly developed character of the teeth. The shell is small, smooth and elongately elliptical in out- line. The epidermis varies from a light horn color strongly rayed with green in the young specimens, to a dark brown and even black color with no rays, in old specimens. The lines of growth are inconspicuous except along the ventral margin. The dorsal is straight; the anterior margin rounded; the posterior margin pointed. The umbones are small and hardly project above the 4 REPORT ON-I'HE UNIONDAE OF ST. JOSEPH RIVER 7 dorsal margin. ‘The ligament is snrall, short, thin and hardly pro- trudes above the valves. ‘The cardinal teeth are scarcely evident at all. The lateral teeth are single in both valves, long and straight. The pallial line is weakly impressed. The cavity of the shell is shallow; of the beaks, scarcely noticeable. The nacre is bluish to white; some specimens are spotted with yellowish brown. Length 85 Height 45 Diameter 27 68 35 22 78 42 24 57 28 18 PLAGIOLA DoNactFoRMIS (Lea). Unio donactformis Lea, Tr. Am. Phil. Soc., III, 1828, p. 267, pl. IV, fig. 3. Unto zigzag Lea, Tr. Am. Phil. Soc., III, 1829, p. 440, pl. XII, fig. 19. Unio nervosa Conrad, New F. W. Shells, 1834, p. 70. Unio nervosus Say, Am. Conch., VI, 1834. = Plagiola donaciformis Baker, Moll. Chi., Pt. I, 1898, p. 92. XIII, 4. Only one specimen of this species is at my disposal. The specimen measures 54mm. in length, 33mm. in height, and 12mm. in diameter. The specific name was evidently given to this shell on account of its resemblance to the marine genus Donax. ‘The species does not Seem to be common in this locality as but one specimen was found. It is a small, thick shell that can be recognized by its zigzag epider- mis, which, in the specimen before me is greenish and rayed with dark green. All the rays arise from the umbones and cover the entire disk. The shell is elliptically elongated, thick, solid and inflated. The lines of growth are indicated by obtuse ridges. The umbones are slightly elevated, much inflated, light brown in color, and marked by very fine ridges. There is a short ligament, rather wide and of a dark horn color. ‘The cardinal teeth are double in the left and single in the right valve, small, elevated, narrow, some- what triangular and coarsely serrated. The single tooth in the right valve is acutely triangular. The lateral teeth are long and directed ventrally. The anterior adductor muscle scar is longer than wide and deeply excavated. ‘The posterior adductor muscle scar is barely visible. ‘The pallial line is slightly impressed. ‘The cavity of the beaks is rather deep. The nacre is silvery white and iridescent. ANODONTA GRANDIS (Say). Anodonta grandis Say, New Harm. Diss., Vol. II, 22, p. 341, 1829. Anodonta plana Lea, Tr. Am. Phil. Soc. 2nd. ser. Vol. V., p. 48, 1834. Anodonta declivis Conrad, Am. Jl. Sci. & Arts, 1st. ser. Vol. XXV.p. 341,1836. 8 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST Anodonta salmonia Lea, Tr. Am. Phil. Soc. 2nd. ser. Vol. VI, p.“45, 1836. ~- Anodonta decora Lea, Tr. Am. Phil. Soc., 2nd, ser. Vol. VI, p. 64, 1836. Anodonta gigantea Lea, Tr. Am. Phil. Soc. 2nd. ser. Vol. VI, p. 1, 1838. Anodonta ovata Lea, Tr. Am. Phil. Soc., 2nd. ser. Vol. VI, p. 2, 1838. Anodonta harpethensis Lea, Tr. Am. Phil. Soc., 2nd. ser. Vol. VIII, p. 224, 1840. Anodonta inornata Anthony, Am. Jl. Conch., Vol. II, p. 145, 1866. The largest specimen of this species in the collection at my disposal was taken from St. Mary’s Lake, Notre Dame,—about half a mile from the St. Joseph River. This shell, collected in I914, measures 153mm. in length, 80mm. in height and has a diameter of 60mm. All the other shells in the collection are from the river. The shell of the young is thin and fragile; in older specimens it becomes more solid. ‘The surface is strongly marked by lines of growth,—the lines becoming ridges in the older shells. The umbones are prominent, but little elevated, of a greenish or bronze color.” In all the specimens of this collection the umbones are eroded and marked by five elevated, wavy wrinkles arranged in two parallel rows. The ligament is quite strong and horn colored. The epidermis varies in color from a greenish yellow in the young to a dark brown in older specimens. The rays mentioned by some’ writers are wanting in all the specimens before me. The adductor muscle scars and the pallial line are present but not impressed. The nacre is silvery white in the young but changes to cloudy in | older specimens. Some of the specimens show a deep purple nacre and copper blotches; all the specimens show iridescence. Length 153 Height 80 Diameter 60 _* 99 af : 44 84 49 32 72 38 2. 61 a5 27 SyMPHYNOTA CostTaTa (Rafinesque). Alasmidonia cosiata Rafinesque, Ann. Gen. Sci. Brux., V, 1820, p. 318, pl. mule Mee ioe ters rs iG. Complanaria costata Conrad, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., VI, 1853, p. 26r. Symphynota cosiata Simpson, Syn., 1900. p. 665. Alasmodonta rugosa Barnes, Am. Jl. Sci. ,VI, 1823, p. 278, pl. XIII, fig. 21. Mya rugosa Eaton, Zool. Text-Book, 1826, p. 222. Unio rugosa Hanley, Biv. Shells,-1843,-p. 211. pl. XXI, fig. 8. Baphia rugosa H & A Adams, Gen. Rec: Moll., II, 1857, p. 500. Lasmigond rugosum Rafinesque, Cont. Mon., 1831, p. 5. Alasmodonta hians Ferrusac, Guerre Mar. 1635-epe.25. REPORT ON THE UNIONDAE OF ST. JOSEPH RIVER 9 The shell of this species is elliptical in outliue, rather thick and heavy. It is rounded anteriorly and obtusely angulated posteriorly. The dorsal margin is straight in both sexes; the ventral margin is straight in the male and curved in the female. The lines of growth are quite heavy and form strong wrinkles on the dorsal part of the posterior angle. The umbones are eroded on all specimens in this collection, and all are marked by three almost straight, elevated ridges. The ligament is long, narrow and dark brown horn colored. The epidermis is yellowish-green to dark brown or black. The cardinal teeth are thick and heavy, pyramidal and striated on the upper surfaces. The lateral teeth are undeveloped and appear as a slight thickening of the hinge plate. The anterior adductor muscle scar is very wide, slightly impressed and iridescent. The pallial line is impressed only on the anterior portion of the shell. The cavity of the shell and of the beaks is shallow. The nacre is silvery white, bluish white or salmon colored. Old shells have a dark purple band along the entire margin of the valve. ’ ALASMIDONTA MARGINATA (Say). Alasmodonta marginata Say, Nich. Encyc., 1819, 1, Jl. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. I. 1819, P. 459. Margarita (Margaritana) marginata Lea, Syn., 1836, p. 43. Alasmodonta marginata Baker, Moll. Chi. Pt. I., 1898, p. 62, pl. IV, fig 4: WAG Sie SRD CSD Sheers Unio Marginatus Sowerby, Conch. Icon., XVI, 1866, pl. LI, fig. 267 Alasmidonta truncata Simpson, Syn., 1900, p. 671. This species should be easy to recognize on account of its heavy shell, inflated umbones that are characteristically marked with three very coarse, undulating ridges, and its truncated posterior border. The ligament is wide, not very long and of a very dark horn color. The epidermis is brownish or greenish with wide dark rays extending from the umbones to the ventral border, and dotted with black spots and dashes. The cardinal teeth are thin, elevated and striated; there is one in the right and two in the left valve. The lateral teeth are simply a thickening of the hinge. The anterior muscle scar as also the protractor are marked by lines of growth. The posterior muscle scar is only slightly impressed. The cavity of the shell is deep; that of the beaks is shallow. The pallial line is wellimpressed. The nacre is a bluish white, pearly ae iridescent, especially on the edges of the valves. io THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST Length 28 Height 18 ~ Diameter 14 73 20 18 60 35 2 73 37 22 84 43 30 QUADRULA UNDULATA (Barnes). Unio undulatus Barnes, Am. i Scr aVier8225 pe neo wp de Margarita (Unio) undulatus Lea, Syn., 1836, p. 12; 1838, p. 14. Mya undulata Eaton, Zool. Text-Book, 1826, p. 219. Unio undulata Valenciennes, Rec. Obs. Zool. Anat, II, 1833, p. 229, pl. WIE west 2eiea'ar sail. Quadrula undulata Baker, Moll. Chi., Pt. I, 1898, p. 82, pl. X XII, fig. 1, 2. Crenodonta undulata Ortmann, Ann. Car. Mus. VIII, 1912, p. 246. Unio costaius Conrad, Monog., II, 1836, p. 17. pl. VII. Plectomerus costatus Conrad, Proc. Acad. N. Sci. Phila., VI, 1853, p. 260. Unio plicatus Kuster, Conch. Cab., 1856, p. 137, pl. XL, fig. 3. Unio atrocostatus Sowerby, Conch. Icon., XVI, 1868, pl. LX XVII, fig. 404. This is a very heavy shell, somewhat elongated and irregularly rhomboid in outline. A characteristic feature of this species is the sculpture consisting of five strong ridges that are swollen where they cross the posterior ridge. There are oblique folds on the posterior portion of the disk; they run nearly parallel with the posterior ridge and are sometimes broken into corrugations or pustules. The epidermis is greenish or yellowish green in young specimens; in old specimens the color changes to dark brown or black. The dorsal margin is straight; the ventral margin is slightly rounded. ‘The lines of growth are often raised into thin scales on the ventral border. The cardinal teeth are double in both valves, equal in the left, and the anterior much smaller in the right valve. All the teeth except the anterior in the right valve are heavy thick, triangular, striated and grooved. ‘The lateral teeth are long, thick, curved ventrally and serrated. The pallial line is deeply impressed throughout. The cavity of the beaks is broad and shallow. The nacre is silvery white and iridescent on the posterior portion; some specimens show brown blotches. Length 64 Height 43 Diameter 23) SOW 55 30 122 78 : 46 112 74 43 155 115 By) REPORT ON THE UNIONDAE OF ST. JOSEPH RIVER II QUADRULA RUBIGINOSA (Lea). Unio rubiginosus Lea, Tr. Am. Phil. Soc., III, 1829, p. 427, pl. VIII, fig, 10. Quadrula rubtginosa Baker, Moll. Chi., Pt., I, 1898, p. 77, pl. XIX, fig. 2; > DS ran Fusconaja rubiginosa Ortmann, Ann. Car. Mus., Vi tO12;, p 240, Mestas a ad fates Conrad, Monog. m. IX, 1837, p. 74, pl. XULI, fig. 2. Unio trigonus Sowerby, Conch. Icon., XVI, 1868, pl. LXIV, p. 322. There are five specimens of this shell in the collection at my disposal. ‘he measurements vary considerably from those given for the species by Call and Baker, showing that these shells are smaller. The shell is quadrate in outline and of moderate thickness. There is lateral compression and striation. The epidermis is brown or olive green,—some young specimens have rays in the umbonal region. ‘The lines of growth are numerous and raised into ridges. The anterior margin is round; the posterior margin is curved, the ventral margin is emarginate. The umbones are small and slightly raised. The ligament is dark brown in color, thick, and short. The cardinal teeth are double in the left and single in the right valve. The lateral teeth are long, thin and plate-like. ‘The pallial line is well marked; in some specimens, it is nearly oblitera- ted towards the posterior end. The nacre is pure white to salmon colored. ‘There is considerable variation within the species, es- pecially in the shape of the posterior portion, and in its corpulency. This shell may be distinguished from Quadrula coccinea, which it resembles most closely} by its more angular posterior slope and its stouter and diverging cardinal teeth. Length 90 Height 64 Diamater 33 88 61 32 i 2 17 12 ait 50 33 QuUADRULA CoccInEA (Conrad). Unio coccineus Conrad, Monog., III, 1836, p. 29, pl. XIII, fig. 1. Quadrula coccinea Baker, Moll. Chi., Pt. 1, 1898, p 79, pl. SV ees: EXCITE Be Pleurobema coccineum Ortmann, Anny Care Miss VEL rom. p-.263) Unio rubens Menke, Syn., Meth. Moll., 1828, p. 90. Unio catillus Conrad, Monog., III, 1836, p> 30, pl. XIII, fig. 2. Unio gouldianus Ward, Jay’s Catalog, 3rd. ed. 1839, P. 24. Unio cuneus Call, Tr. Ac. Sci. St. Louis, VII, p. 14. This is an exceedingly variable species and one of the most difficult to diagnose. Its nearest relative is Q. solida. It may be ‘ 12 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST distinguished from this by a greater compression, lower beaks, no full median radial swelling and an absence of a radial depression in front of the posterior ridge. There are, however, intermediates that can not be satisfactorily named. The shell is roundly quadrate or roundly elliptical, rounded before and squarely truncated behind. The surface is roughened by sharp and elevated lines of growth; older specimens show considerable erosion. The umbones are elevated and bear three large, elevated undulating wrinkles and many fine lines of growth. There is a short, wide and strong liga- ment, of a dark brown or horn color. The epidermis is brown or reddish brown; in very old specimens it becomes chalky. The cardinal teeth are double in both valves, nearly equal in the leit, the anterior tooth only a rudiment in the right valve. The cardinal teeth are depressed, triangular, heavy and strongly serrated. The lateral teeth are long, elevated serrated and directed ventrally. The single lateral in the right valve has a depression into which the ventral tooth in the left valve fits. The anterior adductor muscle scar is deeply excavated and striated, and longer than wide; the posterior adductor muscle scar is slightly impressed, striate and confluent. The cavity of the beaks is shallow. The pallial _line is barely visible to quite deeply impressed. The nacre is variable from a cloudy white to rose, pink or salmon color. Length 47 Height 35 Diameter 22 71 53 28 78 5% 34 96 64 38 1ro8 79 50 OQUADRULA _TUBERCULATA (Rafinesque). Obliquaria (Roiundaria) tuberculaia Rafinesque, Ann. Gen. Sci. Brux. V, 1820, p. 103. ; z . Rotundaria tuberculata Agassiz, Arch. fuer Naturg., I, 1852, p. 48. Unto tuberculatus Conrad, Monog., V, 1836,.p. 43, pl. XXII. Quadrula tuberculaia Simpson, Syn., 1900, p. 795. Unio verrucosus Barnes, Am. Jl. Sci., VI, 1823, p. 123, pl. V., fig. 6. Margarita (Unio) verrucosus Lea, Syn., 1836, p. 16. Mya verrucosa Eaton, Zool. Text-Book, 1826, p. 216. Quadrula verrucosa Baker, Moll. Chi., Pt. I, 1898, p. 85, pl. XXIII. Unto tuberculosa Valenciennes, Rec. Obs. Zool. Anat., II, 1833, p. 232. The shell of this species is quadrate, thick, heavy and pustulate. The dorsal margin is nearly straight while the ventral margin is rounded to straight. The surface of the shell is very rough,—the roughness being caused by coarse lines of growth, tubercles and ‘ -) wees 2 REPORT ON THE UNIONDAE OF ST. JOSEPH RIVER 53 pustules. The anterior portion is quite smooth, the pustules occupy- ing the center of the shell from the umbones to the ventral margin. The umbones are small, directed anteriorly and marked by heavy ridges. The ligament is a dark horn color, long and wide. The epidermis varies from a dark yellow to a dark brown. The cardinal teeth are single in the right and double in the left valve, flat, large and deeply grooved. The lateral teeth are very strong, and much striated in older specimens. The anterior adductor muscle sear is oval, deeply excavated and markedly striated. The pallial line is deeply impressed anteriorly but almost not at all posteriorly. The nacre varies between a whitish hue in young specimens to a deep purple in older specimens. There is a satin finish near the beaks. The space between the pallial line and the ventral margin is a dark purple, with a thin white line running along the ventral margin. Length 75 Height 64 Diameter 44 118 30 48 112 90 46 78 63 36 120 91 50 The river area over which collections were made is about six miles in length, extending from a point about two miles south of South Bend to Bertrand, a village just above the Michigan state line. She por he Gosee: Aicvea wih Desctinlion of New Seco INTRODUCTION. For many years I have been engaged in bringing together from the rocks of all geological ages containing them from various parts of the world, a very large collection of all available species and variations of the Genus Airypa, ior the purpose of a monographie revision of the group, and jor the further purpose of, in so far as possible, ascertaining the genesis oi species of this group. The amount and nature of the material and evidence secured has been very gratifying; and can not but aid somewhat in the solution of at least some of the important questions involved. ~ r4 ~ ‘THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST Through these studies and collections it has been clearly shown that the species of this genus represent a most wonderful plasticity, and demonstrates more clearly than ever the great difficulty of determining what really does in nature constitute a good “‘species.”’ It is shown that with every radical (and sometimes relatively slight) change in the deposition and environment in which the various forms we call species, lived, there followed an equally great modi- fication of the forms, and that under these conditions they were remarkably uniform and persistent in their form and character. There is no other group of ancient life perhaps which shows equally well the great plasticity of species (aside from the Stromatoporas and their allied forms) than do the forms of the genus Atrypa. Specific names are here given toecertain forms of the genus more for the sake of convenience in reference and to facilitate the further studies of others, rather than to the belief that they always con- stitute true natural species—in fact I am convinced that in nature, relatively few natural ‘“‘species,’’ such as have been generally regarded as such, really exist. _ Nearly all the Atrypae described in this paper save A. owenensts, and A. subhannibalensis, have been referred by geologists to ‘Atrypa reticularts. % * In the following description of forms it will often prove difficult for the student to fully appreciate the importance of the differences existing between them without good illustrations being shown; this, however, will be overcome in the final Monograph of which this paper is to form a part. DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES. Atrypa owenensis N. Sp. 4 Plate Vill. Pigs 12—14% Shell small usually not over half inch in width; length equal to or considerably greater than width. Valves usually greatly convex and often nearly equally so; beak sharply incurved; plications rather coarse and transverse annulations or lines of growth prominent. This species is generally unusually constant in form and size, and has a certain phase sug- gesting A. zmpressa of Hall. This form is gregarious in its habits, and appears to be restricted in its range to a certain limestone bed of the Upper Hackberry Group (the ‘‘Owen substage”’ of Fenton), Owens Grove (south exposure), Cerro Gordo County, Iowa. NOTES ON TH GENUS ATRYPA 15 Position and locality: Upper Hackberry Group (‘‘Owen sub- stage of Fenton), Devonian, Owens Grove (south exposure) Cerro Gordo County, Iowa. Now in the author’s collection. Atrypa independensis N. Sp. , " Plate VIII. Figs. 4-6. Atrypa reticularis of Hall—Vol. I, Part 2, page 515, plate 6, fig’s. 4 and 5, lowa Geological Survey 1858. This SPsEie from Independence, Iowa, is described as follows by Hall: “‘Shell depressed suborbicular in its young state, becoming gibbous and sinuate in its mature condition; hinge line often nearly straight, and almost equalling the width of the shell; valves nearly equally convex in the young state, the dorsal valve becoming more gibbous as the shell advances in age, and sometimes acquiring an undefined mesiul lobe down the centre. ‘The ventral valve, in the young state, has the beak nearly straight and perforated at the apex, beco ming incurved and finally closely bent over the beak of the opposite valve: a narrow false area is sometimes observable. Shell broadly and deeply sinuate in front.’’ Striation fine and very numerous. This species is well marked and quite distinct from other forms in several important respects and constant in form ae general expression among themselves. Position and locality: Hard gray-white limestone of the lower portion of the Middle Devonian, Independence, Iowa, and Solon, Big Bend of Iowa river Johnson County Iowa; as well as the Devonian rocks at ‘‘EKast Point, east side of Lake Manitoba,”’ Canada. All now in the author’s collection. Atrypa expansa N. Sp. This species possesses the general form and size and very fine striation of A. independensis of this paper and occurs associated with it; but differs conspicuously from it and all other forms of this genus by the great development of a ‘“‘marginal fringe’’ or ‘foliated expansion’”’ of the ventral valve, thus attaining a width of 3 1-2 to 5 inches or more. This certainly is a remarkable form, and one not to be confounded with any other. This form has always been referred to A. reticularis, but it seems to warrant the distinction of a separate species. 16 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST This form occurs frequently at Independence, Iowa, and a few other localities in Iowa, as well as at various localities in the De- vonian strata of Canada at Lake Manitoba, Dawsons Bay and other localities. This form and its almost invariable associate A. independensis, are remarkably constant in their respective charac- ters. his description is made to include this form from Lake Manitoba, Canada, as well as the Iowa form. This species is illustrated in Plate 37, Fig. 8, Vol. I Part IV, of ‘Contributions to Canadian Paleontology, 1892”’; and also illustrated by Thomas in ‘“‘Plate VC, Fig’s. 1 and 2, Vol. XXIII, of Proceedings’ of the Iowa Academy of Science, 1916.” Position and locality: Lower part of the Middle Devonian at Independence, etc. Iowa, and the Devonian rocks at Lake Manitoba etc., Canada; specimens from most all these localities being in the author’s collection. Atrypa gigantea N. Sp. Shell very large—attaining the largest size of any species of this genus known to me; orbicular to sub-orbicular in marginal outline, but Sometimes wider than high; dorsal valve strangly and broadly convex above the centre, ventral valve flat or strongly concave; plications very coarse and often bifurcating. The internal structure of the ventral valve is very coarse, strongly marked and the teeth very prominent and stout. This species is very constant in form and expression, and is greatly restricted in its range vertically and horizontally, being confined to a soft granular limestone bed of a dark yellow-brown color, in Johnson County, Iowa. Position and locality: Known only from the lower part of the Middle Devonian, at Iowa City, RoBerts Ferry, Turkey Creek and Linders quarry, Johnson County, Iowa. ; Now in the author’s collection. Atrypa waterlooensis N. Sp. Plate VIII. Figs. 1-2. Shell orbicular in outline and sometimes a little wider than long; attains a large size; very uniform in size, structure and appearance; hinge line shorter than greatest width of the valves, closed hinge area. Dorsal valve very gibbous at or just above the centre; ventral valve flat, or strongly concave below the umbonal region, but some- NOTES ON THE GENUS ATRYPA D7 times slightly convex throughout most of its surface. Surface cov- ered by very coarse and-distant bifercating plications and usually crossed throughout by prominent lines of growth. This species is everywhere restricted to a series of soft granular, yellow calcareous limestone beds which on weathering usually break down into a tenaceous yellow clay. The form, structure and general appearance throughout the life history of this species is remarkably uniform and persistent. At Littleton, Iowa, this form generally does not attain so great a size as elsewhere. Position ‘and locality: In soft, yellow, granular, calcareous’ limestone just above the centre portion of the Middle Devonian, at Waterloo, Waverly and Littleton, Iowa. } All now in the author’s collection. —— Aitrypa waiterlooensis var. canadensis N. Var. Plate VIII. Figs 3. _ This variety differs from the typical form of A. waterlooensis mainly in its generally smaller size and less coarse bifurcating plications; and is of special interest as showing its close relationship with A. waterlooensis of the Iowa Devonian. Position and locality: Blue shales of the Upper Devonian age, Hay River, N. W. Territory, Canada, and Blue shale of Upper Devonian age on Hay River, 40 miles south of Great Slave Lake, N. W. Territory, Canada. Now in the author’s collection. Atrypa lineata N. Sp. & Plate VIII. Figs. 7-8. Orbicular in outline to sometimes longer than wide. Dorsal valve moderately to strongly convex at or just above the centre and sometimes developing a strong mesial fold at the front of the valve; Hinge line considerably shorter than the greatest width of the valves; area closed and beaks sharply incurved; ventral valve flattened and often concave while somewhat convex below the beak, and sometimes developing a deep mesial sinus in front. This species generally attains a large size, and throughout its life history, is very éonstant and uniform in appearance and form. Surface marked by fine striae which often bifurcate, and crossed by more or less numerous annulations of growth. : Position and locality: This form occurs abundantly in a soft granular, yellow calcareous limestone between the two nodular 18 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST Stromatopora reefs just below the iron bridge, at Treats quarry, Kelleys Quarry, at Charles City, Iowa, in the upper part of the Middle Devonian. ‘ Now in the author’s collection. Atrypa subhannibalensis N. Sp. Plate VIII. Figs. 15-16. Shell of medium size, wider than high, both valves convex; dorsal valve extremely convex with greatest convexity about the centre, prominent elevation in the centre correspondimg to a mesial fold and especially strong at the front margin of the valve; cardinal extremities rounded; ventral valve much less convex than the dorsal with a prominent mesial sinus especially well developed on the front margin of the valve; hinge line much shorter than the greatest width of the valves, area closed, beak sharply incurved, perforation of ventral beak not well made out. Surface marked by many strong and prominent imbricating lines of growth, and and at times these lines are marked by broad and slight elevations. In general appearance this form might be considered as occupying a position between the genus Atrypa and the genus Athyris, al- though I am convinced it really is referable to the former. In- general appearance and expression also it has a quite strong resem blance to Athyris Hannibalensis of the Carboniferous above. Position and locality: Upper Hackberry Group, (equivalent of the ‘““Owen Sub-Stage’’ of Fenton) Devonian, Owens Grove (south exposure), Cerro Gordo County, Iowa. Now in the author’s collection. Atrypa aspera var. occidentalis, Hall. This variety of A. aspera occurs abundantly at Independence, Waverly, Janesville, and a few other localities, in Iowa, and is « typical western form. Through the kindness,of Professor E. M. Kindle, chief paleontologist of the Canadian Geological Survey, I have received identically the same variety from the upper part of the Manitoba formation (Devonian), Red Deer River, Manitoba, Canada. . ° This is a fact of much scientific interest. Professor Kindle is now at work on his great collection of Devonign fossils from the Northwest Territory, Canada, and his conclusions on the corelation - of fauna—especially as they relate to the fauna of the Canadian NOTES ON THE GENUS ATRYPA 19 and Iowa Devonian—will be awaited with special interest. The prevailing form of Atrypa aspera var. occidentalis as it occurs in the Iowa Devonian, is illustrated by Hall in Plate 6, Fig’s. 34,—3b, Vol. 1; Part I, Iowa Geological Survey, 1858; and in Plate 53A, Fig’s, 19-21 Paleontology of N. Y. Vol. 4. Atrypa lineata var. inflata N. Var. This form differs widely from A. lieata, but it has seemed best to consider it as a variety of this species. It is a well marked variety, being very uniform in outline and form; is longer than wide, more or less sharply rounded in front; very evenly and strongly inflated especially the dorsal valve, while the ventral valve sometimes has a broad even concave area in front; beaks small and sharply incurved; perforation small; hinge line less than greatest width of the valves, straight or broadly triangular. Surface marked by fine striae, sometimes implanted and bifurcating. Position and locality: From lower Stromatopora reef, upper part of the Middle Devonian, at Scriptures quarry and Bloody Run, three miles southeast from Charles City, Iowa, and from a few other localities in Iowa. Now in the author’s collection. Atrypa devoniana N. Sp. rae Plate VIII. Figs. 9-11. Shell ranging from small to medium size, orbicular to sub- orbicular in marginal outline, and sometimes longer than wide. Ventral valve flattened or gently concave and much more promi- * nently so in the umbonal region; front part of the valve generally somewhat concave or developing a slight to profound undefined sinus; beak low, sharply incurved, area closed and perforation usually very distinct. Dorsal valve generally very convex especi- ally so just above the centre, and in young and immature forms less prominently so. Surface marked by many fine striae which are increased by bifurcation and implantation, but almost wholly so by the former; and generally crossed by faint or sometimes slightly prominent lines of growth, but sometimes this feature is wanting. This is the most beautiful species of the genus occurring in the Hackberry Group, and is constant in form and expression throughout its life history. Position and locality: Occurs abundantly throughout the 20 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST * Hackberry Group ifi Iowa, especially in the Lower and Middle Hackberry. A closely related variety of this species occurs in the lower and middle Devonian at Independence, and Pine Creek, Iowa. r Now in the author’s collection. - Airypa stinosa var. lindere N. Var. This is a relatively small form, and a well marked western variety at least of the New York A.spinosa of Hall; it in fact stands midway between certain of the coarse ribbed Atrypas of the western De- vonian which have generally been referred to A. reitcularis, and the eastern form of A. spinosa. It is much smaller and coarser ribbed than the typical forms of this species occurring in the Devonian of the Canadian northwest. It is plano-convex to con- cavo-cofivex. It has an extreme width of % to 1 inch, is well defined and constant in form and expression. Position and locality: This form occurs in the lower portion of the middle Devonian at Linders quarry 3 miles north from Iowa City, Iowa, and is sometimes met with at a few other points in Johnson County, Iowa. Now in the author’s collection. EXPLANATION OF PLATE. Fics. 1-2.—Atrypa waterlooensis. N. Sp. Ventral and dorsal views of two specimens of this species. : Fic. 3.—Altrypa waterlooensis canadensis. N. Var. Dorsal view of one specimen of this variety Fics. 4-6.—Airypa independensis. N. Sp. Fic. 4. Dorsal view of a specimen of this species in the collection of C. L. Fenton, showing the normal shape of a rather young shell. Fig. 5: Dorsal view of another specimen of this species, showing a less common elon- gated form. Fig. 6: Cross-section of a young shell. Fics. 7-8.—Atrypa lineata inflata. N. Var. Lateral and dorsal views of a very gibbous specimen of this species in the collection of C. L. Fenton. From the parting between the two nodular Stromatoporoid beds at Charles City, Iowa. Fics. 9-11.—Airypa devoniana. N. Sp. Dorsal, lateral and dorsal views of three specimens of this species. Fig. 11 represents the normal size and shape of an adult specimen. Fics. 12-14.—Alrypa owensis. N. Sp. Lateral, dorsal and ventral views of three type specimens of this species. Fics. 15-16 —Atrypa subhannibalensis. N. Sp. Front and dorsal views of the type specimen. THE WINTERS OF NORTH-CENTRAL IOWA 27 The Winters of North-Central lowa. BY HOWARD CLARK BROWN. To the Iowan whose loss of perfect reason has driven him to * California, the escape from the Iowa winter is accounted his greatest blessing. Few, indeed, of those who have formerly lived in Iowa ever consider a trip back to the prairie state in winter. It is the cold, the below zero weather, the snow drifts which they have desired to get away from. And yet all people are not so anxious. There is a strain of Iowans, often having sturdy Scotch blood in their veins, and almost certainly have they come from Canada in their journey to the States, there is such a strain which delights in the cold weather. The coldness adds vigor to their pursuits of life’s varied interests. The thermometer at twenty below is only a sign for more eager greeting when once again the sun shines warm over the rolling plains as the Spring breaks upon the country. Often these persons who delight in the cold winters of Iowa have been pioneers in this Middle Western region. They have watched the stretch of plajns change from a great treeless tract of loneliness’ to a region rich with ripening grains, dotted with human habita- tions, and intersperced with clustered communities. Just such a pioneer, is Mrs. Eliza Cairns of Charles City, Iowa. Mrs. Cairns reached the Iowa prairie in December, 1858. Her brother, John Brown reached Bradford, the home of the Little Brown Church, in 1855. Both of these people delighted in recalling the oldtime, pioneer days. And a large number of their recollec- .... clustered about the relentless Iowa winters. I think that we of to-day, often hearing the tales of the cold of other times, do not fully realize the fact of the latter. I was interested in probing the subject of former winters to its depth. I spent many afternoons and many long evenings listening to the tales of the pioneer as either Mrs. Cairns or my grandfather would give them to me. And though often these tales contained much hardship, much struggle, yet seldom was there any bitterness in the telling. It is idle to try to assert that the weather of old times was more severe than it is to-day. A change of fifty years would make so little difference that human records would not denote it. The difference, after all, is in the conditions of life, and not in the change of the temperature. Life of to-day is fortified against the extreme weather of the winter season. Life of fifty years ago was open to » PP THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST attack. Men are now amassed in communities. ‘Tree rows temper the stinging gales which formerly swept, unchecked, across the prairie. But it is of interest to go back to those old times, to gather ‘up fragments of the old pioneer life, to piece them together, and to interpret them in the light of the world of to-day. And to do this we must consult the old records of the people who then struggled in bitter opposition, against the elements. In seeking records of the old times, I came first of all to the diary which Mrs. Cairns has kept. It is a record going back for more than half a century. A record of climate, of fall ploughings, of spring sowings, of summer harvests, in fact, a life record of many seasons, repeating itself again and again as life always does, yet adding, presenting greater possibilities, making the whole richer, more lovely than it was at any preceding year. The exceedingly mild winter of 1918-19, in North-Central Iowa might well be com- pared with the winter of 1854-55. That winter was so very mild that Mrs. John Kellogg of Charles City, (then St. Charles), hatched and raised chickens in December. A friend of my grandfather’s, who had come to this part of the counrry in that year, wrote to him in Canada that the winters were very mild in Iowa. He said that he had chopped wood in his shirt sleeves all winter. The next spring, Mr. Brown set out for Iowa. And, in accordance with his friend’s description of the climate, he thought it unnecessary to bring his overcoat. The first winter he was here, 1855-56, it became so very cold that all of the thermometers of that time failed to register the temperature. All of them froze up. On one particular day no one was found in the cabin at which grandfather was staying, who would volunteer to go out after wood. But he, with true pioneer pluck, went out, alone. He had sent for his overcoat, in the meantime, but it had to come from McGregor by wagon, and on the way it was lost off the load. The owner never received it until sometime in January. In 1876 Mrs. Cairns recorded that it was cloudy on December 25th, and that “‘roads were in a terrible condition of mud.”’ Decem- ber 28th of this same year found men ploughing. Christmas day of 1884 was a splendid day with no snow at all, and roads were dusty in places. On the 27th of that year there was considerable rain. It had been cold before these dates, however, for we find that on December 3rd, the roads were good, and dry. On December 4th, it was quite cold, snowy, and blowing. Then, on THE WINTERS OF NORTH-CENTRAL IOWA 23 December 15th, it is recorded that some were running sleighs. However, the snow disappeared entirely before Christmas time. * It was at about this same time that a terrible winter struck this middle Western region. I have littlé left to record that season, save a short sketch which had to do with another Grandfather, Donald George Clark. Mr. Clark had been to Dubuque on the jury and was returning home upon an especially cold winter night. He left Charles City, walking toward his farm, some six miles to the South-west. The thermometer stood at thirty-eight below zero, yet he footed it all the way. He said that he had to run from one grove to the next to keep from freezing. A terrible wind swept across the prairies. And those who awaited him at home said that he looked like a snowman when he arrived. The deep snow fall of 1877 has been recorded by Mr. Fred Strong of Charles City. There was a sixteen inch snow fallin Floyd County in November of that year. ‘The whole disappeared within a month, © however, and no other fell during that winter. It is not hard to believe that fences would easily be buried when such falls appeared. Many children of those days remember walking across the fields, over fences, on their way to school. ‘The only care needed was in not breaking through the crust. December 23rd, 1886 was stormy and roads were drifting badly according to the record of Mrs. Cairns. January 15, 1888 was very cold. The thermometer registered forty below. On December 25th of that year, the ground was all bare, and the roads were dusty. The first snow of the season came on December 26th. On December 25th, 1889 there was no snow and the recorder writes that it is more like April than December. In 1895 there was sleighing on that same date. 1898 was some- what similar, and Christmas day was made merry with sleighs. In 1904 the ground was covered with snow on January first, but not enough was present for sleighing, as there was much dust mixed with the snow. On January 3rd of the same year, it was thirty below. The years since 1904 have been rather uneven; we have had some which brought considerable snow, and some which brought little. Some were cold and some moderate, but the most moderate of all was that of 1918-19. The year just preceding had been an excep- tional one in many parts of the country for heavy snows. Blizzards, 24 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST the old-fashioned three day sort which we thought had gone forever visited Iowa again. ‘he weather was not so cold, but the blizzards were blinding. They blocked the way of any sort of traffic. Farmers were shut in for some time. But it was not as in the old days, for there was, with most of the farmers at least, some sort of com- munication with the outside world. It was not long at a time that the telephones were out of order, and even if they were not usable for short periods, at least, the nearest farm was usually a few rods away. It was far different from the case with my grand- parents who found only three houses between their home, more than twelve miles distant from St. Charles, and the little village. But since we are told that exceptions prove the rule, so it isin this case. For the winter of 1918-19 was certainly an exception. In November, 1918, on the first day of the month, an American bittern was seen by the writer, in Willow Pond Bird Sanctuary, at Charles City, Iowa. On that same day, a Wilson’s snipe was also seen there. The snipe was again seen on November 3rd, near the same region. And in some bushes along the creek which goes from this sanctuary to the river, a male indigo bunting was seen. This is a most tinusual record for the bunting, and I believe that the snipe and the bittern are quite out of season. Of course, since.the creek was not frozen, the bittern and snipe could get their necessary foods. But why the bunting *should have been around is another question. The weather had been mild, indeed, yet buntings had never remained in that region in former years at all as late as— that date. Had it been the only eccentricity of that season I should have thought that something was the matter with the bird, and that it could not fly. But it was very active, flew well, and seemed thoroughly alert. Besides, the other birds having lingered so long past their usual times for migration made me believe that the season was truly to be one of considerable mildness. In November, Mahlon Palmer, a member of the Califor Natur-_ alist Club of Charles City, found violets in bloom. On the four- teenth of that month, in Brackett’s Woods, a favored wood on an old river flood plain, and only a short distance from the town, I found baby-faces, (Anemonella thalictroides), coming up. However, I did not find any in blossom, as I had once before in the late fall when the frost had come very early, and then warm weather had followed closely upon it. There were other-signs of reawakening life, for the buds of the lilacs were greatly swollen at this time, and THE WINTERS OF NORTH-CENTRAL IOWA 25 were about to burst in sqgme instances. And the gardens bore unmistakable signs of the retarded frosts. On November 13th, 1918, Mrs. Fannie Kellogg of Charles.City picked enough strawberries for a good sized dish. On December 24th, Mrs. Dutton picked cress in the garden for Christmas dinner. Mrs. H. Blunt gathered beets from the garden at this same time, and she had Johnny-jumpups in bloom. Is this not, verily, a repeti- tion of that old winter of 1854, when men chopped wood all winter long in their shirt sleeves? So it seemed indeed. But one of the greatest notes of mildness was yet due. On December 17th, in a creek on the Floyd Road, the writer found a frog which wiggled rather inactively away, when touched. It was in the bottom of the stream when first seen, and minnows were swimming around in the water. But when the frog was moved, it continued its journey, proving that it had not yet reached the hibernation period. The final triumph of the season, however, was the glad chirp of a robin on December 24th. Mr. Clement L. Webster of Charles City, states that robins have been known to remain throughout the winter occasionally, when a hollow along the river offered protection from the winter winds, and when some human hand would offer them food and a crude sort of shelter. But he had no instances in late years of any remaining under any conditions. I had never before seen a robin at this season in this locality. It was a novel and joyful experience when I was summoned by telephone to the neighborhood in which the robin had been seen. It was hovering around the back porches, trying to hop in the gravelly parts under- neath the porches, where there was none of the snow. When a person passed too near, however, it took to the top of some of the tall hard maples along the street. Some attempts were made to scatter food for it, but whether it ate any of the offered crumbs I can not say. Just the year before, in a wood North of town, another bird enthusiast and myself had discovered some red headed woodpeckers which were wintering with us. That was the first time during the years which we had tramped that region, at which we had ever seen the red-heads in winter. They had stored acorns in holes of their own making, in an old stump. We discovered them at their lunch counter. But now a robin was found and in the dead of winter. We began to think that Nature knew no laws at all. Whether this was a robin which had not yet migrated and 26 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST would do so later, or whether it was to remain with us all winter is not known, as I had no record for it since that date. It had been seen quite commonly in that neighborhood until the snow on the twenty-fourth. The fact that it could fly well had been definitely demonstrated again and again. I am glad that this mild sort of winter arrived at a time when ‘I was about to help record some of the strangenesses of it. The weather bureau took temperatures and some of the street seers noted the late open condition of the river, but the fragments which I gathered were from the fields and woods and would else have re- mained unnoticed. Of course, I do not think that such notes have great value, but I believe that they are very interesting, and that in such comparisons, and such only, do we come to an appreciation of what early times were like. I am truly very grateful for that record which Mrs. Cairns has kept. It is a life record of changing seasons, of storms and quiet. Through its pages the kettle drums of the prairie blizzards howl, the coyote’s lonely cries are echoed in the lonely stillness of the night, the snow cracks as the crust breaks with the fleeing deer, and thus the winter goes on. The winter,—season of hunger and of want, season of cold and much misery, yet the season when men’s souls are tried and tempered into the finest steel. Birds Observed at Rum Village on October 7, 1920 BY BROTHER ALPHONSUS, C. 5. C. The day was fine. We left Notre Dame at 8.45 a. m. and arrived at the large grove that is still called Rum Village, from an old Indian settlement, at 9:30 a. m. This piece of timber is perhaps the largest and finest in the immediate vicinity of South Bend, Indiana. ‘The city has recently purchased a portion of the grove, but the larger part is still in private hands and seemingly will soon he levelled to the ground. Already there are large clearings in it, and here and there wretched hovels have been set up. -If the entire wood was bought by the city, it would make one of the finest parks in the country. Just after we got into the grove, we discovered one pine warbler, two downy woodpeckers, and a white-brested nuthatch. This was the only pine warbler we found, although myrtle warblers were BIRDS OBSERVED AT RUM VILLAGE Qi, the most plentiful species in the wood. This was the first time we had seen the myrtle this autumn. They were most numerous in one place in the grove. With the myrtle warblers, we saw two palm warblers, many bluebirds, serveral chipping sparrows and goldfinches. This was the first time we had observed the palm warblers this month. As we advanced farther into the wood, myrtle warblers were still seen, but another species soon attracted our attention by its great abundance. This was the hermit thrush. Most of them were either on the ground or in low trees and brushes. Their rufus tails could be seen in the sunlight without using our field glasses. This was our first record of the hermit thrush this autumn. We saw no other thrushes, and this surprised us greatly. For this grove is filled with wood thrushes in spring, and we did not expect them to have migrated so early. With the hermit thrushes we found in great abundance robins and bluebirds, especially the former. There were growing in this part of the grove many elder-berry bushes, which probably had attracted the robins. Nowhere else in the vicinity of South Bend, had we recently found robins in any abundance. At most a few individuals were heard or seen. Gradually we left the robins and hermit thrushes behind us, and farther on we heard a flock of bronzed grackles clattering in the tree tops. Occasionally, too, we heard the more pleasing note of the cowbird. Here we saw the only sapsucker in our pathway. We had seen one on the first of the month, and these two records were all we made up to date. A single ovenbird was also found in this part of the wood, as usual walking quietly on the ground. We were now approaching the east side of the grove, where many of the fine trees had been felled, and the branches were piled up. In the brush we found white-throated sparrows, rather abundant, and also began to meet again myrtle Warblers, bluebirds and chip- ping sparrows. An occasional snatch of song was heard from the white-throats; from all the other species naught but call-notes. We passed out of the grove at 11 a. m. and started up the road to catch a Michigan Street car. To do so we walked more than a mile, part of the way on the Vandalia tracks. The only species we ‘saw here were two vesper sparrows. While walking along we counted the species we had seen, and found the number to be twenty-four. These were: bluebird, crow, goldfinch, bronzed grackle, blue jay, white-breasted nuthatch, robin, downy wood- ~ 28 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST ; 4 peaker, sapsucker, killdeer, chipping sparrow, white-throated sparrow, vesper sparrow, ovenbird, pine warbler, palm warbler, myrtle warbler, hairy woodpecker, hermit thrush, flicker, cowbird, golden-crowned kinglet, prairie horned lark, snowbird. Indiana Audubon Society. The Indiana Audubon Society wishes to call your attention to a few significant signs of the times. Never before in our State have there been so many people interested in the common thines of our every-day life. The birds, the trees, the flowers, are appealing to people as they have never done before. More people are beginning to see that bird life and all plant life are so inter-related that when measurers are taken to protect the birds, at the same time measurers are taken to increase our food supply. Nevey before have people recognized so fully that all the wild things of our state have a .right to protection, preservation, recognition, entirely independent of the amount of goad or harm in dollars and cents that can be attributed te them. Each has a scientifie and an esthetic value which cannot be measured and which should protect them from persecution, and above all form extinction. Much of our happiness depends on the beautiful things in nature. Never before have so many people preached the doctrine that one of the best ways to teach Americanization is by teaching Americans of all classes to stop the abuse of our natural resources, that these are the foundation of our wealth and happiness and must be preserved. , Recoxnizing these present-day tendencies, the Indiana Audubon Society believes the time haS come for close organization of the forees of protection and conservation, so that we ean work unitedly and intelligently for the preservation and increase of our bird Life. Our Slogan is—one thousand members for 1921. We are counting on You as One of the thousand. Will you not also induce some of your friends to join? The expense is not great. The Active membership dues are $1.00 annually; Contributing membership $5.00 annually. You may become a Life Member for $25.00, no annual dues. The advantages of membership are many. Some of them are as follows: Through organized effort you can inerease your opportunities for bird study and enlarge your sphere of activity for the preservation and protection of birds. The Society is always glad to assist in the identification of birds, to furnish expert advice on the best methods of protection and increasing the number of birds on one’s home grounds, how and where to place bird houses, bird baths, feeding stations, and how to rid your grounds of bird enemies. The Society will also advise and assist in the organization of both Adult and Junior Audubon Societies, and whenever possible send one of its lecturers to aid in the organization of loeal societies. The Society will furish stereopticon cr illustrated lectures, both the text and the lantern slides. With these illustrated lectures any one can give a most interesting and instructive evenine’s entertainment without any previous expert knowledge of birds. As 2 member of the Indiana Audubon Society, which in turn is a part of the Na- tional Association of Audubon Societies, you can obtain at minimum cost all the publica- tions, edueational leaflets, and standard bird books. ‘This, in itself, is worth many times the cost of membership. : We need your assistance in carrying out our program for a greatly increased membership, for a closer organization of the bird-lovers throughout the State, for a more uniform teaching of Nature Study in the schools, and for the dissemination of, literature relating to the great work of conservation. Wont you join our organization and assist in our State-wide campaign of bird pro- section and conservation? You cannot make a better investment or one that will bring you greater returns or.more satisfaction. Send remittance to the Secretary, . Frank C. Evans, Crawfordville, Indiana. ra ea Sree Me ne sere DD Deore DTD NOTE Contributions on general and midland natural history will be gladly received. Papers on botany and allied subjects, zoology, geology and _ physical geography, should be addressed to the editor. Matters relating to advertisements are to be taken up with the secretary of the University. One hundred reprints of articles averaging eight pages or more will be furnished free of charge to contributors. More than one hundred separates can be obtained at cost price of the extras. When articles consist of less than eight pages, a certain number of copies of THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST in which the paper appeared will be supplied free, or the separate articles may, by arrangement with the editor, be kept until future papers average eight pages, provided the contributions are sent in for the next consecutive issue for publication. Contributors of articles will receive a free subscription for the year in which their paper appears. For further or other -information address THE EpiTor, Notre Dame, Indiana. Ee Sineatcine cine inert Sopra tanei SR SSIS Serer aD ee eee DSS De one MrT De SRT Dee eee Dee ore Tn SR SRR SRSA SSSA Son noon ori eros mo oni LD Har Ser ore Sr area ar reer rer i oe SeSeSe 525252552525 252525252525252525252525252525e5e252 Bevererieneee aca The Gniversity of Potre Mame NOTRE DAME, INDIANA College of Arts and Letters. Departments of Ancient Classics, Modern Literature, History, Political Economy, Sociology, Domestic Commerce, Foreign Commerce, Journalism, Library Science. College of Science. Departments of Chemistry, Physics, Biology, Pharmacy, Agriculture. College of Architecture. Departments cf Design. Construction, Preparatory School. Variant Courses. College of Engineering. Departments of Civil Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Chemical Engineering, Mining Engineering, Industrial Engineering. College of Law. Colle e of Hine Arts. Departments of Artistic Drawing, Painting, Cartooning, Instrumental Music, Vocal Music. St. Edward Hall. For Young Boys. Notre Dame is recognized by all educators, by the press and by the public as a college whose work is of the same grade as that of the most highly endowed colleges or the best state univ- sities. Its atmosphere is strongly Catholic and no young man who has ever attended the University of Notre Dame can escape its influence in after life. The discipline is paternal, and aims at giving young men the fullest liberty consistent with earnest study and manly Christian character. Rooms at reasonable rates. Catalogue sent on application. Address: THE -RiEGaSai-Roaek NOTRE DAME, INDIANA on ee rn ee oe are oe ae oe ae oe Sea ae call VOL. VI. MARCH, 1021 NO. 2. american MITDLLAND NATURALIST Devoted to Natural History, Primarily that of the Prairie States Published by the University of Notre D Notre Dame, Indiana J ASNIEUWLAND, C. S.’G:, Ph: ? 5 5 :) / CONTENTS \ari, | yysexS7 Some Species of Podosemum. Benjamin Franklin Bush 29 Mondo, Adans. Oliver Atkins Farwell 41 Plants of Fargo, North Dakota, With Dates of Flowering. O. A. Sievens 54 Bird Migration Record. Brother Alphonsus, C. S.C. 63 PRICE $1.50 A YEAR SINGLE NUMBERS 30 CENTS FOREIGN, 6s. 6d. Entered as second-class matter at Notre Dame, Indiana. Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in section 1103, Act of October 3, 1917, authorized on July 3, 1918. THE UNIVERSITY PRESS, NOTRE DAME, INDIANA Back Numbers of “The American Midland Naturalist.” Vol. I:——(1909-1910); 293 "po Unbottad se ee ee $2.00 Vol. II.—(1911-1912). 330 pp. Unbound and exclusive of 3 Reprints to be bound in.endiofvolece22 22 es ee ee 2.00 Inclusive of Three Reprints (see below). Extra.......-....2----2---------------- 2.25 Vol. III.—(1913-1914). 383 pp. Unbound, exclusive of Reprint No. 4. (See below). [Nos. 1, 2, 3, 7-) are scarce and nearly out of print, COSEIM ENS GO) CES Mec Cla 8a 2 ho A RN Be ie Se ee ee ee 4-50 InclusiveoftReprint NO: 4,/extra 26.00 eee Ste ee eee 1.00 Vol StVe—— (1915-1916) mun boun ds swe ee 4.00 Volo Vie-(1 or 7=folm. 7 nbound oe ee Poe eae - 3.00 Total—$17.75 Publications. Haun, W. Analytic Study of Faunal Changes in Indiana, 2 plates, TORO pS 27D Parnes ease Te Re Mee eg Sank ee eee A b Joma ol GREENE, E. L. Leaflets of Botanical Observation and Criticism. 2) vols; Complete: > (1903—1OT 2) 2-3 eee 6.00 rh zt Cybele Columbiana, A series of Studies in Botany, chiefly North American. No. 1. (Other num- bers: to follow, citar shee ee ee eee Tea 75 “9 Ki Pittonia, A series of Papers Realting to Botany and Botanists, 5 vols. (1887—1905)........----------------- 14.00 at Flora Franciscana, Parts I, II, III. [Part IV pub- lished long after the other parts, is quite unobtainable, as all copies not immediately distributed seem to have been lost in the San Francisco fire.] Price as published_.................-.. 2.00 a Manual of the Botany of the Region of San Fran- cisco’ Bay (1894). ‘Bound cloth. 2225 23 2.00 Winbond ee eS ee ON ee OD 1.50 (Price as published of latter)..-......--.---------0--------- 2.00 UTTERBACK, W. I. Naiades of Missouri, 200 pp. 29 pl. and some text bie 0b g ccs Neca a Oat ee Ao (Mie PR aed Re A Sah Pa dR we 15 175 Reprints. RARINESOUR, Crs: INeogeny ton, (i S2is) meses ee ee ee emer sy i The Natural Family of the Carexides (1840)........ .50 i Scadiography or 100 Genera of Ombelliferous Plantsmet cng (a GAO) eee so ae oe ree 1.50 Monographie des Coquilles Bivalves et Fluvia- tiles de la Riviere Ohio. Remarques sur les Rapports Naturels des Genres Viscum, Samolus et Viburnum. A Bruxelles (1820)..........222---.... 1.50 LECOoNTE, J. B. Reprints of Monographs without plates, $2.50; with 42 photographic copies of unpublished plates (7x8), $25.00; with colored photographic plates...$37.50 LECONTE, J. E. Two extra plates reproduced from originalsin N. Y. Bot. Garden. Colored, $1.50; uncolored...._.....-.- 1.00 R 21 al The American Midland, Naturalist 2tional Musee PUBLISHED BI-MONTHLY BY THE UNIVERSIT OF NOTRE DAME, NOTRE DAME, INDIANA VOL. VII. MARCH, 1g2t. NO. 2, Some Species of Podosemum. BY BENJAMIN FRANKLIN BUSH. In a paper on the Muhlenbergias of Missouri,!-I pointed out that the plant long known as Muhlenbergia capillaris had been taken as the type of a new genus by Desvaux,’ to which he applied the name PODOSEMUM. This view of Desvaux’s seems to me to be quite reasonable; this species and its allies differing superficially and in all essential characters from the other species of Muhlenbergia, and I shall now take into consideration a few of the species related to the type- species. 1. PODOSEMUM CAPILLARE (Lamarck) Desvaux, 1810. A full and complete account of this species has been given in a preceding paper. The next two species are closely related to, and are often confused with this, and sometimes considered as varieties of it. , 2. PODOSEMUM FILIPES (M. A. Curtis). n. comb. Muhlenbergia filipes M. A. Curtis, Am. Journ. Sec. 1:44.83.1843 Muhlenbergia capillaris Chapman. Fl. S. U. S. 603, 1857, in part, at least as to description, not of Trinius, 1824. SPECIMENS EXAMINED: NORTH CAROLINA: Without definite locality, Curtis, date not given, M. B. G. Herb. No 79695. FLORIDA: Apalachicola, Chapman, date not given, M. B. G. Herb. No. 785596; 1-BusH. The Missouri Muhlenbergias, The Midland Naturalist, 93, 19109. 2—DrEsvAux. Nom. Buhl. Soc. Philom. 2:189, 1810. 3 = BUSH. sl. GO3))T O19. 30 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST Apalachicola, Chapman, date not given. M. B. G. Herb. No. 785597; Hog Island, Tracy 7380, November 26, 1901. M.B.G. Herb. No. 79792,; Hog Island, Tracy 7380, November 26, 1901, M. B. G. Herb. No. 80092; St. John’s River, Curtiss 3401, October, 1878, M. B. G. Herb. No. 79968; St. John’s River, Curtiss 3401, October, 1878. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79609; St. Mark’s, Harper 2, January 1, 1909. M. B.G. Herb. No. 79797; Without definite locality, but presumably Apalachicola, Chapman, date not given. M. B. G. Herb. No. 80004. MISSISSIPPI: Biloxi, Tracy 1414, October 15, 1893. M. B. G. Herb. No. 80010; ; Biloxi, Tracy 4353, October 8-9, 1907, U. 8S. A. H.; Deer Island, Tracy, October 12, 1898., M. B. G. Herb. No. 79787; LOUISIANA: Evergreen, Joor, September 23, 1884, M. B. G. Herb. No. 82682. 3. PODOSEMUM TRICHOPODES (Elliott) n. comb. Agrostis trichopodes Elliott, Sk. Bot. S.C. & Ga. 1:35. 1816. Muhlenbergia trichopodes (Elliott) Chapm. Fl. §S. U. 58. 553- 1860. Muhlenbergia capillaris trichopodes (Elliott) Vasey, Contr. Nat. Herb. 3:66. 1892. Central Texas to Fla. and Va., according to Dewey in Manual of the Plants of Western Texas. North Carolina to Florida and Texas, Nash in Flora, North Carolina to Florida and southeastern Texas. SPECIMENS EXAMINED: “Nortu CAROLINA: Bladen City, Ashe, October, 1885. Princeton, Ashe, October, 1888, Ill. Herb.; Smith’s Island, Ashe, date not given; Wilmington, Chase 4604, October 19, 1907, U. S. A. Herb.; SOME SPECIES OF PODOSEMUM. 31 Without definite locality, Curtis, date not given, M. B. G. Terb. No. 79996. SOUTH CAROLINA: Aiken, Ravenel, September 15, 1866. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79653- GEORGIA: Moultrie, Harper 1641, September 20, 1902. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79703; Moultrie, Harper 1667, September 24, 1907. M. B. G. Metro. .NOo.. 79702. FLORIDA: Apalachicola, Chapman, October, .1897. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79707; Apalachicola, Chapman, date not given. M. B. G. Herb. No. 785518; Baldwin, Nash 2323, September TT, 1880, U.. o., aaikienss Jacksonville, Curtiss 3402, September. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79594; Jacksonville, Curtiss 3402, September, M. B. G. Herb. No. 79806 ; Jacksonville, Curtiss 3785, September 28, 1896. M. B. GC: Herb. No. 79593; Jacksonville, Curtiss 3785, September 28, eS M: Be G: Herb. No. 79594; Jacksonville, Curtiss 3785, September 28, 1896, U. Se ae Herb.; Without definite locality, Chapman, date not given, M B. G. Herb. No. 79598; Without definite locality, Chapman, date not given. M B. G. Herb, No. 79599; Without definite locality, Chapman, date not given. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79999; Without definite locality; Chapman, date not given, M G B. G. Herb. No. 80000; . Without definite locality, Chapman, 70, 1890. M. B. Herb. 79597. MISSISSIPPI: Biloxi, Kearney 223, October 5, 1896. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79591; 32 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST 1 Biloxi, Tracy 3781, September-27}4 1897. Mi Ba G. Hers: No. 80071; Biloxi, Tracy 3842, October 22, 1897. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79708 ; ; Biloxi; Tracy, September 19,1897... M.B. G. \HerbsaNo: 79700; Ocean Springs, Karle, September 11, 1889, U.S.A. Herb.; Scranton, Jvacy 5355, August 23, 1898. .M..B. Guiern: Now 79705: LOUISIANA: Feliciana, Carpenter, September. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79998; Pass Christian, Langlois 26, July, 1880. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79698; Without definite locality, collector and date not given. MeoB: G. “Herbs No. 79652- TEXAS: Southern Texas, probably near Houston, Lindheimer 1849-51. ; 4. PODOSEMUM PUNGENS (Thurber). n. comb. Muhlenbergia pungens ‘Thurber, Proc. Acad. Philad. 1963: -78.- 1863: Western Texas to Ariz. and Nebr., according to Dewey in Manual of the Plants of Western Texas. Nebraska to Utah, south to Texas and Ariz., Nash in Illustrated Flora. Nebraska to Texas, Colorado, Arizona and California. SPECIMENS EXAMINED: NEBRASKA: Ash Hollow, Engelmann 34, July 28, 1858. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79667; Ash Hollow, Engelmann 34, July 28, 1858. M. B. G. Herb. No. 80117; ; Dismal River, Webber 113, July 13, 1889. M. B. G. Herb. No. 80020; Dismal River, Webber, July 13, 1889. M. B. G. Herb. No. 710179; | Dismal River, Webber, July 13, 1889. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79901; SOME SPECIES OF PODOSEMUM. 33 Hooker County, Rydberg 1551, July 19, 1913. U.S.A. Herb.; Loup Fork of the Platte, Hayden, August 6, 1855, M. B.G. Herb. No. 80019; Spring Branch, Clements 2818, August, 1893. M.B.G. Herb. No. 80016; Valentine, Bates, August, 1896. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79805. NEW MEXICO: Dona Ana County, Wooton 392, August 26, 1897. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79902; White Sands, Wooton 392, Angust-26, 18097! U. SpA Hern White Sands, Wooten 392, August 26, 1897. U.S. A. Herb. COLORADO: San Juan River, Brandegee 1202, M. B. G. Herb. No. 79903; Without definite locality, Hall and Harbour 632, 1862, M. B. G. Herb. No. 80014; Without definite locality, Hall and Harbour 632, 1862, M.-B.\G. Here: No: 79668. ARIZONA: Adaman’s, Griffiths 5083, August 6-7,-1903. U.S.A Herb.; Navajo to Hawthorn, Griffiths 5796, September 13, 1903, NEABeG.: vilerb;: No. .79819; i Navajo to Hawthorn, Griffiths 5796, September 13, 1903. MerB iG ctHerb. “No. 79820. UTAH: Between Kanah and Carmel, Jones 6046, September. 13, 1894. M. B. G. Herb.; No. 80120; Kanah, Jones 6046, September 13, 1894. M. B. G. Herb. No. 80018; St. George, Palmer 9275, 1875, M. B. G. Herb. No. 79903. CALIFORNIA: Without definite locality, Parry, 1881. M. B. G.’ Herb. No. 80015. 5. PODOSEMUM GRACILLIMUM (Torrey). n. comb. Muhlenbergia gracillima Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rept. 4:155. 1856. Western Texas to Col. and Arizona, according to Dewey in Manual of the Plants of Western Texas. 34 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST Kansas to Col.’S. to Texas and Ariz., Nash in Illustrated Flora. Kansas and Oklahoma to Texas, Colorado and Arizona. SPECIMENS, EXAMINED: KANSAS: Kearney County, Hitchcock, August 29, 1897; Russell County, Hitchcock 599, July 26, 1895. M. B. G. Herb. No. 80034; OKLAHOMA: Antelope Hills, Camp 15, Bigelow, 1853-54, U. S. A. Herb.; Mountain Park, Stevens 1285, June 23, 1913, U.S. A. Herb.; Mountain Park, Sievens 1285, June 23, 1913, M. B. G. Herb. No. 781651. TEXAS: Amarillo, Reverchon 4111, August 7, 1903; Amarillo, Reverchon 4111, August 7, 1903, M. B. G. Herb. No. 79885; Amarillo, Reverchon 4111, August 7, 1903. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79931; Amarillo, Reverchon 4111, August 7, 1903. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79895; Tascosa, Reverchon 2873, June 24, 1902. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79932; Tascosa, Reverchon 2873, June’24, 1902, M. B. G. Herb. No. 80068; Tascosa, Reverchon 2873, June 24, 1902. M. B. G. Herb. No. 80069; Texline, Griffiths 5620, August 20-28, 1903. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79818; Without definite locality, Wright 735. October, 1849. M. B. G. Herb. No. 80029. NEW MEXICO: Cimarron Cafiyon, Griffiths 5590, August 21-24, 1903. U. Sone Herpes Cimarron Canyon, Griffiths 5580, August 21-24, 1903. M. B. G. Herb. No. 80104; / Cimarron Canyon, Griffiths 5571, August 21-24, 1903. M. B..G. Herb. No. so0104; Cimarron Canyon, Griffiths 5571, August 21-24, 1903. M. B. G. Herb. No.w-79816; SOME SPECIES OF PODOSEMUM. 35 Gray, Skehan 47, July 26, 1898. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79938; Gray, Skehan 69, August 13, 1898. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79939; Pecos, Standley 4902, August 15, 1908. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79822; Sandia Mountains, Ellis 25, August 12, 1914. M. B. G. Herb. No. 760279; Santa Fe, Heller 3702, June 12, 1897. M. B. G. Herb. No. “UST Silver City, Metcalfe 647, September 5, 1903. M.. BAG Herb. No. 79934; Without definite locality Fendler 968, July 3, 1847. M. B. G. Herb. No. 80026; Without definite locality, Fendler 968, July 3, 1847. M. BicG> Herb! No '7967233 ts Without definite locality, Fendler 969, 1847. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79669; Without definite locality, Fendler 969, 1847. M.B.G. Herb. No. 80027; COLORADO: Cafion City, Brandegee 579, September 18, 1873, Me. BoG. Herb. No. 79930; Colorado Springs, Pammel 6011, July 11, 1895. M. B..G. Herb. No. 80035; Colorado Springs, Redfield 585, July 19, 1872. NM .BaiG, Herb. No. 79933; Denver, Hall, 1862. M. B. G. Herb. No. 80123; Georgetown, Lemmon 833, August, 1878. M. BG... Herb: No. 80024; Manitou, Clements 26, August 26, 1901, M. B. G. Herb. No. 79936; Military Park, Smith, June 14, 1891. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79535) Pike’s Peak, Chase 5298, August 28 to September 3, 1908. U.S As Herbs Sopris, Chase 5405, September 5-8, 1908. US, Ac Herb, Without definite locality, Crandall, September 11, 1890. M. B. G. Herb. No. 80024; ~ 36 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST Without definite locality, Hall, 1864. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79933; . Without definite ‘locality, Hall and Marbour 642, 1862. M. By 'G. Herb; “No. 79670; Without definite locality, Hall and Harbour 642, 1862, M. B.°-G; Herb. No. 8co3T; Without definite locality, Parry 642, 1862. M. B! G. Herb. No. 80032; Without definite locality, Vasey 643, 1868. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79718; ‘Without definite locality, Vasey, 1889. M. B. G. Herb. No. 80036. ARIZONA: Adaman’s to Lone H Ranch, Griffiths 5169, August 8, 1903, ME Be "GeoHenis: NO37684 7; Empire Ranch, Thornber 26, October 9, 1903. M.B. G. Herb. No. 80129; ; Empire Ranch, Thornber 26, October 9, 1903; Fort Whipple, Palmer 389, 1865. M. B. G. Herb. No. 80023; Navajo to Hawthorn, Griffiths 5804, September 13, 1903, Me": Gy iHerb. INo-7 70310; Navajo to Hawthorn, Griffiths 5804, ie S £3) 1903 MB. G. Herb. No? 79811; Navajo to Hawthorn, Griffiths 5804, September 13, 1903, Mein G.sterb) No 7os12: 6. PODOSEMUM PORTERI (Scribner) n. comb. Muhlenbergia Porter. Scribner; Beal, N: Am. Gr. 2:259 1896. Muhlenbergia Texana ‘Thurber, ex Coulter, Man. Rocky Mtn. Bot. 410. 1874, not Muhlenbergia Texana Buckley, Proce, Acad: Sci: s Philad:. 1862/07... 1862; Western Texas to Ariz., according to Dewey in Manual of the Plants of Western ‘Texas. Central Texas to Ariz., Nash in Flora. . Western Texas to California and Mexico. . SOME SPECIES OF PODOSEMUM. 37 SPECIMENS EXAMINED: TEXAS: Barstow, Jracy 8194, October 9, 1902. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79715; El Paso, Hitchcock 7812, October 15, 1910, U.S. A. Herb.; El] Paso, Rose 17835, October 8, 1913. M. B. G. Herb. No. 744091; Langtry, Nealley 118, October, 1892. M.: B. G. Herb..No. 79603 ; Langtry, Nealley 118, October, 1892. M. B. G. Herb. No. 796319; Van Horn Flats, Eggeri, July 10, 1900. M. B. G. Herb. No. 82669; Van Horn Flats, Eggert, July 10, 1900. M. B. G. Herb. No. 82670; Van Horn Flats, Eggert, July 10, t900. M. B. G. Herb. No. 82671; i Western Texas, Wright 734, October, 1849. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79602; | Western Texas, Wright 734, October, 1849. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79658; NEW MEXICO: Dona Ana County, Wooton, October 17, 1903; Dona Ana County, Wooton, October 25, 1904. U.S. A. Herb.; | Florida Mountains, Mulford 85, August 30, 1904. U.S. A. Herb.; Las Cruces, Wooton 67, July 1, 1897. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79712; i Mexican Boundary Survey, Pope, date not given. U.S. A. Herb. ; Without definite locality, Wright 1995, 1850-51. M. B. G. Herb. No. 99659. ; = : Arkansas Cafion, Brandegee, 1878. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79711; . Fremont County, Brandegee 3458, 1878. M. B. G. Herb. NO 797135 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST (es) (oe) Grand Cafion, Collector not given, September 27, 1878, M. B. G. Herb. No. 79608; Royal Cafion, Clements 282, 1896. M. B. G. Herb. No. 80022; UTAH: Diamond Valley, Jones 6102, October 1, 1894. M. B. G. Herb. No. 80119; Diamond Valley, Jones 6103, 1894. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79604; Without definite locality, abitastor and date not given. Uo Ss Ace Herb: ARIZONA: Cienega, collector and date not given. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79609; El Paso, Hayes, September 5, 1858. M. B. G. Herb, No. 80130; Fort Whipple, Cones and Palmer 507, September 4, 1865. NEB. G. EHetbe No. 79610; Montezuma Wells, Purpus 68, May—October, 1902. IM. 1B; GG. Herb. INO: 707 14; Tucson, Pringle, September 6, 1884. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79710; Tucson, Pringle, September 6, 1884. N. D. Herb.; Tucson, Pringle, September 6, 1884. M. B. G. Herb. No. 80130; Without definite locality, Hayes, date not given. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79606; Without definite locality, Wheeler's Expedition, date not given. M. B. G. Herb. No. 80122. CALIFORNIA: Vallecito, Parrish 1529, June, 1882. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79709. ; MEXICO: Ciudad Juarez, Palmer 11233, September 26, 1902. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79717; No State given, Palmer, date not given. M. 9..-G:7 Herb: No. 79716; 7. PODOSEMUM REVERCHONI (Vasey and*Scribner) n. comb. Muhlenbergia Reverchont Vasey and Scribner, Contr. Nat. Herb. 3:66. 1892. SOME SPECIES OF PODOSEMUM. 39 Western Texas, according to Dewey in the Manual of the Plants of Western ‘Texas. ~ Northern and Central ‘Texas. SPECIMENS EXAMINED: TEXAS: Dallas, Reverchon 1832, August 30, 1900. M. B. G. Herb. No. 82667; Dallas, Reverchon 1832, August 30, 1900. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79896; Dallas County, Reverchon 1852, August a jOLOLO p, WINYI Gee Be gh Herb. No. 79899; Dallas County, RKeverchon, date not given. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79750; Fort Worth, Reverchon 3539, October 3, 1902. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79897; Fort Worth, Reverchon 3539, October 3, 1902. M. B. G Herb. No. 79900; Fort Worth, Reverchon 3539, October 3, 1902. M. B. G. Herb. No. sor 27: - Fort Worth, Reverchon 3539, October 3, 1902. M. B. G Herb. No. 80126; . Fort Worth, Reverchon 3539, October 3, 1902. Hood and Tarrant Counties, Keverchon 1051, date not given, M. B. G. Herb. No. 82668; Lampasus, /Joor, October 30, 1884, M. B. G. Herb. No. 79599; Station Creek, Reverchon, September 5, 1903. M. B. G. Herb. No. 80125; Weatherford, Tracy 8237, October 19, 1902. M. B.G. Herb. No. 79898; Without definite locality, Lindheimer 1262, date not given. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79836; Without definite locality, Lindheimer 1262, date not given, MicB2(Gy Herb. aNo.- 798375 Without definite locality, Lindheimer 88, August, 1849. ne Sepa. Herb uniy\y Without definite locality, Reverchon 1051, date not given. Mo BiG Herb. S12 4% Without definite locality, Reverchon, 1883, M. B. G. Hérb. No. 785600. 40 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST 8. PODOSEMUM AFFINE (Trinius) n. comb. Muhlenbergia affinis Trin. Mem. Acad. Peterb. Sci. 6:301. 6. 2m Say: Western Texas to Ariz., according to Dewey in the Manual of the Plants of Western Texas. Western Texas to Arizona and Mexico. I have not been able to see many specimens of this species, and it may be that it is only a form of Muhlenbergia rigida (Sc. B. K.) Kunth. Rev. Gram. 63. 1829, and if so, this becomes PODOSEMUM RIGIDUM “HISB. 1K. “Nov: “Gen. '& Sp: 19. E876: SPECIMENS EXAMINED: NEW MEXICO: Hillsboro, Metcalfe 1447, October 2, 1904. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79826; Santa ‘Rita Mountains, Metcalfe 1485, date not given. MMB.” Gt Herb N 0379825: ARIZONA: Rozemont,. Thornber 65, October 10, 1903; Rozemont, Thornber 65, October 10, 1903. M. B. G. Herb. No. 80117. MEXICO: k San Pedro, Hitchcock 7301, September 27-28, 1910 U. S. A. Herb. 9. PODOSEMUM ARENICOLUM (Buckley) n. comb. Muhlenbergia arenicola Buckley. Proc. Acad. Sci. Philad. 1862:91. 1862. : Western Texas to Ariz., according to Dewey in the Manual of the Plants of Western Texas. Western ‘Texas, Arizona and New Mexico. SPECIMENS EXAMINED: TEXAS: Van Horn, Eggert, July 10, 1910. M. B. G. Herb. No. 82693 ; Without definite locality, Wright 735, May to October, 1849. M. B. G. Herb. No. 79671; Without definite locality, Wright 735, May to October, 1849. M. B. G. Herb. No. 80025. ARIZONA: Mustang Mountains, Pringle, September 12, 1884. N. D. ler bs; ® SOME SPECIES OF RODOSEMUM. 41 Mustang Mountains, Pringle, September 12, 1884. M.B.G. Herb. No. 79929. -10. PODOSEMUM TEXANUM (Buckley) n. comb. Muhlenbergia Texana Buckley, Proc. Acad. Sci. Philad. 1862:91. 1862. Muhlenbergia Buckleyana Scribner, ex Coulter, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. No. 1:56. 1890, a new name thought to be necessary, on account of M. Texana Thurber, but Buckley’s name is the older and has priority over Thur- ber’s. Dr. Gray and other botanists referred Buckley's species to Sporobolus confusus, but this last belongs to the genus Sporobolus, and is distinct from Buckley’s M. Texana. Western Texas to Mexico, according to Dewey in Manual of the Plants of Western Texas. I have not been able to see any specimens of this species, and Hitchcock writes me that Wright’s No. 736 is the only specimen in the U. S. National Herbarium from the United States. Mondo, Adans. BY OLIVER ATKINS FARWELL. Amongst the many genera that are listed as synonyms of Carex is Mondo, Adans. II 496, 1763. ‘Turning to Adanson, we find that Mondo is based upon Kaempfer, Amoen. Exot. t. 824 and is des- cribed as with flowers having 6 perianth segments! Turning now to Kaempfer, we find that Monto, pp. 823 & 825, plate page 824, is Ophiopogon Japonicus, Ker.—Gawl. and the plate is a very excellent illustration of the species. Since Ker.-Gawler, Thunberg, Kunth, and others quote, Mondo, Kaemp., as.a synonym under this species, it seems rather incomprehensible that Mondo (Kaemp.) Adanson is so universally referred as a synonym to Carex. Ophio- pogon was established in 1807, as Mondo antedates Ophiopogon by 44 years and since the latter is not a ‘“‘nomen conservanda”’ it must be displaced by the earlier name. The known species of Ophiopogon will be known as follows, under Mondo (Kaempf.) Adans. 42 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST Mondo (Kaempf.) Adans. II 496, 1763. Opliopegon Ker-Gawl, Bot. Mag. pl. 1063, 1807. » ‘ I M. Japonicum (Linn. f.) (Convallaria Japonica, Linn. f., Suppl. 204, 1781). a var majus (Thunb.) (Convallaria Japonica, var. major. Thunb. Fl. Jap. 139, 1784; Slaterza Jaburan, Sieb. in Act. Batay. ROT 25, F880). b var. umbraticolum (Hance) (O. umbraticolus, Hance, Journ. Bote Nl Tish sos): var. intermedium (D. Don) (O. intermedius, D. Don. Pred. Nep. 48, 1825). d var. Wallichianum (Kunth) (O. Japonicus, var. Wallichianus (Kunth) Maxim. Bull. Acad. St. Petersb. VII 321; Chloopsis acaulis and Ch. caulescens, Blume, Enum. 1.14, 1827; Flueggea Wallichiana, Kunth, Enum. V. 303, 1850; O. longifolaus, Deene. Fl. des. Ser. XVII 182, 1867-8). f var. micranthus (Hk. f.) (9. micranthus, Hk. f., 1. c.). g var. Groffithit (Baker) (Fluggea Griffithiz, Baker, Journ. Linn Soc, XVII 502, 18760). h var. proliferum (Lindl) (O. prolifera, Lindl. Journ. Hort. Soc. I 76, 1846). Il M. dxracaenoides (Baker) (F1.-dracaenoides, Baker, 1. c.). a var: Clarke: (Hk. f.), (0. Clarkei, Hk. f., 1. ic 268). b var. reptans (Hk. f.) (O. reptans, Hk. f. 1. c.) Ill M. Kansuense (Betalin) (O. Kansuensis Betalin, Act. Hort. Petrop.” XTIf rez, 1893): IV M clavatum (C. H. Wright) (O. clavatus, Hook. Icon. pl. MECN t. 2392) rags): . V M. cordylinoides (Prain) (O. cordylinoides, Prain, Jotfrn. AS. S0C..beng. L XVI soo), VI M. Bockianum (Diels) (O. Bockianus Diels, in Engl. Jahrb. ec X 254), VII M. Malayanum (Ridley) (O. Malayanus, Ridley, Journ. As. Soc. Straits XLI 34). VIII M. Stolonifer (Leve. & Vani.) (O. stolonifer, Leveille & Vaniot, Liliaceae, etc. Chine, 16, 1905.) IX M. Bodoniert (Leve, & Vani.) (O. Focinieri, Leve. & Vani, ees Mrs) MONLO, ADANS. 43 X M. Regnteri, (Bois) (O. Regnieri, Bois, Rev. Hort., p. 370, 1906). XI M. Fauriet (Leve. & Vani., Fedde Repert, Nov. Sp. V 283, 1908). XII M. Cavaleriei, (Leve. & Vani.) (O. Cavaleriei, Leve. & Vani. 1. c. VI 266, 1909). Pelt Ms shagqueis. (Leve.) (QO. Taguetu,, eve. Tsc;, Villa 77, 1910). Acknowledgement is gratefully tendered Dr. J. A. Nieuwland, of Notre Dame, Indiana, for material help courteously rendered. DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY PARICE “DAVIS G- COMPAN Y DETROIT, MICHIGAN. A Survey of the Naturalistic Periodical Literature of America. BY HOWARD CLARK BROWN. That America has a very definite class of naturalistic periodical ~ literature is very certain. And, that that class of literature is badly in need of reform, the following survey will make clear. The periodi- cal literature of America which has dealt with Nature-study, or with Nature, has been quite extensive but there has been little co-operation between the great naturalists and these periodicals. Perhaps this may be accounted for in the fact that most of these periodicals have a very limited circulation, many are extremely local in their subscription list and content, and they can not afford to pay the naturalists of note for their material. It seems strange to me that these periodicals have not asa whole even attempted to draw upon the store of English poetry for their bits of verse. Most of those which include verse include some little offering from a local person of little merit and well deserved lack of fame. Alexander Wilson, the Scotch naturalist, was the first American whose name can be related in any extensive way to our ornithology. Crevecoeur, before 1775 had established a definite interest for him- self in the woods and fields of the new country. But Crevecoeur did not pretend to make his observations his sole occupation. Wilson 44 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST devoted his entire time to the pursuits of his naturalistic tendencies. But like many another naturalist, his retiring disposition, his quiet, inexpressive nature won him a very small audience among the com- mon people. His death in 1813 was recognized by the scientific world, but hardly outside of that. Audubon, with his Spanish ancestry and his French communicativeness, was among the com- mon people throughout his life. He knew and loved them. At his death in 1851 there was much interest aroused in the science of ornithology. Then came the really great things. Darwin’s pub-~ ”? lication of the ‘‘Origin of Species,’’ and the work in this country of Louis Agassiz fanned scientific interest into a sturdy flame. This started scientific publication in America. And if we are to understand the nature-study movement and literature, we must recognize this background and forerunner in the scientific journals. In 1867, the ‘‘American Naturalist’? was issued by ‘‘The Science Press’’ in Salem, Massachusetts. In 1883, ‘‘Science’’ was begun. ’ In 1891, ‘‘Nature’’ put forth its first volume. And from that time on there has been many a scientific periodical launched, carried through for a time and then recalled because its funds would not run it. But these three big periodicals have continued through an unbroken career. The content of these is more or less general, dealing with various phases of biology, and of the physical sciences. But these magazines are for the elected scientist, and not for the naturalist. What then came from the work of Audubon? If Darwin and Agassiz developed science, when and where did nature-study begin? he first naturalistic periodical of this country, which I located in point of time, was the ‘“‘Odlogist.” In 1875, the ‘‘Odlogist,” or, ‘‘Ornithologist and Odlogist’’ was published by F. B. Wébster Co., in Hyde Park, Mass. It is dis- tinctly of interest to note that this magazine contained such subject matter as that which would relate to collecting. It was a collectors’ magazine. hat is where nature-study began. Before most of our great naturalists became interested in the study of the out-of-doors, they were interested in collecting.” And this development of the individual is reflected in the progress of interest in the American people, the American mind, as it were. In 1884, at Gaines, New York, the first volume of another o6logi- . cal periodical was commenced. The ‘‘Young Odlogist” stated in its first volume that it was ‘“‘for the Student of Birds, their nests and eggs.’ Here was a periodical which was ci.-inctly naturalistic as . \e au . : Ne NATURALISTIC PERIODICAL LITERATURE OF AMERICA 45 contracted with the more scientific ‘‘Odlogist’’ of nine years before, or the trend of scientific literature with which we began. There is an anouncement in the first issue of the magazine, as follows: ‘‘The Publisher of the Young Odlogist in order to obtain a large circula- tion for his little journal, offers the following inducements which he believes have never been equaled by any publisher’’. And then the offer is given. For fifty cents one will receive the year’s subscription . to the “little journal’ and any one of five articles which are listed. These articles are two abalone shells, an egg of a Yucatan Jay, an egg of a Curphorice, an egg of an oriole, and a fossil fern from Mazon Creek. The diversity of these subjects for a magazine in Ornithology was rather amusing to me. The extent of the fame of Mazon Creek at that early period in our biologic history, was also interesting. I think that this “‘never equaled’’ offer is rather Barnumesque. And it may well have been so, for that was the time of the triumphs of the ‘‘Big Show Man.”’ He had been exhibiting “The old nurse of George Washington”’ only a few years previously and:now he had advanced to Jumbo. The quick and eager response which such a magazine brought at that time is to be seen in looking over the ‘‘Inquires and Answers”’ for the first volume. There are contributions from Grinnell, Iowa; Clinton, Wisconsin; New York City; Auburn, Maine; Red Bank, N.J., Trumansburg, N. Y., Philadelphia, Huron, Dak., and Thayer, Kans. I think it rather striking that so many and such distant communities should thus be brought into the common interest which the magazine awakened. Rather, I suppose one should consider that the interest had already been aroused, and that people all over the country were waiting for something which would give expression and stimulation to this interest. Of course there is no attempt at adaptation of literary material in this early publication. There is no poem, no reference to any of the great nature writers. At this time, however, there was little to have referred to. Some- thing of the character of this poineer can be seen in the ‘‘ Editorial Melange.”’ It includes such notes as a whip-poor-will’s egg having been found by a'certain person of Flint, Mich. Another person of Hyde Park, Ill., had shot three evening grosbeaks during the past winter. Then there were records of when nests of certain birds were found, and comparisons of the date of finding with that of the pre- vious year. This smacks of the method of Thoreau’s journal. Per- chance his contribution in ‘“‘Summer’’ and the other season books 46 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST had its influence here. And then there comes an interesting little note which I think is as true an index to the character of the nature periodical and the attitude of the people toward the naturalist, as can be found. The note is in the first volume of the ‘‘ Young O6- logist’’ and reads: ‘‘ Mr. G. G. Pendall, of EKdniboro, Penn., writes us that he has a very curious specimen in the geological line. It bears a striking resemblance to a miniature human skull. The eyes, mouth and nose were formed by the action of water.’’ There are many persons still who are interested in-only this resemblance phase of nature-study. It is a good beginning if you do not stop, but it does seems a peculiar thing for a periodical on birds eggs to suddenly include such a note. It shows the nonscientific method of the periodical, and at the same time, the tendency toward interest in all nature, the tendancy which produces naturalists rather than scientists. Darwin’s observations produced scientists. This sort of random splattering, uncentered interest, humanized sympathy with nature, produced such men as Muir. In the same year that the ‘‘ Young Odlogist”’ appeared, the first volume of ‘‘ The Auk”’ was published in Cambridge, Mass. It was a quarterly and was issued by the ‘‘ American Ornithologists Union,” as a ‘‘Journal of Ornithology.”’ It was a period of initial stages of societies. The Agassiz Society had been formed in 1875, just two years after the scientist’s death, and in 1895, the Audubon Society was orgainized. ‘This is of interest, because the scientist was ready at once to take up the work of Agassiz, the master. But the natural- ist with the poetic dreaminess of his nature had to have a long time in which to dream of what had really been accomplished by his instructor, Audubon. And not until forty-four years had passed was he ready to launch into his work. This is quite truly indicative of the progress of the naturalistic periodical. It seldom proceeds evenly, uninterruptedly, but follows the fancy of its directors, and often dreams. There is little comment needed on the ‘“‘Auk.”’ It is a scientific magazine, but devoted entirely to Ornithology. That is, it has the scientific tendency. It is popular only to the ornithologist, but it would not be considered at all in the strictly scientific class. Of course it contains no literary material at all. Then a strange thing happens in the progress of the naturalistic periodical. All of these publications have been in the East where one would expect them to develop. The Puritan aversion to the pursuit NATURALISTIC PERIODICAL LITERATURE OF AMERICA 47 of nature-study as such, had been hard to break. But such men as Audubon had great influence, and there were minds which did allow nature-study. Also, some had known Thoreau. It seemed incredible that one of these lovers of nature should develop right in the very midst of the Puritan influence, but such happened, and the com- munity has not yet entirely quieted down from the shock. In Ober- lin, Ohio, the ‘‘ Wilson Bulletin’’ published its first number in 1895. This is the first publication which had strayed from the Eastern atmosphere which I was able to discover. Were it a scientific publication, one would seek for some definite explanation. But since it tends toward the aturalistic side, we will dismiss it as one other eccentricity of a nature-lover. It is a bird journal and is the official organ of the ‘Wilson Ornithological Club.”’ There are never any poetic contributions to it, and never any great literature, but some of the contributions have literary merit, and on the whole, the magazine has a distinct appeal. The photo- graphs with which it is sometimes illustrated add decidedly to the content value. The magazine is non-technical, and of very great value to the naturalist. It is somewhat local, dealing mostly with the middle western ornithology, but it is a very splendid contri- bution from Ohio, and especially from its worthy editor, Dr. Lynds Jones. At about the same time that the ‘Wilson Bulletin’’ made its first appearance, another ornithological magazine was started in the far west. ‘‘ The Osprey,’’ a monthly was published in the state of Washington, but its life was very short. Tle last issue of it ap- peared in June 1902. It is only another bit in our naturalistic periodical history, and would hardly be significant were it not for its sudden appearance in the disjunct region of the western coast. It is the pioneer of the western periodicals. In 1897 there also appeared the first issue of ‘‘ Birds and Nature.’ This is the outstanding magazine of purely naturalistic character of all our periodical literature. It was destined to play the most important part and to wield the greatest influence of any of the magazines which were devoted to the interests and loves of the naturalist. In the first issue of ‘‘ Birds and Nature”’ there is much to consider which is of interest in our evolutionary study. The maga- zine was published by A. W. Mumford and Co., at Chicago. This publishing company is significant, for the naturalist will at once remember it as the one which published the splendid Mumford ’ 48 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST bird plates. They are the plates which John Burroughs hailed with such ardent enthusiasm and which he considered sufficiently good to be of use in papering the interior of his study. The place of publication is certainly of interest, also. It shows that the west was waking up and that the interest was shifting from the con- servative East where Science was proper but Nature-Study as such hardly yet heard of, to the Mid-West where the interest in the out- of-doors was fresh, aes enthusiastic. The first volume of “‘ Birds,’’ for that is the title under which it first came out, informs us as follows, on the title page: ‘‘ Birds. Illustrated by Color Photography. A Monthly Serial. Designed to Promote a Knowledge of Bird Life.’’ Then there follows a verse of a few lines and the publisher's name which then was the Nature Study Publishing Company, Chicago, 1896. The Preface in volume one quotes a suggestion from the ‘‘ Ladies Home Journal, as follows ‘“‘An excellent suggestion was recently made by the Dept. of Agriculture at Washington that the public schools of the country shall have a new holiday to be known as Bird Day.’’ ‘This was a new thing at that time. It continues to say, “Of all animated nature, birds are the most beautiful in coloring, most graceful in form and action, swiftest in motion and most perfect emblem of freedom.’’ But the beauty would not alone justify their study. ‘‘They are withal, very intelligent and have many remarkable traits, so that their habits and characteristics made a delightful study for all lovers of nature. ‘‘Then the statement is made that the work done by this publication is useful “‘for the young.’’ It was the period when the ‘‘elders’’ did not participate in such enjoyments as watching a bird. That would have been too elementary, and not sufficiently sophisticated for any but children. It was a “pretty and harmless employment of time for the children.” “The Text is prepared with view of giving the children as clear an idea as possible, of haunts, habits, characteristics and such other information as will lead them to love the birds and delight in their study and acquaintance.”’ Notwithstanding the desire to acquaint the readers with birds, it seems to me that the publishers went rather far afield in the first volume. Out of the ten birds described and figured in the first number of volume one, eight of them are not North American birds, and one of the two which is a native bird has a habitat of very restricted area, being found only im some of the Southern states. NATURALISTIC PERIODICAL LITERATURE OF AMERICA 49 The stories or life histories of the birds are all in a child’s language and do not have the enthusiasm and eagerness which one would expect in such an enterprising periodical. The reference to ‘‘ Mr. Nuttall’’ which is made, is characteristic of the nice and very re- strained manner of expression. But the pictures did much for the periodical, and it became very popular. In the first volume are some poetry selections, but they are all unsigned. In the second and third volumes the outstanding poems selected are from Alice Cary, Lowell, Scott, in “‘ Birds of Killingworth,” and, a bit later, J. T. Trowbridge, and Bryant, with his ‘‘To a Water Fowl.” There is a naiveté comment in volume three which is worth pausing on. ‘‘Some subscribers wonder whether the supply of speci- mens may not soon be exhausted. Of North American alone there are more than twelve hundred birds.’”’ Nature at that period of our interests and history was looked upon as something which was very great, very detailed, very difficult to understand. Man could never fully grasp it all, but he might delve into a little corner of it and secure a little knowledge about it. In 1898 under the title of ‘‘ Birds and All Nature,’ a few animals and other out-of-door habitants were introduced. The magazine was doing precisely what the naturalist clubs all over the country were doing. They were broadening their scope and widening their influences. They felt a need to study nature as a whole rather than to look for their study at birds alone. The July number, 1898 makes the statement that each number will present at least two birds, four animals, and an extra in the way of a bat, flower, insect, or geological interest. Here too, the statement is made that ‘‘Birds’’ is one of the most popular magazines ever presented to the American public. It is read and admired by over 100,000.’’ And at that time it was only one and a half years of age. I think that record is decidedly worth pausing over. It certainly shows how eager people were at that time for just such a popular presentation of nature as this magazine gave. With all of its faults, its childish language, its rambling nature, still it was the greatest magazine of its time, and of many years to come, if not at the present time. And the influences which had stirred people’s enthusiasms for nature was to be found in such men as Thoreau, John Burroughs, John Muir, and the pioneers, Wilson and Audubon. The following is a list of contents for the new series which began with 1906. : ; e 50 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST Vol. 4, No. 11—7 poems (none well known); 12 sketches of birds (childish prattle); 6 colored illustrations of birds. , o Vol. 4, No. 2.—6 poems; 8 sketches; 7 colored photographs. Vol. 4, No. 3.—6 poems; 8 sketches; 7 colored photographs. Vol. 4, No. 4.—g9 Poems, 2 birds; 7 sketches, 3 mammals; 8 colored illustratrations, 2 plants. Vol. 4. No. 5. One page of gems from many poets, giving their expression for and appreciation of nature. These quotations in- cluded Emerson, Bryant, Chaucer, Milton, Leigh Hunt, Words- worth, Shakespear, Coleridge, Byron and Lowell. This is the first attempt which I found in the nature-periodicals of this country to bring together any such illustrations of the poet’s attitude toward the out-of-doors. And for the small space which was taken up with this, I think that it is quite representative and that it marks a time of distinct progress. Besides these ‘‘gems,’’ were four other poems by unknown authors, eight bird, animal, insect and plant sketches, and eight colored plates. Volume five of the new series, included T. B. Aldrich’s, “‘A Snow Flake,’ Longfellow’s, ‘‘ Birds of Passage’? and Whittier’s, ‘‘ The Lumberman.” The next volume contained ‘Emerson’s ‘The Titmouse,’”’ and what I think is of far greater importance, Edwin Markham’s, ‘‘The Brothers of the Ground.’ This is an indication of an attempt at least, to bring the magazine up to date by using the contemporary writers of our country. The fact that the same volume uses a poem from Tennyson is merely indicative of the holding over of the old English dominance which was so long a detriment to our literature. In the later numbers, the character of the articles or sketches has changed somewhat. Neltje Blanchan who has a delightful style, and who combines the literary, aesthetic and scientific in bird study in quite the nicety of proportion which moderns can best enjoy, has some of her work published in the new series. Dr. Lynds Jones, editor of the ‘‘ Wilson Bulletin’’ also has been represented in the later pages of the magazine. Here then was a conservative, nature-study magazine which was launched at a time when such things were hardly known, which was maintained because of the merit of its plates rather than its material as litera- ture, but which is now attempting to becomé more viril, more closely adapted to the life and times of its own existence. “ Bird-lore,’’ a bi-monthly, was first published in 1898, as the official organ of the Audubon Societies, in Harrisburg, Pa., and New . ‘ NATURALISTIC PERIODICAL LITERATURE OF AMERICA 51 York City. I suppose that there is no doubt as to its being the most popular bird magazine of to-day. It is illustrated with many photographs and with one colored bird plate per number. Louis Agassiz Fuertes as bird artist has done more to make birds live on canvass than any other painter of birds since the time of Audubon and the Audubon society has long had the efforts of this man en- listed in their cause. Save for the articles contributed by the editor, Dr. Frank Chapman, there is little in the magazine which is really literary. An occasional poem may make such a claim, but the magazine does not often make use of poetry. A review of the contents of the March-April number, 1920, which included pages 77-138 in the volume of which it was a part, 1s as follows: Membership list. Editorial Part. School Department. ‘‘ Records of bird work in schools.’’ Book News and Reviews. The Season (Bird reports of the privious month). Notes from Field and Study. (More General Observations) Articles—Among which was,‘‘ Bird Watcher in France.” One colored plate; 18 photographs; 6 black and white drawings or charts. The contribution from France was especially interesting to me as it is an illustration of how the naturalist is trying to bring his material up to date so that it shall not fail in interesting the public. ‘The Condor,” a ‘‘Magazine of Western Ornithology,’’ was first published in 1899, in Hollywood, California. It isa bi-monthly, and is published by the ‘‘ Cooper Ornithological Club of California. It is only another of those magazines which is of interest to the ornitholigist, but which has no claim to literature, nor indeed to the general naturalistic tendency of the times. Here then, our record of bird magazines pauses, a botanic contribution is introduced, then the interest swings back to general nature study, in 1905. In 1897, ‘““The Plant World,” a monthly journal of popular botany was first published in Washington D.C. Since 1902 this has been the official organ of the Wild Flower Preservation Society of America. We should hardly need mention the publication here save as it records the primitive efforts of botany to gain popular recognition, just as ornithology had some years before. Of nine publications which were launched from 1875 to 1901, seven are preeminently ornithological magazines. ‘wo are strictly botanical. This then is the first of these, and it was quite alone in its fields until 1901 when the American Botanist was issued in New York. 52 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST Dr. Asa Grey’s work, which was the first preeminently botanical ap- proach in America gave a fresh and added impulse to the sort of study which many earlier naturalists had started. This was the time when the sciences were giving rise to many branches hereto- fore never separated from biology. Ornithology was the first of these to develop as a separate study. Botany came next, but not until quite a bit later. Botanical literature of a popular nature records this break from biology in the very last years of the nine- teenth century, The next sudy was entomology, but of that there is, so far as I know, no popular literature, as yet, because it is so young, and certainly there is none in this country which has literary value. Fabre did for the insects, in France, what paroue has done, ina way, for birds, in our country. 1900 was the time of the organization of many movements but one of the most interesting of these was the tendency which arose for the formation of naturalist organizations. The Wild Flower Preservation Saciety of America is one of the earliest which devoted itself to plants. From 1900 on there haye been hundreds of such societies, many of them of strictly local nature which have sprung up within our country. And it is to these societies and their work that the periodical naturalistic literature is indebted for its support. Any change in attitude of these organizations is reflected in their literature. The change was first economic and everything in the out-of-doors was translated into money value. Now I think that we are less commercial in our dealings with nature, but we are not entirely back to the old aesthetic appreciation. We are trying to strike a median between the two. And of this sort of median litera- ture I shall next speak. The ‘“‘American Botanist,’’ a monthly, claimed in its first number which was published by W. N. Clute and Co., in 1901 to be ‘‘Devoted to economic and ecological botany.’ Mr. Clute is still the editor of this publication, and has maintained for it, throughout its period of nineteen years, a steady, even, well trained influence. It is not scientific in the sense that it abounds in technical terms or explores scientific problems to their very depths. Neither is it popular to the extent of lacking precise, definite information. It seems to me to have struck the between note which we would wish might be struck by more periodicals. There is an increasing demand for just such leisurely excursions into such fields as this magazine suggests. The nature-study clubs have bred up a large number of individuals who enjoy an excursion _NATURALISTIC PERIODICAL LITERATURE OF AMERICA 53 into nature. Mr. Clute has contributed many articles of his own to this magazine, and as a whole I think that it has more literary merit than almost any other periodical yet discussed. It is the Burroughs type of literature, and it lacks the virility of the open air which we enjoy seeing caught within a magazine’s pages, yet it is conver- sational, easy, delightful. It is a tramp without sentimentality, and it has some of the folk-lore ease and grace about it in its dealings with plants. The meaning of their names, the legends about them etc., all belong within the scope of this publication. Let us examine the “contents of the first volume. It has no poetry. The articles insit include the following titles: ‘‘Some Abnormal flowers,”’ ‘The Grape Fruit,’’ ‘Lilies,’ ‘‘Mullein and Poke,” ‘‘The Indian Pipe,” ‘‘Waning Year in the South,’’ ‘“ Devastation of Nature,” “The Opening of a Flower,’ ‘‘Double Flowers,’’ ‘‘How the Nas- turtium is Pollinated,’’ comes in volume five as a distinct surprise because of its purely scientific character. If we examine these titles we find much of interest in evolutionary values. For instance, the first, discussing abnormal flowers, belongs with the curio stage, the first or initial evidence of interest in things, natural. The next, on the grape fruit represents the interest in foreign fruit and flowers. It corresponds with the interest which led ‘‘Birds and Nature’’ to include so many foreign birds in their first numbers. The Indian pipe article, and-‘‘Waning Year in the South,” are distinctly Burroughsesque. They are quite the same as a Charles Abbott excursion. > Now let us turn to a recent number. It is published at present in Joliet, Ill., and the February, 1920 number lists the contents as follows: . I. 10 articles of about a page each, on various aspects and interests iu plants; 1 article of eight pages on ‘‘Plant Names and Their Meanings,” by Mr. Clute. Continued from former nos. 2. 1 comment of brief nature; 1 verse from Bryant (Heading the pub- lication as 1st article); Odd and rare plant occurances. Color variation in flowers; Conservation note in ‘‘ Perpetuating our Native Flora.” 3. Note and Comment (six articles). 4. Editorial (Six short ones). 5. Books and Writers. (3) Entire contents of number, 36 pages. By 1905 Nature Study had won its way into many schools in some form or other. And in that year M. A. Bigelow began the publication in Geneva N.Y. and N. Y. City, of the ‘‘ Nature Study Review.” This was a magazine devoted ‘‘to Nature Study in 54 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST Schools.” It is the official organ of the American-Nature-Study Society. It is excellent for teachers of Nature Study, and for the parent who wishes to help his children in something which need guidance. It was published as a bi-monthly at first, but has since gone over into monthly publication, save for the three school-less summer months. The first volume contained articles upon the -aims and methods of teaching Nature-Study, news notes and notes on recent articles. All of the material was concise, brief, and of course non-literary. There were also a few book reviews included in the early numbers. The first volume contained an article Ly Dr. J. M. Coulter, Liberty Bailey, of Cornell, C. F. Hodge, then of Clark University, and M. A. Bigelow. This recognition by scienti- fic men of the values of such a society as this, is worth noting. But the magazine has changed its character. Under the leadership of its present editor, Mrs. Anna B. Comstock, it has become more nearly suited to the children’s needs. It includes animal outlines to be colored, delightful little articles upon habits of birds, animals, essays of interest upon plants, appreciations of Thoreau, Burroughs, Audubon, Agassiz, and others. It includes bits of poetry, seldom chosen from the great poets, but verse which has rhythmic and ima- geryic value. Throughout the pages is a contagious enthusiasm which counts for more than any other factor in any such publication. ~ (CONCLUSION NEXT ISSUE.) ; ~ Plants of Fargo, North Dakota, With Dates of Flowering.—I.* O. A. STEVENS. This paper is similar to one published in this journal (vol. 5) dealing with those of Blue Rapids and Manhattan, Kansas. Com- pared with that list, the present one has the advantage of a longer and more recent (yet scarcely intensivé) period of study (1910 to 1920 inclusive). It deals, also, with a more restricted and less varied area. The same system of indicating the date of first flowering is used, i. e., of dividing the month into 5-day periods, adding in parenthesis the exact average date where records of three or more years are available and in reasonable agreement. * Contribution from Dept. Betany, North Dakota Agricultural College and Experiment Station. PLANTS OF FARGO 55 The area considered is roughly that of 4 or 5 miles radius about the City of Fargo, one-half of it thus being in Minnesota adjacent to the City of Moorhead. The general topograpHy may be des- cribed very briefly. The bed of glacial Lake Agassiz, which is said to be perhaps the most nearly level large area of land in the world, is, at this point, about 40 miles in width, extending 15 miles to the east and 25 to the west. The soil is a black, fine-grained, heavy loam, poorly drained and frequently with slightly, lower areas too wet for regular cultivation. A belt of timber covers the banks of the Red River of the North. Commonly this is but a few rods in width, but frequent bends result in somewhat larger areas. White elm, green ash, and box elder predominate, with basswood on some of the lower portions and burr oak on the higher. An occasional bit of aspen, cut off as it were from the Minnesota forest some 50 miles eastward fur- nishes various species not elsewhere found. One such area several miles in length on the east side of the river about 3 miles north, adds a number of plants to this list. Excepting for some of the lower portions above mentioned, the land is nearly all under cultivation and of the original prairie only scattered fragments and the roadsides remain. Frequency in such habitat will therefore be understood as applying to such portions of prairie as are yet to be found. In the gravel used for ballast on the railroad tracks a number of plants common to the higher prairies have become established to various degrees. In preparing this list the writer has made use of one compiled several years ago by Mr. C. H. Waldron to whom credit is due fer various contributions. he notes on distribution and abundence are based upon personal observations, species upon which such are not available remaining on authority of the collector as shown in the herbarium of the North Dakota Agricultural College. Early in 1920 the writer examined the herbarium carefully for Fergo specimens and found that some sixty species were not represented. The greater part of these were secured during the season and the remainder will be secured -the coming season if possible. The nomenclature and arrangement of Bergman’s Flora of North Dakota (Sixth Bienn. dept., Agric. Coll. Survey) have been fol- lowed although not always in accord with the writer’s ideas or latest usage. With regard to common names, some ettempt has been made to supply suitable ones where they seemed lacking and ” 56 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. such as the writer is more or less responsible for in this or earlier publications are indicated by an asterisk (*). As he has previously stated (Science, N.S. 45:502), he considers that common names are of necessity more or less local, and that different plants may bear the same name in separated regions. Qualifying adjectives may not be needed where related species are absent. Ranunculaceae. Butter-cup Family. Actaea rubra (Ait.) Willd. BANEBERRY. Woods. Frequent. May 25. The white and red fruited forms are not regarded as different species. Aquilegia canadensis L. COLUMBINE. Woods. Occasional. May 25 (24). Delphinum penardi Huth. PRAIRIE LARKSPUR. Prairie. Occasional. July 5 (3). Anemone cylindrica A. Gray. “COTTON WEED. Prairie. Frequent. June 15. Anemone virginiana LL. TALL ANEMONE. Woods. Occasional. June Io. Anemone canadensis \L. CANADA ANEMONE. Prairie on lower places. Common. June 5 (5). Anemone quinquefolia L. WOOD ANEMONE. Aspen woods on the Minnesota side. May to (9). Pulsatilla hirsutissima (Pursh) Britton. PASQUE FLOWER. Reported to have been found, but not seen in recent years and no specimen in the herbarium. Apr. 15. Commonly called ‘‘ Crocus.” Clematis virginiana \,. VIRGIN’S BOWER. Woods and thickets. Frequent. Aug. 5. ~ Ranunculus delphinifolius Torr. YELLOW WATER CROWFOOT. In water. Occasional. May 25. Ranunculus ovalis Raf. PRAIRIE BUTTERCUP. Prairie. Common. Apr. 20 (21). Ranunculus abortivus L. KIDNEY-LEAVED BUTTERCUP. Woods. Common. May to (8); excluding an extremely early date—A pr c1O;, 11OKO: Ranunculus sceleratus \. DITCH BUTTERCUP. Margins of ponds, etc. Common. May 30 (31). Ranunculus acris Y. TALL BUTTERCUP. An introduced weed collected in 1892 and 1910, but apparently has not become established. PLANTS OF FARGO 57 Ranunculus pennsylvanicus WL. f. BRISTLY BUTTERCUP. Sloughs. Frequent. Apparently no record of flowering but it is late, perhaps first of Aug. Tilia americana 1,. BASSWOOD LINDEN. Woods of river. Common. Malvaceae. Mallow Family. Malva rotundifolia 1. MALLOW. CHEESES. Near railway tracks (Stevens in 1915.) Malva borealis Wallm. *NORTHERN MALLOW. Yards, roadsides, etc. Common. June 25 (26). Malva sylvestris VL. HIGH MALLOW. Various places. Occasional. Hibiscus trionum I,. FLOWER-OF-AN-HOUR. Gardens.. Occasional. ; Hypericaceae. St. John’s-wort Family. Hypericum perforatum L,. <€OMMON ST. JOHN’S-WORT. Collected by C. H. Waldron in rort. Elatinaceae. Water-wort Family. Elatine triandra Schk. MUD PURSLANE. Mud in dried up ponds. Occasional. Violaceae. Violet Family. Viola papilionacea Pursh. COMMON BLUE VIOLET. Woods, thickets and low prairie. Common. May 5 (7). Viola sororia Willd. } HAIRY BLUE VIOLET. Dry open woods and thickets. Frequent. Viola pedatifida G. Don. PRAIRIE VIOLET. Prairie. Common. May 20 (21). Viola pubescens Ait. YELLOW VIOLET. Woods. Common. May 5 (7). Viola rugulosa Greene. CANADA VIOLET. Woods. Common. May 5 (5). Viola conspersa Reich. “Wet places in aspen woods on Minnesota side. May 5. Oxalidaceae. Wood Sorrel Family. Oxalis violacea \L. VIOLET WOOD. SORREL. Prairie, fields and roadsides. Common. May 25 (23). g THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. 5) Oxalis stricta L. YELLOW WOOD ‘SORREL.. Fields and roadsides. Common. June 10. Oxalis cymosa Small. *SMOOTH YELLOW SORREL. Oxalis cymosa Small. SMOOTH YELLOW SORREL. Fields or along ditches and thickets. I have no careful records to show whether or not this flowers at the same time as the preceed- ing, but believe there is little if any difference. Linaceae. Flax Family. Linum ustitatissimum \,. COMMON. FLAX. Roadsides. Frequent. June 20. Linum lewisi Pursh. PERENNIAL FLAX. Collected by C. B. Waldron in 1890. Linum sulcatum Riddell. *SMALL-FLOWERED YELLOW FLAX. Prairie. Common. Linum rigidum Pursh. *LARGE-FLOWERED YELLOW FLAX. Collected by Lee-1n6.1S901.. June: 15: ._ @ : : Geraniaceae. Geranium Family. Geranium maculatum I. — WILD. CRANE’S BILL. Aspen woods on Minnesota side. Occasional. Geranium carolinianum I,. Roadsides, especially by the aspen woods. 7 Geranium pusillum I,. SMALL CRANESBILL Lawns, introduced with white clover. Occasional. Erodium cicutartum (1,.) 1’ Her. ALFILARIA Collected by C. H. Waldron inrg1o. Balsaminaceae. Jewel-Weed Family. Impatiens pallida Nutt. PALE TOUCH-ME-NOT Woods. Occasional. Rutaceae. Rue Family. Xanthoxylum americanum Mill. PRICKLY ASH Woods Frequent. May 15 (16). Euphorbiaceae. Spurge Family. . Euphorbia glyptosperma Engelm. Along railroad. Stevens and C. H. Waldon in rogrt. Euphorbta serpyllifolia Pers. TF YME-LEAVED SPURGE, Fields and roadsides. Common. Jititetro? (Gor): PLANTS OF FARGO 59 Euphorbia maculata L. SPOTTED SPURGE. Along railroad. C. H. Waldron in 1910. Euphorbia esula L. LEAFY SPURGE. Fields. Frequent. June 15. Euphorbia. missouriensis (Norton) Small. Ditch near Co. Hosp. Brenckle & Stevens in 1914. Callitrichaceae. Water-star-wort Family. Callitricheae palustris L. WATER-STAR-WORT. Collected by Wright in 1891. Caryophyllaceae. Pink Family. Agrosiemma githago L. CORN COCKLE. Roadsides and fields. Occasional. June 15. Silene antirrhina L. SLEEPY CATCHFLY. Roadsides and fields. Occasional. June 20 (20). Silene noctiflora L. NIGHT-FLOWERING CATCHFLY. - Fields and roadsides. Common. June 25. Vaccaria vaccaria (1,.) Britton. PINK COCKLE. Fields and roadsides. Frequent. June 15. } Alsine media L. COMMON CHICKWEED. Shaded dooryards and woods. Common. Alsine-longifolia (Muhl.) Britton. LONG-LEAVED CHICKWEED. Woods. Frequent. Alsine, longipes (Goldie) Coville. Collected by Bolley in 1891. e Cerastium vulgatum 1. MOUSE-EAR CHICKWEED. Lawns. Occasional. Cerastium arvense . *PRAIRIE CHICKWEED Prairie and in gravel along railroad. Frequent. May 15 (14). Moehringia lateriflora (1,.) Fenzl. Woods and thickets. Frequent. Occasional along railroad May 25 (23). Spergula arvensis L. CORN SPURREY. Lee in 1892, L. B. Waldron in 1903. Portulacaceae. Purslane Family. Portulaca oleracea L. PURSLANE. Gardens and fields. Common. June 20. 60 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. Aizoaceae. Carpet Weed Family. Mollugo verticillata 1,. CARPET WEED. A single plant collected along the railroad by myself in rg10 but the specimen seems to have been lost. Chenopodiaceae. Goosefoot Family. Chenopodium album IL, _ LAMBSQUARTERS. Fields, roadsides ete. Common. June 20 (22). Chenopodium leptophyllum (Mogq.) Nutt. NARROW-LEAVED GOOSEFOOT. Occasional along railroad. Chenopodium boscianum Mog. Woods. Frequent. Chenopodium hybridum L,. MAPLE-LEAVED GOOSEFOOT. Woods, thickets, or about buildings. Frequent. Chenopodium glaucum \. PALE GOOSEFOOT. Low, alkaline spots. Frequent. Aug. 15. Chenopodium rubrum VL. RED GOOSEFOOT. Weedy sloughs or waste places. Frequent. Aug. 25. Chenopodium botrys. VL. JERUSALEM OAK. Along railroad (C. H. Waldron in 1910); also seen by myself in 1918. Cycloloma atriplicifolium (Spreng.) Coult. , TUMBLEWEED. C. H. Waldron, also H. F. Bergman in rgro. Monolepis nuttalliana (R. & S.) Greene. Along railroad. Frequent. May 20. Atriplex hastata L. *SALT BUSH. Roadsides, fields, etc. in low alkaline places. Common. Aug. 10. Axyrts amaranthoides 1. RUSSIAN PIGWEED. Along railroad, Stevens in 1912. Kochia scoparia Schrad. ‘ BURNING BUSH. Frequently escaped along streets. Corispermum villosum Rydb. HAIRY BUGSEED. Along railroad, Stevens in 1910. Dondia depressa (Pursh) Britton. SEA BLITE. Low alkaline places. Occasional. Salsola kali L. RUSSIAN THISTLE. Railroad embankments, roadsides, near buildings, or other , places where the soil is loose and dry. (ci: mon, PLANTS OF FARGO 61 Amaranthaceae. Pigweed Family. Amaranthus retroflexus \. ROUGH PIGWEED. Fields and roadsides. Common. July 5 (4). Amaranthus blitoides S. Wats. *CREEPING PIGWEED: Especially along walks, yards, roadsides, etc. Common. June 15 (16). Amaranthus graecizans \,. *TUMBLING PIGWEED. Roadsides and waste places. Frequent. Acnida tamariscina Mog. WATER HEMP. Low fields and ditches. Occasional Aug. 5. Allioniaceae. Four o’clock Family. Allionia myctaginea Michx. *WILD FOUR O'CLOCK. Fields and roadsides. Common. June 15 (14). Allionta hirsuta Pursh. HAIRY FOUR O'CLOCK. Along railroad. Frequent. Salicaceae. Willow Family. Salix amygdaloides Anders. PEACH-LEAVED WILLOW. River bank. Common. May 15 (15). Salix interior Rowlee. SAND-BAR WILLOW. River bank and low ground in various places. Common. May 25 (23). Salix petiolarts Smith. Low roadsides and swampy places. Occasional. Salix cordata Muhl. River bank and other low places. Frequent. Apr. 30 (27). Salix discolor Muhl. Low places.” Occasional. Apr. 25 (23). Salix bebbiana Sarg. Low places. Occasional. Populus balsamifera VW. BALSAM POPLAR. May occur with /remuloides but I was unable to verify it the past season. May 5. Populus deltoides Marsh. COTTONWOOD. Rare except as planted. Apr. 25 (25). Populus tremuloides Michx. ASPEN. Occasional small patches on this side of river. A strip on Minne- sota side extends for several miles northward. Apr. 20 (21) ,ex- cluding an extremely early date—Mar. 27, 19I10. 62 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. Urticaceae. Nettle Family. Urtica gracilis Ait. NETTLE. Woods, thickets, roadsides. Common. July 5. Urticastrum divaricatum (1,.) Kuntze. WOOD NETTLE. Woods. Common. July to. Pilea pumila (L.) A. Gray. — CLEARWEED. River bank. Occasional. P Cannabinaceae. Hemp Family. Humulus lupulus VL. HOP. Woods and thickets. Common. June 30. Cannabis sativa I. HEMP, Occasionally escaped along roadside. Ulmaceae. Elm Family. Ulmus americana \,. WHITE ELM. Woods. Common. Apr. 20 (20); excluding Mar. 28, 1gIo. Ulmus fulva: Michx. RED ELM. Said to occur at least on the Minnesota side but I have been unable to verify it. Celtis occidentalis L,. HACKBERRY. Woods. Frequent. Polygonaceae. Buckwheat Family. Rumiex acetosella \,. *SORREL DOCK. Roadsides. Occasional. June 5. We have been using this com- mon name which seems more appropriate than the usual Field or Sheep Sorrel (the latter so commonly applied to Oxalis violacea). ~ Rumex mexicanus Meisn. WILLOW-LEAVED DOCK. Low places, fields, and roadsides. Common. June 5 (7). Rumex occidentalis S. Wats. WESTERN DOCK. Drainage ditch 2 mi. north (Stevens in 1920). Rumex crispus 1. CURLED DOCK. Low roadsides. Frequent. Rumex persicarioides VL. GOLDEN DOCK. Low ground. Common. June 30. P.lygonum aviculare L. ; KNOTWEED-DOORWEED. Yards, roadsides ete. Common. May 30. Polygonum erectum \,. UPRIGHT KNOTWEED. Roadsides etc. Common. June Io. Polygonum ramosissimum Michx. BUSHY KNOTWEED. Roadsides, etc. Common. (TO BE CONTINUED) 63 BIRD MIGRATION RECORD aIeI JEYMIMIOS ON Co dw) Limeade ons Tey z Q “IRIN uMoIg ‘1od901Z S9X ‘“WOod o£ ‘rey ~- Lz “ICI z CZ “IVIN pirqMmod SutidG sty} spi0d01 ON UvoLIIUI VY ‘JOOD Sutidg siq} spiode1 ua, ON. 210 Vie eTe TN em 9 “IRIN ddpeAIYO SulIdg Ul Bey «SOA 'WOD Le Key Lz Avy ¢ Gz ACIN piiq-1eped dye] SACP MI] WY Sax “UIOD L Aen Sz -idy I te -idy piiqyed Sutidg sty} [NJQUeIq sax “WOOD (o) atalyse 3 PACH IAL I O% ‘Ie jeurpie; Sutids siq} p1ooe1 2uO z gz AVS ayy M-qog Sutidg sty} Joey sax “uWloD bz Aeyy Si Avy I g Kel yurjoqog SUIIGG siq} o}e] AIOA Sox “WOOD QI ‘ivy VI “Ie z ZI “IVY parqen[ SutidS sig} 9387] sox ‘“WoD Le -leyN €@ “IRIN I IZ ‘IN posurm-poy ‘pirqyor[_ Buridg siq} spiod01 ON ‘ UvoLIoWy ‘WINN e8 = ty > ¢ Have | ¢éNHaS | NOWWOD | ¢NHHS | gio | NaS on te) isv] | awooag | axan |Z 2} asurg SaMVNAa 2 w|Nowwoy|11svm | srata | 1 svm |m S| 1 svM aduid AO ANVN 2e| arsy | Nau |*naum | Naum |2 2 | non 2 Zz ee : GuOoOsdY NOLLVYDIN Cela ‘O'S OD “SASNOHdTV YAHLOY Ad 0c6! JO ONIddS AHL NI VNVIGNI ‘SINVC AY.LON LV ACVIN ® THE AMERICAN MIDLAND» NATURALIST 64 SutidS sty} Sp1os01 ON “SpOOM 9818] UI UOUIMIOD = §=6SOX 16 oye or ‘idy peloplnoys-poy ‘ymMepyy ON 218% z ASIN ZI ‘“IBIN I Il “Ivy MOtIedS ‘YM Butidg sty} Sp10901 ON F s,djiedeuog ‘{[n5 [dy Ul spiose1 nO ON 61 ‘idy g ‘idy L ‘idy Sunay ‘ND Suds siq} sey ON bi Avy Fi Avy C1 Avyy pelsesiq-ssoy ‘yeoqso1y Zuid sty} Ssp1o0o001 O ; PATEG-Petd ‘eqe1y Beri) * sox “wood GON TNE Ree LEN ee Oe LENT pezuoig ‘aTyoRVIN yoieyy Ul yooy suo VI ‘IVY epeued ‘a9sooy Soe LOR) oz ‘idy I€ ‘1ejV z Lz ‘1ejN youyploy ON ey I b Av Abily an[g ‘19y9}e97euUy) Cz ABN UVIS [eIIAIG ON arexy «Sa Avy Cz AVN I vz Key P2[oq-MO][IA ‘19yd}VIAT YT ON 21eY bi Avy 6 Avy I g Av ysba’T ‘IayO}eOAT soxA ‘“wWoD bz Avy gi Avy I .91 Avy peysaiD ‘ayo eA sox ‘“wWoD fc AvIN gi AVI I Li KeW IPTV ‘J9yo BOA Y sox dey I QI Av UBIPBOY ‘194d VIA sok ‘Wlod 6z ‘rey eLz “ILI I Cz “Ie IOAN oz61 ‘z “qay ‘p4rose1 au9 ON <‘wopg Li Aver Le -iepy f2 “IPI I Te “AVI atding ‘yqoury sax ‘WI0D g -idy If IR Zz Lz ‘1eW/W SuIUINO| ‘aA0q Ajnf{ ur uomusog san Lr ounf I of Av [asstoyxorq © ea Sty} Sp10d01 ON P2e[iq-yovlg ‘ooyong So es) 1g Avy vz Av I zz ARI PeT[iq-Mo]JaA ‘ooyong JUSPISAI IOUT MOID a8] oe am] > &| ¢Havey | éNHHS | NOWWOD| éNHHS |p o | éNHAS aie ee) isv] |anwoorg | ixan |Z % | asarg SMAVINAA g e NOWWOD| LI SvM | LI did | LI SVM | mM S| .1svm Gulia AO AINWN mel arsy | nau | nau | Nauy |S S| NaBM 28 zx an }es1yH ‘WOIDFT 65 BIRD MIGRATION RECORD ON <‘wWod gz AB fz AVP Iz ACIN I ti ABCIN je spory IoawuINs UI Wey SAA gl ‘idy vz sie I LI “Ie aqs0yd sax ‘“wod = fz Aey ze Avi I Iz Avil pooM ‘vMog ‘Idy WYO UI 'SpoION Sev ot Avy €z AVN I b ACN YoI919S ‘[MO Su1ids siq} sp10901 WaT, ON bz Avi Cr AVI I z1 ABN PsIq-usAQO SutidS sIq} Sp10d01 ON uvoloury ‘Aoids¢Q sax ‘“wod zz ABN I1 AVI I o1 Ae 3 pieydIO ‘I9OUO sox “wood b ACN z ACI zt 1 Avi dOUII[V_ ‘TOO ON oey ce Av tz AVN I Fi Av poysevoiq-poy ‘youeyq nN yUSpIsel IoJUIM poyseoiq-s9yIy AM ‘Youve y INN Suid siy} SploOd—aI XIS ON gz AvyN ve ACW I LI ACIN YMEP WYSIN sox ‘“WoD ZZ IVI «=I CIVIN I LI ‘Ie yre[Mopeofyy sox ‘wod Cz ABI g ALVIN 9 ¢ ACI a[ding ‘urjseyy / ee ard, ion edi I ae Sayolyye uoo’y I I ‘Ivy pou1oyY oseidg ‘Ye’ a1e1 Ajpeuoidaox4yT ON I Avi I Avy I gi ‘idy Po2UMOIN-U9p]Ory ‘Jo[SuIyy ‘1d sry} JUBpuNqe AlIOA ON ‘Wod 6 ASI ee idy 61 3dy I Li -idy poumoso-Aqny ‘jopsury ON —“wod C1 iady gz Iej[ I IZ “18 peed ‘reysysury SOA LL) 8 ALIN ¢ AVN I I ABI pirqsury sox ‘wod ce ACN 1; Sl VIN I LI ‘IBN Jap II yUSpPIsel IOPULM onytq ‘Ae sox “wod Iz Avy Ie ABI I BI ART . pirg oS1pul Ajnf{ ut uowwos) ez ounf I bi Avy UddIt) 9} ‘UOT sy es B&| ava | (NBES | NOWWOD ENHHS |p O | éNAUS 45 ao usw] |a@wooug] IxHnN |@ | assay : SAVING 2 w|NOWNOD| LI SVM | LI aid | lI SVM |m S| 11 svm auld tO HNWVN rf 28 TST NHaHM | N3HM | NEHM 5 Z NaH M es THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST 66 Sutids sty} Sprlosei 9014, SOA 1z Avi Oy AMEE 6 ACT jopIBdS ‘1oseueT sodA “mWod Sig atolyee ore eaten cen Sz ‘idy ADUUNIYD “JIMS ON ‘wo LI Avy iI Avy FI ACW I C1 AVN posuim-ysnoy ‘Mo]TeMG I gz ALIN JAR ‘MOT[EMSG soz wlod 0) EINE ee Gly I ti -idy uleg ‘MO][PMS ON “Wood gi ABW cz Ady zz -idy I 1S SBC ey poyeory}-oytyM ‘MortedsS Sutids SI} Sp10901 XIS ON ‘ fz AvyN vi Avy C1 Avy Ce ora peuMmoso-ayIy MY ‘Moredg sox ‘“wod If AVN Of IVIL 9 t ICIN jJodsaq ‘MorredsS JUSpPIsSeI J3zUIM ON ‘“wWog &z ‘idy * do1y, ‘moitedS JUapIsot 19}UT 3u0g ‘MoriedS : ON ‘“wopd 1 Avy ce -idy I lie SIG BUURARBS ‘MOITeEdS Surids stq} spioo01 ON 4 yre’T ‘moireds sox “wor bz Ae 1 Avy Go (axe Tatlyey Joddoysseiy ‘Morieds Sutids sty} spiods01 IMO ON 6c ‘idy 61 ‘1dy v1 ‘idy £ 11 ‘1dy xO ‘mMoIIedS SoA. “Wop Li ‘1dy 92 ‘Ie}]I I Lz ‘Ie Pleat ‘Morteds SON OS) Ce Adve Qi Id; I C1 -idy suriddiqg ‘mosreds ON ¢ -idy I ¢ -idy wos] ‘ediug Sutids sty} sp10d01 ON BUI ‘UTYSIS Sutids sty} sp10901 ON pvoyies30’7 ‘ayxtysS ON 1h penta; fay ca Gaheees enc a yahsy I ol Idy pelfeq-Moyja A ‘Jayonsdesg Sutids sty} Spiodel ON Areyypos ‘rodidpues sox ‘“WIoD) z Avy 92 ‘idy I Sc -idy pe}ods ‘1adidpues Suds sty} 93e’T Soha LUO) QI ‘Ie I IP I OI ‘I®j UIqOYy a =o S O| ¢auvy | ¢Na#S |NOWWOD| {NAHAS | po | éNAaS mie x0 usw] |awoouq| LxanN [2% *| ssa SAUVINAA 2 |Nowwo>| arsvm | a ara | asvm |m S| sve aquld tO HNVN 2 &| a1st | NaHM | NOH | NOH 5 z NAHM po 25 ™~ ~o Surids sty} spioo91 ON BIRD MIGRATION RECORD SUIUINOPY ‘1ojqie Ay Burids sty} Sp1ooel WS ON zz ABN zi Aeyy $I Avy I o1 Ae BI[OUSRIY ‘1o[qIV A Sutids sty} sp1ooe1 Imo ON zz ABI gt ABN I Sr Ae PePpIs-jNujysoyD ‘Iopqie My ON gl Avy I BI AVI AvyN oded ‘topqiey AvJN Ul Spiose1 InOy ON Gz Avy zz ABN I Iz ACI ULIPCURD ‘Io[qieM ABI Ul Sp1O9I1 991 J, ON gl Avy gl AVI I OL Avy an[_ Pe}eo1yA-Aoe[_ ‘opqie ABN Ul Splooel WIAIG ON Li Key OI ABI I 6 AVIN WIdIt5) Pd} BOIY}-YoV][_ ‘19pqieM ABN Ul Sp10d9e1 se21T J, ON fz Ae co ACN | CI Iz ABN yodyorylg ‘19,qie My AvjN Ul Spiooe1 9ATY ON gi Avy Il Avy I OI Avy uBIuiIng yori, ‘1lqie yy AvJN Ul Spi0da1 daly ON gi Avy C1 Av I L Key FY M pue youpg ‘topqie My Surids siq} Ssp1odse1 Ino0y ON tz ABI gI Avi I Cr Avi poyseoiq-Aeg ‘1o[qie yy sutids Sty} Spi1ooe1 9914], ON vz Avi bi Avy I C1 Avy poeeOIyI-MOT[IA ‘Oot A OdIIA JSOUOMIUIOD INQ SaA “WOD ¢ ACI ¢ APY I I AVI SUITqIe AM ‘OITA sox ‘“WOoD €z Avy zt Avil I zz ABI poAo-poy ‘Oo1l A sox ‘woDd LT SIG Lites LE TAl I LZ “I€N dYMOL duly Aue punojy Mo} V ON SC RABIN es Cce aC vee he SUeTAT Zz Cz “1B IN peyjny ‘esnow4ty Sutids sty} spioool ON JILL ABMB SoIIWI JAY spsvig I Sr Avy poom ‘ysnigy Sutids sty} spi0d91 XIS ON bz Av ZI AVI I OI Ae *poeyoeq-dAl[O ‘Ysniyy, Sutids siy} spiose1 sATY ON Sr Ae ZI ABI I Il Avy Ia}e\\ BuURISINO’T ‘Ysniyy GONG aL OS) sical Cia sO thy ails ar Gin, c GL eld, yiMIIy ‘Ysnayy, ON gi Avyy Vi Avy Fi Av I zi Av poysoyo-Aery ‘Yysniyy, sox ‘mod Co AG OX adi I G1 -idy uMOIg ‘IoySeIyy 2 § ao > éHavy | éNHHS |NOWWOD| éNAAS | of] éNaaS on 4x0 swy |aWOONgG| LXAN [8 4] usar SAUVINAY g by} NOWWO)| LI SVM LI did | LI SVM P = II SVM ‘dala HO HINVN a LI SJ NaH A\ NaHM | NaHM 3 Z NaH M NATURALIST THE AMERICAN MIDLAND 68 surids sty} poses ON Jayeotyy ‘SsoTMOTJOA Iasso’] ‘SSo] MOTI A J9JUTM “WoL asnoyY ‘Waly BuUI[OIeD ‘Ud Airey ‘Ioy99d poo [[]i“-100d-dig MOT[IA ‘TITqQIV MA UOSTIM ‘IoTqIeE My dossouuay, ‘Iayqie Ay DIOUIBIAG ‘TaIqIe Ay ded ‘1alqie Mm surg ‘Io[qIen wed ‘IojqieM oTPAYSeN ‘TapqieM IIAP ‘ToqreM surids sty} Sspiooe1 ON ON oey 61 Avy 61 Avy I Bi Avi YSIVP Po[tq-3uo’T ‘usr sutids siq} Spioo01 ON sox “wor CACY z ARN I 1 Avi ; ON asey oy Ae I b Avy Ot-6161 Ul poaioJUTA : pepeey-poy ‘1ayxyoodpoo mM JUApIseT IOJUIM JIB Y JUNpIsot 19, ULM AUMOG ‘IoyDad poo Sutids sty} spioosl ON SuridS sty} 3387 Sag “WOOD 6-Avyl L Key I b ACT ABN UL spiOdVI WaAas ON 6z ABN ete Avy ZI Avy I OI Ae fz Avy UO pszodsaI [n}IqQnop VW 4 Sulids sty} spiooet ON Sutids sty} Sp10d001 ON Are,OUOyIOIg ‘Iopqie My sutids sty} spiooe1 ON ABN Ul SpioOoVI OMY, ON ZI ABN 71 ABN I L Key Sulids siq} Spioost JUIN ON G1 AeIN zi Avy ¢ ACT I tz -idy ACWW Ut Spioo8r XI ON BI Avy ZI AVI v OI Avy Sp10901 OM}-A}JUOMT, ON CISAGWN “co. sidy Lr adiy I gi ‘idy a S| éHuvy | .¢NHHS | NOWWOD] ¢NAHS 5 2 éNAAS idm uo }se’T aAWOOHG | IXAN LSul SAAVINAA ¢ = NOWWOD| JISVM | JI aia | LI svm 2 S Ll pe aula dO ANVN g & DSi NaHM | NaH NOH M a Z NaH A SFR Sri Sri re ere er errr ert ier NOTE Contributions on general and midland natural history will be gladly received. Papers on botany and allied subjects, zoology, geology and _ physical geography, should be addressed to the editor. ; Matters relating to advertisements are to be taken up with the secretary of the University. One hundred reprints of articles containing eight pages or more will be furnished free of charge to contributors. More than one hundred separates can be obtained at cost price of the extras. When articles consist of less than eight pages, a certain number of copies of THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST in which the paper appeared will be Supplied free, or the separate articles may, by arrangement with the editor, be kept until future papers average eight pages, provided the contributions are sent in for the next consecutive issue for publication. Contributors of articles will receive a free subscription for the year in which their paper appears. For further or other information address THE Epiror, Notre Dame, Indiana. eI CRU SASS Sheen oN oOo eso oon alan an SnonSIoenon enon one ToT onen ono oes oenon en anon S eneTo Sie eimiStanatore ipa CFESA SRSA Seno on eo enone onion iereor ior GASTRITIS SA Sane sree a one eee of eee and ener arte re Dele Der Oe eg ope oee eS eSeSeseSese5e5e5e5e25e5e2 er ee eo eo eo e Ses Se S2Se25e25e5e25e5e5e2 L The Gniversity of Notre Dame NOTRE DAME, INDIANA Coll: ge of Arts and Letters. Departments of Ancient Classics, Modern Literature, History, Political Economy, Sociology, Domestic Commerce, Foreign Commerce, Journalism, Library Science. College of Science. Departments of Chemistry, Physics, Biology, Pharmacy, Agriculture. College of Architecture. Departments _ of Design. Construction, Preparatory School. Variant Courses. College of Engineering. Departments of Civil Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Chemical Engineering, Mining Engineering, Industrial Engineering. College of Law. Colle e of Hine Arts. Departments of Artistic Drawing, Painting, Cartooning, Instrumental Music, Vocal Music. St. Edward Hall. For Young Boys. Notre Dame is recognized by all educators, by the press and by the public as a college whose work is of the same grade as that of ‘the most highly endowed colleges or the best state univ- sities. Its atmosphere is strongly Catholic and no young man who has ever attended the University of Notre Dame can escape its influence in after life. The discipline is paternal, and aims at giving young men the fullest liberty consistent with earnest study and manly Christian character. reasonable rates. Catalogue application. Rooms at sent on Address: THE REGISTRAR NOTRE DAME, INDIANA “a | | | | | | | | re Be VOL. VII. — MAY, 1921 INOS 73% american METDLAND N See oe Devoted to Natural History, Primarily that of the Prairie States SMW, , | Published by the University of Notre Dame, Notre Dame, Indiana J. A. NIEUWLAND, C.S.C., Ph. D., Sc. D., Editor CONTENTS Fall and Winter Birds of Northfield, Minnesota, 1920-1921. J. W. Hornbeck. 69 A Survey of the Naturalistic Periodical Literature of America. Howard Clark Brown. 74 Plants of Fargo, North Dakota, With Dates of Flowering. O. A. Stevens — 79 PRICE $1.50 A YEAR SINGLE NUMBERS 30 CENTS FOREIGN, 6s. 6d. Entered as second-class matter at Notre Dame, Indiana. Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in section 1103, Act of October 3, 1917, authorized on July 3, 1918. THE UNIVERSITY PRESS, NOTRE DAME, INDIANA Back Numbers of “The American Midland Naturalist.”’ Vol. I:—(1909—-1010)/ 293: po 7Unbounds 8 eee $2.00 Vol. II.—(1911-1912). 330 pp. Unbound and exclusive of 3 Reprints to be botind in’end'of Wolise oe ee oo eae eee eee 2.00 Inclusive of Three Reprints (see below). Extra... 22.--eeeeeeee------ 2.25 Vol. III.—(1913-1914). 383 pp. Unbound, exclusive of Reprint No. 4. (See below). [Nos. 1, 2, 3, 7.) are scarce and nearly out of print, COSEIN PF OICES, Gel Ba Fe ee es Sree eek eee ea 4.50 Inclusive: ofeReprint. No i4scex trance ee) erence esces carmen as 1.00 Vols 2Ve—Gro.F5—TotG)), Wray oints ese eae ee ee ee 4.00 Wolt:V— (toty= hore). Unbound. anc. eke ee 253200 Total—$17.75 _ Publications. Haun, W. Analytic Study of Faunal Changes in Indiana, 2 plates, LOVO, 9. 27 SPP eae rc ceo Nee a I ee $° SEs GREENE, E. L. Leaflets of Botanical Observation and Criticism. 2 vols Complete. (1903-1912).......-.----------0---- 6.00 Me sh Cybele Columbiana, A series of Studies in Botany, chiefly North American. No. 1. (Other num- bérs:to follows). 2 eae eee ee saps . 7 Pittonia, A series of Papers Realting to Botany and Botanists, 5 vols. (1887—1905).....-------——------------- 14.00 i a Flora Franciscana, Parts I, II, III. [Part IV pub- lished long after the other parts, is quite unobtainable, as all copies not immediately distributed seem to have been lost in the San Francisco fire.] Price as published__................-- 2.00 * 8 Manual of the Botany of the Region of San Fran- cisco Bay (1894). Bound cloth.........0_...........-. 2.00 Witt biotin dee ee A Ne eae 1.50 (Price as published of latter)_...00..20.222.2----ee---- 2.00 UTTERBACK, W. I. Naiades of Missouri, 200 pp. 29 pl. and some text fietireSeofie see Sake Fe irs ate ae eee 175 Reprints. RAKINESOUE,. CoS: -Neogeny-ton,) (8S25)) sais cea eee tate) Seen eee $ 25 43 ie The Natural Family of the Carexides (1840)........ .50 ” i Scadiography or 100 Genera of Ombelliferous Plants sete (0840) 22sec es oe a ee eRe ee 1.50 ne a Monographie des Coquilles Bivalves et Fluvia- tiles de la Riviere Ohio. Remarques sur les Rapports Naturels des Genres Viscum, Samolus et Viburnum. A Bruxelles (1820)..-................- 1.50 LeConrs, J. B. Reprints of Monographs without plates, $2.50; with 42 photographic copies of unpublished plates (7x8), $25.00; with colored photographic plates...$37.50 LEConrs, J. E. Two extra plates reproduced from originalsin N. Y. Bot. Garden. Colored, $1.50; uncolored............. 1.00 The American. Midland Naturalist PUBLISHED BI-MONTHLY BY THE UNIVERSITY OF NOTRE DAME, NOTRE DAME, INDIANA ’ VOU a Vile MAY, 1921. NO2+3> Fall and Winter Birds of Northfield, Minnesota, 1920 - 1921. BY J. W. HORNBECK. Northfield is situated about forty miles south of Minneapolis and St. Paul. It is a most favorable locality for bird study. The Cannon River, which flows through the heart of the city, provides timber, thickets, and weed patches, within short walking distance to the north and south. On the east the cemetery furnishes eighteen acres of pine, spruce, balsam, and other evergreens. Carleton College Campus, with its chain of lakes, attracts water birds as well as land birds; while St. Olaf College Campus, spreading over the hills on the west, harbors species which frequent the open woods. The outlying country is a typical dairy-farming region, spotted here and there with patches of timber land. This report includes the six-months interval from September I, 1920 to March 1, 1921. With the two or three exceptions, noted in the column of the Table headed ‘‘Remarks,”’ all of the records were made within the city limits of Northfield or, at the fartherest, within a zone a half-mile wide surrounding the city. Observations in town and on Carleton College Campus were re- corded daily, and regular trips were made about three times a week. The third column of the Table gives the date of migration of a number of our summer residents. Since the date, September first, is chosen arbitrarily, it will be in the interest of completeness to list a few additional species which remainéd late into August, but which migrated before the first of September. The date when last observed will be given for each species. atdie Gi an eine ose ge last seen on Aug. 2oth. Cowbird=. i> PU Vices per ad ges last seen on Aug. 25th. Cuckoo, -Yellow-billed 0 o\ 3.0 last seen on Aug. 25th. Pisin ite oe ee last seen on Aug. 2oth. 70 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. Purple Marting~ 5 3% SAR 2 last seen on Aug. 23rd. Orrole: “palimore 24 2" | ee mene last seen on Aug. 23rd. WareoeRed-eyecden =). Serie es last seen on Aug. 29th. Warbler, Y ella: {oa eye eat seeds last seen on Aug. 2oth. DOO GIEOE kage ets Wn es re ee teal last seen on Aug. 23rd. Note 1.—(See Table) A small flock, five or six, of Golden-crowned Kinglets were seen regularly among the evergreens in the cemetery until January 9th. They withstood sub-zero weather in December. The week following January 9th brought cold weather again which culminated in a driving snow storm on January 16th, with a tem- perature about twelve degrees below zero and a forty-mile gale. The Kinglets disappeared. Whether they perished in the storm or were forced to migrate, there is no way to tell. It is significant to note that the Brown Creepers, the Slate-colored Juncoes, and the Tufted Titmouse, survived the storm and spent the rest of the winter here. Note 2.—The Tufted Titmouse is very rare in this state. So far as the writer has been able to ascertain, this is the fifth published record of the Tufted Titmouse in Minnesota. The four preceding records are found in the “‘ Review of the Ornithology of Minnesota,’ by T. S. Roberts, Professor of Ornithology and Curator of the Zoological Museum in the University of Minnesota. (Published May, 1919. See. p. 25.) The four are all winter records of single individuals, and in three out of the four cases the bird was seen with Black-capped Chickadees. Strange enough, our visitor this winter brought along none of his relatives and he was invariably found keeping company with the Chickadees. Correspondence with Professor Roberts has brought out his confident opinion that the Tufted Titmouse will soon be found nesting in Southern Minne- sota. It is generally resident wherever found. ABBREVIATIONS IN THE TABLE.—Column pegs iors regularly; column 7, S. R. for summer resident; W. V. for winter visitant; Mig. for migrant; H. H. for half hardy, referring to species ite bulk of which migrate south in the fall while a few usually spend the winter; column 8, com. for common; T. com. for tolerably common; V. rare for very rare. 71 PLANTS OF FARGO, ETC. ‘uI0) ° a1el ‘NH or ‘AqsayjAg “J uo useg = oe UMO} JO You ‘Im S usIG sIeI "UI09°} “UI09 "UI09 Ol ‘AON Sunes yoy y ‘woo “UI09 "W09"} “HI09 * JIeI * otTel * “U109 ‘ysn3ny Ul uoUTUIODd ‘uWIOD “UI09 “U109°} ‘€ “tel pue ve "29Q UseM}eq Uses JON ‘Wod a1eyY IO uoWmOD Aj][eI0’T SMUVNAA Cee a eae Posse MOF] A di1J, 900 UO UaaG JIqUuUINnNN seRIZAV tre hR HH NAN HMO HH He I Sypoy syooy Im yoy yop ¢ di1J, 900 UO UaaSg ‘S syo0p syxooy ‘sar ¢ ‘B01 gt “qay I ‘ydas onjg ‘Aef ie (ie “deen, | “gdoq udsdIt) IW] ‘wordy tI L£ ydag 4 ydag mq Jeon ‘Uo EZ “4Adae’.2.-“adac Moliedg ‘yMep fe PEM TOG) aon (eae) pete}-poy ‘“ymepy € veydag 1 ydag_ pajsvaiq-asoy ‘yxeaqsorn ‘B01 Vz *39Q I *ydaCg pezuoig ‘apypoei5 ‘B01 OI ‘AON I ‘}dag youypyor B01 S1 ‘Aon © “ydag IDA ‘20191 “JOO S ‘ydac Surumoyy ‘aA0q Bal gz ‘qay 1 ‘ydag MOIS I VI‘AON VI‘AON = poasurm-o}I MY ‘T[IqQssoig Bs Je“ qay i730 umoIg ‘19da0I9 ‘Bal gz ‘qay $ ydag dpe re S pydeg. Se -4dsg piiqyeg ‘Bal Ve ‘JOO fz ‘ydaC piigen[g OI ‘AON 91 °‘HO Aysny ‘psirqyorlg ‘uef 1 ydag = padurm-pay ‘pirqyoerg eo | 8 < = 8 | gs e a gee) s | Z 38 iA a SIVVN NOWWOO A & ; a THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. (2 mI09"} “IFT I Ca ne We, PadOe oly 9G) xO,y ‘Moiteds m09} "YS z 9 ‘Bar 01 "WO £ ‘ydas suiddiysg ‘morredg aiel ‘YS I iit 761 <3dag 6 -adec S uosTIM ‘adrug - oeL “YS I £1. OL jo@-01 adag Joyonsdesg mos a AS I I ~ kk 300 8 adag peiodg ‘1sdidpues WI0d “YS Ol syooy “Bor v1 ‘aoN L ‘ydasg uIqoy jsn3ny Ul UOUIUIOD ‘“mWI0D "YS te be Sa a deg? Pewades }IeISpIy SIE Sh oi I Te So Ne ree AIG) See OO) rend) vel “YS I os) QO OG) SheecloS aqooud ‘ydag_ ynoysno1y} ~Yyoutuog ‘Woo ‘y's v Le Bers Qa me “adses |. poo, ‘samag TOD 237 sey I 1. “Sor, £1 7qay O01 --190 YOIIING ‘[MO SOD) ahs at I I hel, “Gls -qeaq eo Rel poulox{ IID ‘[MO “MOD - fp Ad y zI ‘B91 gz ‘qaq I ‘ydag pajysediq-o}yIyM ‘YoveYINN ‘ydag ynoysnoi4y UouWIOD ‘Woo "YS z LL. ‘Bar O1 "30@ Li -ydasg YMeYIYSIN ‘m09 “YS € Zl “gar ve -390, 54da¢ UIIN}SaM ‘YIepMOpLa|T a1el “BIT I z ‘Bar £1 29Q £ *~O peuMoId-Aqny ‘ja[suryy ‘I 3JON 999 ‘WI097} “SIT v 9 ‘8016 ‘uef I 90 pauMord-uapoy ‘Je[suLy ; MOD: sat oS z Bar 16 400: & “adec Joysysury ‘194 «IoJUIM 9y} JUVdG ‘WOO "HY “H v Sz :Ba1 gz -qaq € 300 perojoo-aze[S ‘oounl as | O°) 84 | ea | 2) : SHUVWAA g 4 a2 oz 38 b if SINVN NOWNOO m9 73 PLANTS OF FARGO, ETC. ‘ysnsny Ul UOUIUIOD ‘UI0d"} “YS I z 72 £ "‘ydag 1 ydag pueyArepy ‘}eoINMOTIIA ‘ysn3ny Ul UOWTUIOD “WO “YS I [ine TS -ydag ¢ -ydag papeoy-peay ‘1ayxv9dpoo Mm "mM00"} “Wd I Cs*,-S.e CIo'Gay cis "200 Arey ‘1ayoadpoo HOO Fy A Z b ‘B91 gz ‘qaq g ‘ydag Aumoq, ‘1ayoodpoo Mm MOS} YS Z 5 -O te ye joO S *sdee Jepdd ‘Surmxe ‘m0d «= “BIT Z Bore Bs A, 8 aos WAP ‘9TqQIeM ‘m109°} “BIJ I Is en 6 deg. 1 idec eI[Ouse, ‘I9TqIeEM "M109°} “BIJ I aa Ie ajdaty f .-jdac pejsvoiq-Aeg ‘r1ajqieMy ‘ysnsny Ul UoWUIOD ‘“WOd "y's z ¢ ‘Sal o1 ‘ydag 1 ‘ydag Suyqiey ‘oIIlA WEL ATS I I I € "ydag € ydag Jd MOL ‘Z 9JON 99S DICTA AM I I 6 gz ‘qaqz Of ‘v0q peyny ‘anowyzy "m109°} BIJ I fate Vv. TOO) 490 puey ‘Ysnsyy, ‘JIWUING Ul UOUIUICD ‘Woo “y's I Th ey © sc ydag ‘ydasg UMOIg ‘IOYSeIY YT, ‘AqsaAq aye’7T UO UsVG “WO “BIW I lee Tb? 2, «des ‘ydag uoullmIOD) ‘WIA, "MOD “YS yoy “sa1 o1 -ydag ‘ydas AQuUUITYD ‘VJLMS c> O’\, OV Oe Pe ieo N as jor v op ‘syoom € JO} JUepUNqY ‘Wod ‘SIT Oz 09 ‘801 Vz “90 peyeorgy-eyIy MM ‘Morreds dIeLrA ‘SII I Lie Leah a FOGy "OQ peUMor-9}1G MM ‘Morredg Lzqay® CIO "}eq Uses}JON “WOO “SIPT ¢ S patina Gay "PO day, ‘morreds "TGS | yy.” ¢ C1 Bar Ot “196 ‘ydasg Suog ‘morreds gy = oe ge | OF = = WE Ee gs 58 Fars a S = © o o ot he E SNUVNAY ° a Oz Oy oe a a AWVN NOWWOO 5 =a) o& of 52 nw a BoA ae op aes eR eet : 5 34 38 5 " P < 74 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. A Survey of the Naturalistic Periodical Literature of America BY HOWARD CLARK BROWN. (CONTINUED. ) “The Guide to Nature,” published by the Agassiz Association, put forth its first volume in Stanford Conn., in 1908. It is a monthly edited by M. Bigelow. The title is alluring, indeed, and it may well be so, for this is one of the most worthy attempts within’ re- cent years to make nature-study practical and popular. Of the recent numbers we find book reviews upon Fabre’s ‘‘Social Life in the Insect World,” others by Burroughs, Frank Chapman, etc. There are articles which emphasize the work of Burbank, Thoreau, and other naturalists. In the limited numbers of worth while poems which are chosen, Joyce Kilmer’s “‘’Trees’’ was discovered. Between articles are oftimes short quotations from the great dreamers and thinkers of all time. Among the most valuable which I saw in a casual glance were quotations from Hearn, Roosevelt, Whitman, and W. H. Hudson. A strict outline of the contents of the April number, 1920, is here given: 3 long articles—A Whittler’s Reminiscence (Old Curio stuff); Thé Heavens in April (Astronomical guide); Review of P. G. Howe’s, ‘‘Insect Behavior.’’ 11 short articles less than one column)—Various titles, oddities, sights, etc. 5 short book reviews—Shakleton’s ‘‘South’”’ (Conquest tale); A Botany Textbook; Terhune—‘‘Lad: A Dog.’ American Annual of Photography 1920; Dickey—‘‘ Youth of James Whitcomb Riley.”’ 2 short quotations from W. H. Hudson’s—‘‘ Book of a Naturalist’’; 2 by Emma Pieree—‘ The Underground Fairies’? and a quatrain, unnamed. 3 poems—1 by G. L. Hamlin—‘‘ To the Old Tree*”’ 14 illustrations, of which three are diagrams, and eleven are photographs, several full paged. Of course such a content table can mean but one thing: that is, that the field of the magazine is very wide, the material for the most part quite unliterary, but the whole effort of the magazine being directed toward an appreciation of the out-of-doors; and, con- sequently, as an aid in developing this appreciation, the great literary contributions upon the out-of-doors are thus brought into play. The magazine is not an epoch marking one in our list, but it is interesting. Its effort is constant, and sincere. It does not introduce our naturalistic literature directly, but rather serves as a guide toit. It stimulates interest and points the way to our nature- study classics. NATURALISTIC PERIODICAL LITERATURE OF AMERICA TD By 1905 the wave of nature-study had swept far and wide over this country. This time it was not bird study, but nature study which was sweeping through the schools and homes. ‘Then the local naturalist organizations came into being in many places, established their organs in the form of some publication or other, and were soon on their way either toward a general napping period of in- activity, or to an actual decline. The ‘‘American Midland Na- turalist” is one of the publications which devoted itself to the ex- ploitation of rather local phenomena. : In April, 1909, this magazine was put forth by the University of Notre Dame, at Notre Dame, Indiana. Its purpose was to account for various features and interests of natural history, primarily of the prairie states. It was issued as a bi-monthly, and presents for the most part, nice prose articles, interesting, even, but not literary. Articles upon any phase of natural history. A Pare of the Jan- uary number, 1920, follows. . “Household Insects and their Remedies; Aquatic Life; Our Birds in November; Notes on Variations in Chicory; Our Birds in December.” Pages 11-146. This sort of periodical has been followed up and imitated greatly for the last few years, and it is this sort of thing which we need. If this magazine would adopt literary judgment and standards, mould its material to fit those, and then introduce poetry, it would be of much greater value than at present. Nevertheless, it does present the Middle West in interests and manners, in a manner which no other magazine of to-day does. It will be of interest historically. In 1914 two valuable publications arose. The Califor Naturalist Club, of Charles City, Iowa, began the publication of its annual reports and bulletins. The war has seriously interferred with this club, and its publications have not yet been resumed, but the contribution which the club made to our periodical literature of naturalistic value is decidedly worth noting. It is of interest again to notice that this comes from a Middle-Western locality. Bird clubs had preceded this organization, but they had published so far as I can find, no programs or literature of any sort. The First Annual Report of the Califor Naturalist Club contains contri- butions from Clarence Hawkes, the blind poet-naturalist of Mas- sachusetts, from Gene Stratton-Porter, the Indiana Bird Woman, 76 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. author of ‘‘Freckles,’”’ and several articles by local members of the society, upon local phases of interest in the fauna and flora of that club’s county. The contributions are small, and the whole report only covers nineteen pages, but there is the nucleus for the type of publication which America needs to-day. The contribution from Clarence Hawkes is a poem, ‘The Awak’ning.’’ The second annual of this same society contains an autobiographical sketch by this author, with a great deal of local material, and at the top of each article is some little culled quotation from some-one who is well known, or should be because of his interest in the out-of-doors. Quotations from Mrs. Porter, Thoreau, Burroughs, and from well known state authorities in the scientific fields are utilized in this way in both the second and third annuals. This is only a beginning, but I feel that the Califor Naturalist Club is doing the thing which more periodicals should do. That is, I believe that our naturalistic periodicals should not only review the works of our naturalists, but publish the original contributions rather than letting other periodi- cals of varied interests and contents take what is rightfully in the field of the naturalistic periodical. This sort of thing would create for America a literature in the periodicals which would be of im- mense value and influence to would-be naturalists of coming time. In the same year that the Califor Naturalist Club began its publication, the Cleveland Bird Lovers Association began the publication of the ‘“Bluebird.’”’ It is a monthly periodical, and I think the most perfect combination of literature and nature- study which has yet been produced in our periodical world. The following contents of the March number, 1920, should be sufficient to convince the doubter that such an ideal periodical does and can exist. | 1. Getting Acquainted—A- close-up of our Common Birds; ‘‘ The Chip- ping Sparrow—‘‘L. W. Brownell—Article of 3 pages. Followed by several brief comments upon birds, and a bird verse from Emerson and another from Robert Service. 2. The Way of the Protectionist—A serial on Bird Protection by Georgia M. Bowen; 3 pages. 3. Editorial comments. Also, several other verses from Service’s ‘‘Spell of the Yukon,’’ and Joyce Kilmer’s ‘‘ Trees.”’ 4. Article—‘ Every Cemetery a Sanctuary’’—Contributed by T. Gilbert Pearson—Sec. of Nat’l. Asso’n. of Aud. Soc. One page. 5. Bird Study in Home, School and Club. Daily record from January and Febuary birds given, and the Question Box where answers to questions NATURALISTIC PERIODICAL LITERATURE OF AMERICA RT = are given. Nature Tales Retold in Rhyme, Georgia M. Bowen. Personal Observations Compiled for the Blue Bird. 1 column Quotation of several verses fill out page. Verses from Bryant’s, ‘‘ Forest Hymn” and Whitman’s, “Song of Myself.”’ 6. Making the World Safer for the Trees. Arbor Day Proclamation given. Poem—Two Planting Songs—S. F. Smith; What the Trees Teach— Helen O. Hoyt. 7. As Poets View the Trees. Four poems given; The Careless Smoker— Harris Reynolds; The Ranger’s Life—Aurthur Chapman; Prospectin’— J. R. Simmons; Verse—Edwin Markham. 8. The ‘‘ Post-Box’’—containing a letter from a reader. Following this, and filling in the remaining space are verses from the ‘‘Rubaiyat”’; Theodosia Garrison’s, ‘‘ Trees’’; Whitman’s, ‘‘I Saw in Louisiana a Live Oak Growing,’’ and a verse from Lela Brechenser-Rostiser. I know of no happier contribution to our nature periodicals than that made by the ‘‘ Bluebird.’’ It deserves the interest and support of every naturalist who is interested in the literary-naturalistic motive, In following our sequence of development of interest in Nature study, we find that birds come first, then plants, then insects, and finally come the water inhabitants in the form of fish, reptiles, etc. And so it happened that in 1915, in Philadelphia, W. A. Poyser edited the first number of “‘ Aquatic Life.’’ It is an ‘International monthly devoted to the study, care and breeding of fishes and other animals and plants in the home aquarium and terrarium.’ The magazine is distinctly popular in character, but has enlisted the in- terest of one of the best authorities on turtles, which the United States can boast of. Dr. R. W. Shuffeldt, has been publishing a series of articles upon the Chelonians of North America. His hand- ling of this subject is quite as classic in its way, as Thoreau’s hand- ling of fungi, was, in his. The March, 1920 number of this magazine included five long articles, of which this part of Dr. Shuffeldt’s contribution is one, three short articles, several columns of society notes, and is wonderfully illustrated. It has ten plates within its twelve pages, only one of which is a sketch. The rest are all photo- graphs, several of them half a page or more in size. Again then we have a concise example of the value of good plates. In 1916 the Illinois Audubon Society began the publication of the “Audubon Bulletin,’’ at Chicago. This began a series of articles upon Illinois conservationists who had become of national repute. Roosevelt, and Robert Ridgeway were included among the numbers ’ 78 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. which I glanced through. Much stress was laid, throughout the publication, upon conservation: And again, the illustrations which were very splendid photographs, played a very large part in exciting and stimulating the individual who read to an apperciation of the out-of-doors. An active appreciation which should lead to con- servative efforts. There were also some bits of minor qualitied poetry. It was quite distinctly local, but emphasized the conser- vation side of nature study. Beginning with “Birds and Nature”’ which emphasized the aesthetic side of the subject, going through the Califor Naturalist Club and Bluebird for the literary, the Nature Study Review for the economic and practical, now we reach the conservation period of our story. In 1917, the Iowa Conservation Association issued the first volume of its official organ, ‘‘Iowa Conservation.’ This represents another attempt and to me, a very successful one to unite literary, historic and naturalistic interests of a given locality. Traditions of places and things are preserved in the articles of this publication. Traditions such as will be woven in time into the literary values of that time and place. There is the potential literature there, just waiting to become an expression of reality. I think the magazine a very excellent success in its happy combination of interests, and in its final effects upon its readers. With this magazine our study in the evolution of periodical naturalistic literature must come to a close. We have followed the development of the nature theme from the stage of pure aesthetic delight, as an extra thing, a pure beauty phase which could find no place in the Puritanic code, down to the time when it was an econo- mic factor, a vital element in human environment, and finally to the place where it has been considered not merely the one nor the other, but both. That is, the literature upon nature, the naturalist’s expressions to-day are a combination of the aesthetic and the economic, the artistic and real, the scientific and the.poetic. That our periodicals have not made use of the writings which should have got into them is a fact which I think is greatly to be deplored. But it does seem to me as though a brighter future in this respect lies before us, and has been suggested by such maga- zines as the Bluebird, Iowa Conservation, and the Midland Na- turalist. Nature study started as a unit, then it divided into orni- thology, entomology, anthropology, etc. Now men are again going back and recognizing the unity of all of these. Some periodicals «€ NATURALISTIC PERIODICAL LITERATURE OF AMERICA 79 are emphasizing this unity, and rightly so. If these same periodicals would bring the works of great naturalists more prominently into their fields of work and activity, America would have a naturalistic periodical literature of which she might well, indeed, be proud. CHRONOLOGY OF APPEARANCE OF PERIODICALS Sie ©) OLO PAS ere eee ae eee ee ee eee ee es Hyde Park, Mass. Toys VO UM ea O Glos tsi sia re 8 oe een eee eer de Gaines, N. Y. TS SA Sei tt hte es ak Pong ye SSN ele gis Oe Stet red aie fe Cambridge, Mass. TS Gee WALLS OMNES tA LM a IG sate lee a Oberlin, Ohio TES ChE?) iO) SIREN ee ik cere Me ee ce erie EOC Se cose Mecca yee Washington. RSG 7 EIA Sy ANT s NeUb tek eee ee Pee lek he IE Mag Bes et center Chicago, IIl. Ito's igs ed Fee Sav," (Covg Ke Bae eae sea a oe | Se Moab Ue Ae aren, Sha Washington, D. C. Hee LOLS a Bi Beto LS) (oy oh eee ele le ops SO ae EAL OD eae oe Coes eg Set PSE Be aS Penn. SO Ga COM GOR eee ne Re en eh ae oe eer ne Hollywood, Cal. NGO —— AM eh Can DOtATIS tes =~ ae ea fa ld ee een ees vee oe New York LOGOS SIN AtiITOUSCUG yin REVI Wrote ce 2 eee New York. ENOS——Gilidegtow Natunes 28 ais Boe AS ee es et hel Pea ae Conn. TOOO—— Ain Witdland: sNiaeiiicallis tess eee eee eee Notre Dame, Ind. rox4— Califor Naturalist, Club Annuals = 222 to eee Charles City, Ia. TOY) (7a BY HW Same) BU a ee MR NONUE ate Up BLN TAR ARGUS Fi erp Cleveland, Ohio NOS — ONC TA ETO Pere eee ASE! Rees Pie poe EO eel Sie ee 2 Philadelphia, Pa. TOLO— Audubony Bulletine +. 12 3m ee ee See he Chicago, IIl. 1907 lowa, Consenvationi:-~ fet PO ee Iowa City, Ia. Plants of Fargo, North Dakota, With Dates of Flowering. Errata—Omitted between Ranunculus pennsylvanicus and Tilia—March 1921—p. 57. 2 Sisymbrium officinale (1,.) Scop. HEDGE MUSTARD. Streets. Occasional. Sisymbrium altissimum \,. TUMBLING MUSTARD. Roadsides and fields. Common. June ro (11). Sophia sophia (1,.) Britton. FLIX WEED. Along railroad. Occasional. June ro. ' Sophia incisa (Engelm.) Greene. TANSY MUSTARD. Fields and roadsides. Common. May 30 (29). Sophia hartwegiana Fourn. - HARTWEG’S TANSY, MUSTARD. Dry roadside. Frequent. June 25. Erysimum chieranthoides \. WORM-SEED MUSTARD. Common in woods and thickets; less so in open places. Ap- parently only one flowering record (June 20) besides an extremely -early one of Apr. 10, 1910. 80 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. Erysimum inconspicuum (§. Wats.) Mac.M. Prairie. Common. June 20 (18). Barbarea barbarea (1,.) Mac.M. WINTER CRESS. Collected by C. H. Waldron in 1gro. Brassica nigra (1,.) Koch. BLACK MUSTARD. Roadsides. Rare. Brassica juncea (1,.) Cosson. INDIAN MUSTARD. Roadsides and fields. Frequent. June 15 (scant data). Brassica arvensis (1,.) B. S. P. *COMMON MUSTARD. Fields and roadsides. Common. May -207(321)2 Brassica campestris \. Roadsides. Occasional. Erucastrum pollichi Schimp. & Spenn. *DOG MUSTARD. Frequent along the railroad tracks and occasional along streets. June 15. This common name which is proposed is a contraction of one used in a European manual. The plants flower vigorously in the fall until after the first frost, frequently into November. Eruca eruca (1,.) Britton. GARDEN ROCKET. Collected by L. R. Waldron in 1902, by Bergman in 1912. Draba nemorosa \. YELLOW WHITLOW GRASS Fields. Occasional. Only one early record—Apr. 24, 1910. Arabis hirsuta (1,.) Scop. HAIRY ROCK CRESS. Common in prairie, occasional in fields. June 20. Conringia orientdlis (I,.) Dumort. HARE’S-EAR MUSTARD. Roadsides and fields. Occasional. June 5 (4). Most commonly known in this state as ‘‘Black Mustard.”’ Polygonum amphibium \. In water or on mud. C. H. Waldron in 1910. Polygonum emersum (Michx.) Britton. *LONG-ROOTED SMARTWEED. Sloughs, riverbanks, low fields. Common. July 5. Polygonum lapathifolium . | DOCK-LEAVED SMARTWEED. Fields, roadsides, and low places. Common. July 15. Polygonum pennsylvanicum LL. Riverbank and low roadsides. Occasional. July 20. Polygonum persicaria \. LADIES’ THUMB. Riverbank or ditches. Occasional. July 30. Polygonum convolvulus \. WILD BUCKWHEAT. Fields and roadsides. Common. June 25. PLANTS OF FARGO, ETC. 81 Pyrolaceae. Wintergreen Family. Pyrola elliptica Nutt. SHIN LEAF. Frequent in aspen woods on Minnesota side. June 25. Monotropaceae. Indian-pipe Family. Monotropa uniflora 1. ; INDIAN-PIPE. Occasional in aspen woods on Minnesota side. Primulaceae. Primrose Family. Androsace occidentalis Pursh. Fields and prairie. Frequent. Apr. 30 (29); excluding Apr. 9, IgIo. = Steirenema ciliatum (1,.) Raf. ~ FRINGED LOOSESTRIFE. Woods. Common. June 30. Polamisia trachysperma T. & G. CLAMMY WEED. A large colony in some gravel along N. P. Ry. west of town in 1910, but has nearly disappeared. July 20. Brassicacee Mustard Family. Lepidium densiflorum Schrad. PEPPER GRASS Fields and roadsides. Common. May 30 (28). Records range from May 13 to June 13. Lepidium virginicum \,. Yards, occasionally introduced but not persisting. Thlaspi arvense VL. FRENCHWeEeD. PENNY CRe€SS. Fields and roadsides. Common. Apr. 20 (22); earliest, March 22, 1910. Many seedlings pass the winter in various stages, often after beginning to flower. So far as I have noticed, the flowers which are just opened when winter begins do not develop in the spring, but well developed flower buds open with the first warm weather. Bursa bursa-pastoris (1,.) Britton. SHEPHERD'S PURSE. Fields and roadsides. Frequent. Apr. 10 (9). Camelina sativa Crantz. FALSE FLAX. Roadsides. Occasional. Camelina dentata Pers. ROUND-SEEDED FALSE FLAX Roadsides. Occasional. Neslia paniculata (I,.) Desv. , BALL MUSTARD. Roadsides. Occasional. Radicula palustris (1,.) Moench. MARSH YELLOW CRESS. Low places in fields, river-banks, etc. Common. June 20 (19). = 82 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. Radicula armoracia (1,.) Robinson. HORSERADISH. Fields and roadsides. Occasionally escaped from cultivation and persisting. May 30 (June 1). Sisymbrium officinale (1,.) Scop. HEDGE MUSTARD. Streets. Occasional. Sisymbrium altissimum 1. TUMBLING MUSTARD. Roadsides and fields. Common. June to (11). Sophia sophia (1,.) Britton.’ FLIX WEED. Along railroad. Occasional. June Io. Sophia incisa (Engelm.) Greene. TANSY MUSTARD, Fields and roadsides. Common. May 30 (29). Sophia hartwegiana Fourn. HARTWEG’S TANSY MUSTARD Dry roadside. Frequent. June 25. Erysimum chieranthoides \. WORM-SEED MUSTARD. Common in woods and thickets; less so in open places. Ap- parently only one flowering record (June 20) besides an extremely early one of Apr. 10, Ig10. Erysimum inconspicuum (S. Wats.) Mac. M. Prairie. Common. June 20 (18). , Barbarea barbarea (1,.) MacM. WINTER CRESS. Collected by C. H. Waldron in rg1o. Brassica nigra (1,.) Koch. BLACK MUSTARD. Roadsides. Rare. Brassica juncea (1,.) Cosson. INDIAN MUSTARD. Roadsides and fields. Frequent. June 15 (scant data). Brassica arvensts (1,.) B. S. P. COMMON MUSTARD. Fields and roadsides. Common. May 30 (31). Brassica campestris \. Roadsides. Occasional. Erucastrum pollichit Schimp. & Spenn. DOG MUSTARD. Frequent along the railroad tracks and occasional along streets. June 15. This common name which is proposed is a contraction of one used in a European manual. The plant sflower vigorously’ in the fall until after the first frost, frequently into November. Eruca eruca (1,.) Britton. GARDEN ROCKET. Collected by L. R. Waldron in 1902, by Bergman in 1912. Draba nemorosa \,. YELLOW WHITLOW GRASS. Fields. Occasional. Only one early record—Apr. -24, 1910. Arabis hirsuta (1,.) Scop. HAIRY ROCK CRESS. Common in prairie, occasional in fields. June 20. PLANTS OF FARGO, ETC. 83 Conringia orientalis (1,.) Dumort. HARE’S-EAR MUSTARD. Roadsides and fields. Occasional. June 5 (4). Most commonly known in this state as ‘“‘Black Mustard.” Steironema lanceolatum (Walt.) Gray. LANCE-LEAVED LOOSESTRIFE Sloughs, and low prairie. Common. June 25. Plantaginaceae. Plantain Family. Plantago major \,. COMMON PLANTAIN. Streets and fields. Common. June 25 (24). Plantago rugelit Dec. ‘RUGELS’ PLANTAIN. Woods along river. Frequent. June 25. Plantago lanceolata VL. LANCE-LEAVED PLANTAIN. Streets. Occasionally introduced but not persisting. Gentianaceae. Gentian Family. ~ Gentiana puberula Michx. DOWNY GENTIAN. Prairie (C. B. Waldron in 1891.) Gentiana andrewsit Griseb. CLOSED GENTIAN. Low prairie. Frequent. Oleaceae. Ash Family. Fraxinus pennsylvanica Marsh. RED ASH. Woods. Common. May 15 (14). Chiefly var. lanceolata- GREEN ASH. Apocynaceae. Dogbane Family. Apocynum androsaemtifolium LL. SPREADING DOGBANE. Margin of woods or open places in same. Occasional; common near the aspen woods on Minnesota side. June 20. Apocynum hypericifolium Ait. INDIAN HEMP. Roadside ditches, low fields, and woods. Common. June 20 (19). Asclepiadaceae. Milkweed Family. Asclepias incarnata \,. SWAMP MILKWEED Wet places near or in woods. Occasional. July ro. Asclepias syriaca \,. COMMON MILKWEED Fields and roadsides. Common. June 25 (24). Asclepias ovalifolia Dec. Prairie. Frequent. June 20 (18). Asclepias verticillata \. “WHORLED MILKWEED. Prairie. Frequent. July ro. 84 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. . Solanaceae. Nightshade Family. Physalis virginiana Mill. GROUND CHERRY. Prairie and along railroad. Frequent. July 5. Solanum nigrum I. COMMON NIGHTSHADE. Gardens, riverbank and various places. Frequent. Solanum triflorum Nutt. CUT-LEAVED NIGHTSHADE. Along railroad etc. Occasional. June 20. Solanum rostratum Dunal. BUFFALO BUR. Occasionally introduced. Lycopersicon lycopersicon (1,.) Karst. . TOMATO. Common every year on the riverbank below the city. Scropulariaceae. Figwort Family. Verbascum thapsus \L. MULLEIN. Lee and Wright in 1891. Verbaseum blattaria L,. MOTH MULLEIN. L. R. Waldron in 1go1. Linaria linaria (ny Karst. TOAD FLAX. Occasionally escaped or introduced? Bolley in 1891. June 25. Scrophularia leporella Bickn. FIGWORT. Roadsides or edges of thickets. Occasional. June 1o (11). Pentsemon gracilis Nutt. SLENDER BEARD TONGUE. Prairie. Common. June 20 (21). Mimulus ringens 1,. MONKEY FLOWER. Riverbank. Common. June 30. Bacopa rotundifolia (Michx.) Wettst. WATER HYSSOP. In water or the mud remaining. Lee in 1892. Gratiola virginiana lL. HEDGE HYSSOP. Low fields or other wet places. Occasional. Lysanthes dubia~-(1,.) Barnhart. FALSE PIMPERNELL. Low field at Wild Rice (10 mi. ect Stevens in 1914. Limosella aquatica \. MUDWORT. Roadside ditch; Stevens in 1917 (seeds only, collected). Veronica peregrina L. SPEEDWELL. Low places in fields, etc. Common. May 25 (23). Gerardia tenuifolia Vahl. SLENDER GERARDIA. Lee in_1892. PLANTS OF FARGO, ETC. 85 Utriculariaceae. Bladderwort Family. Utricularia vulgaris I,. var. americana Gray. BLADDERWORT. Ponds. Common. Collected in 1910 in small pond at 4th. St., and 12th. Ave. N., now filled up. Orobanchaceae. Broom-rape Family. : Thalesia uniflora (1,.) Britton. CANCER-ROOT. Woods and thickets. Occasional (Stevens in 1910 and 1917) June to. ks Phrymaceae. Lopseed Family. Phryma leptostachya \. LOPSEED. Woods. Occasional. July 15. - Convolvulaceae. Morning Glory Family. Ipomea purpurea (1,.) Roth. MORNING GLORY. Occasionally escaped along streets. Convolvulus sepium \,. BINDWEED. Fields and thickets. Common. June 15. Convolvulus repens L. DOWNY BINDWEED. Fields and roadsides. Common. June 20 (18). Convolvulus arvensis \. FIELD BINDWEED. Well established in several places. June 30. Cuscutaceae. Dodder Family. Cuscuta arvensis Beyr. FIELD DODDER. On weeds along river bank and on clovers in fields. Occasional. July 30. d Cuscuta coryli Engelm. HAZEL DODDER. On shrubs and various herbs (but not observed on hazel) along riverbank or other low places. Common. I have a date of July 9, 1910, and one of 4 days later than arvensis where planted at same time. Cuscuta gronovit Willd. GRONOVIUS DODDER. In about the same places as last. Frequent. Aug. 5. Either of the last two occasionally appear on various garden or ornamental plants such as potatoes and various shrubs.. The clover dodder C. epithymum Murr. was found on white clover in a lawn in 1912, but no specimens secured. Polemoniaceae. Phlox Family. Phlox pilosa L. WILD PHLOX. Bolley in 1891, 86 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. Collomia linearis Nutt. Lee in 1891. Likely to be found along the railroad. June 15. Hydrophyllaceae. Waterleaf Family. Hydrophyllum virginicum LL. WATERLEAF. Woods and thickets. Common. May 30 (28). Macrocalyx -nyctelea (1,.) Kuntze. *WATERPOD. Fields and roadsides. Common. May 20 (19). Boraginaceae. Borage Family. Boraginaceae. Borage Family. Lappula lappula (1,.) Karst. *BLUE STICKSEED. Roadsides ete. Common. May 30 (June 2). Lappula occidentalis (Wats.) Greene. *1OW STICKSEED. Along railraod. Occasional. May 25 (23). Lappula americana (Gray) Rydb. - NODDING STICKSEED. Woods. Common. June 10. Lithospermum canescens (Michx.) Lehm. PUCCOON. Prairie. Common. May 20 (21). Lithospermum linearifolium Goldie. NARROW-LEAVED PUCCOON. Along railraod. Occasional (introduced). Onosmodium occidentale Mackenzie. FALSE GROMWELL. Prairte: Hreqiuent: June rs. Verbenaceae. Vervain Family. Verbena urticaefolia \. WHITE VERVAIN. Woods. Occasional. July 20. Verbena hastata L. BLUE VERVAIN. Ditches and sloughs. Common. June 30. Verbena stricta Vent. HOARY VERVAIN. Along railroad; Stevens in 1918. Verbena bracteosa Michx. BRACTED VERVAIN. Along railroad. Frequent. June 15. Lamiaceae. Mint Family. Teucrium occidentale A. Gray GERMANDER. Fields and sloughs. Common. July 5. Scutellaria lateriflora L. MADDOG SKULLCAP. Riverbank. Frequent. Scutellaria parvula Michx. LITTLE SKULLCAP. Low, open places. Occasional. PLANTS OF FARGO, ETC. 87 Agastache anethiodora (Nutt). Britton. *FALSE ANISE. Woods and thickets. Common. July 20 (21). Nepeta cataria L. CATNIP. Roadsides and various eee Occasional. July 5. Prunella vulgaris \. SELFHEAL. C. H. Waldron in 1910 (Oak Grove). Moldavica parviflorum (Nutt.) Britton. DRAGON HEAD. Fields. Frequent. June 20. (19). Dracocephalum nuttallit (Nutt.) Britton. OBEDIENT PLANT. Riverbank. Frequent. July 30. Leonurus cardiaca \,. MOTHERWORT. Thickets and roadsides. Occasional. July 15. Stachys palustris \. HEDGE NETTLE. Riverbank, fields, ete. Common. June 30 (29). Bergman has also recorded S. aspera Michx. The plant is quite variable and should repay careful study. Monarda fistulosa \. WILD BERGAMONT. Edge of woods. Frequent. July 20. Lycopus americanus Muhl. WATER HOREHOUND. Riverbank. Common. Lycopus asper Greene. WESTERN WATER HOREHOUND. Low places in fields ete. Common. July 30. Mentha canadensis \,. WILD MINT. Riverbank, fields, ete. Common. June 30. ; Ranunculus macouni Britton. MACOUN’S BUTTERCUP. Sloughs. Common. June-1o (8). Ranunculus cymbalaria Pursh. SEA-SIDE CROWFOOT. Pond margins. Frequent. May 30. Thalictrum venulosum ‘Trelease. EARLY MEADOW RUE. Prairie, especially mear woods and thickets. May 25 (23). Thalictrum dasycarpum Fisch. & Lall. TALL MEADOW RUE. Woods. Common. June 25. Menispermaceae. Moonseed Family. Menispermum canadense \,. MOONSEED. Woods. Common. June 25. Berberidaceae. Barberry Family. Caulophyllum thalictroides (1,.) Michx. BLUE COHOSH. Woods. Occasional. May 25. 88 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. Papaveraceae. Poppy Family. Sanguinaria canadensis BLOODROOT. Woods. Frequent. Apr. 30 (28). Apr. 3 in 1910. Papaver somniferum VL. , COMMON POPPY. Occasionally escaped in yards or streets. Papaver rhoeas \. CORN POPPY. Occasionally escaped in yards or streets. Fumariceae. Fumditory Family. Capnoides aureum (Willd.) Kuntze. GOLDEN CORYDALIS. Woods and thickets. Common. May 10 (9). Capparideae. Caper Family. Cleome serrulata Pursh. ROCKY MOUNTAIN BEE PLANT. Prairie near railroad (introduced?); Stevens in 1920. July 5. Polanisia trachysperma 'T. & G. CLAMMY WEED. A large colony in some gravel along N. P. Ry. west of town in 1910, but has nearly disappeared. July 20. Brassicaceae. Mustard Family. Lepidium densiflorum Schrad. PEPPER GRASS. Fields and roadsides. Common. May 30 (28). Records range from May 13 to June 13. Lepidium virginicum I,. Yards, occasionally introduced but not persisting. Thlaspi arvense VL. FRENCHWEED. PENNY CRESS. Fields and roadsides. Common. Apr. 20 (22); earliest, March 22, 1910. Many seedlings pass the winter in various stages, often after beginning to flower. So far as I have noticed, the flowers which are just opened when winter begins do not develop in the spring, but well developed flower buds open with the first warm weather. Bursa bursa-pastoris (1,.) Britton. SHEPHERD’S PURSE. Fields and roadsides. Frequent. Apr. 10 (9). Gamelina sativa Crantz. FALSE FLAX. Roadsides. Occasional. Camelina dentata Pers. ROUND-SEEDED FALSE FLAX. Roadsides. Occasional. Neslia paniculata (1,.) Desv. BALL MUSTARD. Roadsides. Occasional. Radicula palustris (L.) Moench. ‘MARSH YELLOW CRESS. Low places in fields, river-banks, etc. Common. June 20 (19). PLANTS OF FARGO, ETC. 89 Radicula armoracia (I1,.) Robinson. HORSERADISH. Fields and roadsides. Occasionally escaped from cultivation and persisting. May 30 (June 1). Rosaceae, Rose Family. Spiraea salicifolia \. MEADOW-SWEET. Low places in prairie, roadside, ete. Common. July 5 (7). Potentilla paradoxa Nutt. BUSHY CINQUEFOIL. Lee in 18or. Potentilla millegrana Engelm. Riverbank and low places. Frequent. Potentilla monspeliensis VW. ROUGH CINQUEFOIL. Fields and waste places. Common. June 20 (19). Potentilla pentandra Engelm. Fields and low places. Common. June 20. Potentilla pennsylvayica \,. *PRAIRIE CINOUEFOIL. Prairie. Common. June 20. Argentina anserina (1,.) Rydb. SILVER WEED. Sloughs. This may not occur in the immediate vicinity, but I have seen it within 10 miles east and north. May to. Fragaria virginiana Duchesne. WILD STRAWBERRY. Woods and prairie. Common. May 10 (9). Drymocallis arguta (Pursh) Rydb. TALL CINQUEFOIL. Prairie. Frequent. June 25 (23). Geum canadense Jacq. WHITE AVENS. Woods. Occasional. June 25. Geum macrophyllum Willd. Woods. Bolley in 1897. I have been uncertain as to the position of this form. Geum strictum Ait. YELLOW AVENS. Woods and thickets. Common. June 20. Geum ciliatum Pursh. *TORCH FLOWER. Prairie. Frequent. May (no accurate dates). I have long sought for a suitable name for this pretty little plant, and this one, sug- gested by Mr. H. D. Long seems quite acceptable. It refers to freshly matured fruit heads with their graceful, beautifully colored plumes. Rubus triflorus Rich. DWARF RASPBERRY. Woods, chiefly in aspen on Minnesota side. May 15. 90 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. Rubus strigosus Michx.' RED RASPBERRY. Edges of woods and thickets. Frequent’ June 15. Agrimonia striata Michx. AGRIMONY. Woods and thickets. Occasional. : Rosa pratiucola Greene. PRAIRIE ROSE. Fields, roadsides, prairie. Common. June 15 (14). Rosa blanda Ait. SMOOTH ROSE. Woods. Common. June to (11). Malaceae, Apple Family. | Amelanchier alnifolia. Nutt. JUNEBERRY. Woods and thickets. Common. May to (10). Crataegus chrysocarpa Ashe. RED HAW. Woods and thickets. Common. May 20 (18). Crataegus succulenta Schrad. Woods and thickets. Occasional. Crataegus mollis T. & G. *LARGE RED_ HAW. One tree at Potter’s Slough (E. of Fair grounds), many in bend of river 2 miles farther north and on Minnesota side beyond. May 20. This flowers about 5 days earlier than chrysocarpa, but my records are insufficient to show it. Prunaceae, Plum Family. £ Prunus americana Marsh. WILD PLUM. Edges of woods and thickets. Common. May to (ro). Prunus pennsylvanica I. f. BIRD Or PIN CHERRY. Woods and thickets. Frequent. May 15 (should be about 14). Prunus virginiana (1,.) Mill. CHOKE CHERRY. Woods and thickets. Common. May 20 (21). Date for Kansas vol. 5, p. 101, should be Ayr. instead of May. Fabaceae, Pea Family. Trifolium procumbens L. LOW HOP CLOVER. Along railroad; Stevens in 1918. Trifolium pratense \. RED CLOVER. Roadsides. Common. June 10 (9). Trifolium hybridum \,. ALSIKE CLOVER. Roadsides. Frequent. June 10. Trifolium repens. \,. WHITE CLOVER. Roadsides. Occasional. June 5 (2). PLANTS OF FARGO, ETC. gi Trifolium incarnatum lL. CRIMSON CLOVER. Collected in a field by C. H. Waldron in 1909. Medicago sativa \L,. . ALFALFA. Roadsides. Occasional. June ro (12). Medicago lupulina. BLACK, OF HOP MEDIC. Lawns. Frequent. June 5. Melilotus alba Desv. WHITE SWEET CLOVER. Roadsides. Common. June 25 (27). Melilotus officinalis (1,.) Tam. YELLOW SWEET CLOVER. Roadsides. Frequent. June 15 (15). Anthyllts vulneraria 1. KIDNEY VETCH: Collected in a field by C. H. Waldron in 1909. Hosackia americana (Nutt.) Piper. PRAIRIE BIRD’SFOOT TREFOIL. Prairie. Frequent. June 1o. Astragalus carolinianus \. LITTLE RATTLE-POD. Roadsides, prairie or near woods. Common. July 5 (6). An Indian name. Astragalus hypoglottis 1. MILK VETCH. Prairie. Frequent. May 20 (20). ) Glycyrrhiza lepidota Nutt. WILD LIQUORICE. Roadsides and fields. Common. June 25 (24). Amorpha fruticosa \,. FALSE INDIGO. Riverbank or low roadside. Frequent. Amorpha nana Nutt. Prairie, 3 mi. nw.; Stevens in 1920. Amorpha canescens Pursh. LEAD PLANT. Prairie. Frequent. July. 5. Psoralea argophylla Pursh. PSORALEA. Prairie. Common. June 30 (29). Psoralea ésculenta Pursh. TIPSIN. Prairie. Occasional. June 20. Parosela dalea (1,.) Britton. Along N. P. Ry.; Stevens in 1918 (still persisting). Petalostemon candidum Michx. WHITE PRAIRIE CLOVER. Along N. P. Ry.; Stevens in 1920.. Petalostemon purpureum (Vent.) Rydb. PURPLE PRAIRIE CLOVER. Prairie. Common at least along railroad. July 10 (11). Meibomia grandiflora (Walt.) Kuntze. LARGE-LEAVED TICK TREFOIL Woods. Occasional. 92 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. Meibomia canadensis (1,.) Kuntze. SHOWY TICK TREFOIL. Edges of woods and thickets. Occasional. Falcata comosa (1,.) Kuntze. GROUND BEAN HOG PEANUT. Woods. Common. Aug. to. Vicia americana Muhl. _ WILD VETCH. Woods, roadsides and prairie. Common. May 30 (29). Vicia angustifolia Roth. NARROW-LEAVED VETCH. Fields. Occasional. July 1o. Vicia villosa Roth. HAIRY VETCH. Fields. Occasional. Lathyrus venosus Muhl. “BUSHY VETCH. Roadsides and thickets. Common. June 15 (15). Lathyrus palustris l,. MARCH VETCHLING. Low prairie. Common. June 25. Lathyrus ochroleucus Hook. YELLOW VETCHLING. | Woods. Frequent. June 5 (4). Penthoraceae, Stonecrop Family. Penthorum sedoides L. DITCH STONECROP. Riverbank. Occasional. July 10. Saxifragaceae, Saxifrage Family. Heuchera hispida Pursh. ALUM ROOT. Prairie. Frequent. June 15. Ribes americanum Mill. WILD BLACK CURRANT. Woods and thickets. Common. May 15 (15). Ribes gracile Michx. GOOSEBERRY. Woods and thickets. Common. May 15 (15); excluding Apr. £23 Oro: Onagraceae, Evening-primrose Family. Epilobium adenocaulon Haussk. WILLOW-HERB. Riverbank, pond margins, etc. Frequent. Cenothera biennis 1. EVENING PRIMROSE. Roadsides and fields. Common. July to (11). Anogra albicaulis (Pursh) Britton. WHITE-STEMMED EVENING PRIMROSE. For-several years at least (1910 and later) a colony grew along the N. P. Ry. at about rith St.; doubtless introduced in gravel. July to (12). PLANTS OF FARGO, ETC. 93 Gaura coccinea Pursh. Along railroad, Stevens in 1919. June 10 (12). I have found the name ‘‘ Prairie honeysuckle’’ used for this plant. The flowers are suggestive of honeysuckle, but I hesitate to borrow a name from a well known plant which is so different in general appearance. Circaea lutetiana L,. ENCHANTER’S NIGHTSHADE. Woods. Frequent at least on the aspen woods on Minnesota side. Haloragidaceae, Water-milfoil Family. Myriophyllum spicatum L. WATER MILFOIL. Collected by Lee in 18o1. Celastraceae, Staff tree Family. Celastrus scandens L,. CLIMBING BITTER-SWEET. Woods. Frequent. Vitaceae, Grape Famuly. Vitis vulpina L,. WILD GRAPE. Woods. Frequent. June ro. Parthenocissus quinquefolia (1,.) Planch. VIRGINIA CREEPER. Woods and thickets. Frequent. Eleagnaceae, Oleaster Family. Lepargyrea argenvea (Nutt.) Greene. _ BUFFALO BERRY. A few bushes near filtration plant. I do not know whether introduced or not. Apr. 20 (20). Aceraceae, Maple Family. Acer rubrum LL. RED MAPLE. Bolley in 1891. Acer negundo \. BOX ELDER. Woods and thickets. Common. Apr. 25 (25). Anacardiaceae, Sumac Family. Rhus glabra L. SMOOTH SUMAC. Thickets. Occasional. July 15. Rhus rydbergi (Small.) Greene. POISON IVY. Woods and thickets. Common. Betulaceae, Birch Family. Ostrya virginiana (Mill.) Willd. IRONWOOD. Woods, Occasional (Oak Grove and County Hospital). May 15. 94 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. Corylus americana Walt. HAZELNUT. Woods and thickets. Frequent. Apr. 10 (12) The Fargo specimen reported as Alnus incana is Ostrya. Fagaceae, Beech Family. Quercus macrocarpa \,. BUR OAK. Higher ground along river. Common. May 25. Araliaceae, Ginseng Family. oh ne ; Aralia nudicaulis \. WILD SARSAPARILLA. Woods. Common in aspen on Minnesota side. May 25. Apiaceae, Carrot Family. Sanicula marylandica \. BLACK SNAKEROOT. Woods. Frequent. June. 1o (12). Washingtonia longistylis (Torr.) Britton. SWEET CICELY. Woods. Common. May, 30 (28). Zizia aurea (1,.) Koch. MEADOW PARSNIP. Woods and thickets. Common. May 25 (25); excluding May 8, I9I0. Zizia cordata (Walt.) Koch. Low prairie. Frequent. May 20. Cicuta maculata VL. WATER HEMLOCK. Low prairie, woods and river bank. Frequent. June 30 (30). Root very poisonous. Deringia canadensis (1,.) Kuntze. HONEWORT. Woods. Common. May 30. Carum carut L. CARAWAY. Occasionally escaped. “ Sium cicutaefolium Gmel. WATER PARSNIP. ‘Edges of ponds, riverbanks, etc. Common. Pastinaca sativa \. WILD PARSNIP. Roadsides, and near deserted buildings. Frequent. June 15. Heracleum lanatum Pursh. COW PARSNIP. Woods. Common. June 15 (14). “Daucus carota \L. WILD CARROT. Fields or roadsides. Occasional. Cornaceae, Dogwood Family. Cornus femina Mill. DOGWOOD. Woods. Frequent. June ro. PLANTS OF FARGO, ETC. 95 Rubiaceae, Madder Family. Galium aparine \,. BEDSTRAW. Woods and-thickets. Common. May 30 (29). Galium boreale \. NORTHERN BEDSTRAW. Prairie mostly. near trees. Common. June 1o (10). Galium triflorum Michx. SWEET-SCENTED BEDSTRAW. Woods. Frequent. Caprifoliaceae, Honeysuckle Family. Viburnum opulus LY. PEMBINA. Woods. Occasional. June ro. Commonly known as “High Bush Cranberry.”’ Pembina is an Indian name. Viburnum pubescens (Ait.) Pursh. DOWNY ARROW-WOOD. Woods. Occasional. Viburnum lentago L. BLACK HAW. SHEEPBERRY. Woods. Frequent. May 30 (29). Symphoricarpos occidentalis Hook. WOLFBERRY. Woods, thickets, prairie. Common. June 25 (26). In this state mostly known as “ Buckbrush,’ or ‘“‘Badgerbrush,’”’ the former name applied also to Eleagnus argentea. Lonicera dioica glaucescens (Rydb.) C. R. B. HONEYSUCKLE. Woods and thickets. Occasional. May 20. & Cucurbitaceae, Gourd Family. Micrampelis lobata (Michx.) Greene. WILD CUCUMBER. Among bushes and along river bank. Common. July 30. Lobeliaceae, Lobelia Family. Lobelia spicata Lam. Low prairie. Common at least in places. Ambrosiaceae, Ragweed Family. Iva xanthitfolia Nutt. *PALSE KINGHEAD. MARSH ELDER. Fields and roadsides. Common. Aug. 20 (19). The name ‘Ralse Kinghead”’ is from the similarity of the plants and not the seeds. Marsh elder, although in general use is a poor name for the plant at least under our conditions. Ambrosia trifida L,. KINGHEAD. GIANT RAGWEED. Fields and roadsides. Common. July 1o (much variation in the records). Ambrosia artemisiaefolia L. RAGWEED. Fields and roadsides. Common. July 30 (31). ; e 96 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. Ambrosia psilostachya DC. PERENNIAL RAGWEED Dry prairie or roadside. Frequent. Xanthium canadense Mill. _ COCKLEBUR. River bank, low fields and roadsides. Common. Aug. 15. Xanthium echinatum Murr. Dry soil especially around railroad tracks. Common. Aug. 5. Asteraceae, Aster Family. Vernonia fasciculata Michx. IRONWEED. Ditches or low prairie. Common. July 30 (31). Eupatorium ageratoides L. WHITE SNAKEROOT. Woods. Occasional. Kuhnia glutinosa EM. FALSE BONESET. Prairie. Occasional. July 25.. Lacinaria punctata (Hook) Kuntze. *NARROW-LEAVED BLAZING STAR. Along railroad. -Introduced in gravel. Occasional. Aug. 5. Lacinaria scariosa (1,.) Hill. BLAZING STAR. Prairie. Common. Aug. 5 (5). Grindelia squarrosa (1,.) Dunal. GUMWEED. Roadsides. Common. July 30; 3 years data, excluding two of July 2 and June 16. An occasional plant often flowers much in advance of the average. Chrysopsts villosa Nutt. | GOLDEN ASTER. Along railroad (introduced in gravel). Stevens in 1918. June 30. Solidago flexicaulis 1. BROAD-LEAVED GOLDENROD. Woods near County Hospital. Stevens in 1915. Solidago canadensis 1. CANADA GOLDENROD. Prairie and roadsides. Common. Aug. 10 (9). Solidago missouriensis Nutt. *RARLY GOLDENROD. Along N. P. Ry. (introduced in gravel?). Solidago rigida I. STIFF GOLDENROD. Prairie and roadsides. Common. Aug, 10 (9). Solidago serotina Ait. *TALI, SMOOTH GOLDENROD. Edges of woods and thickets, ditches and other low grounds. Common. July 25 (25). Boltonia -asteroides 1, Her. *FPALSE ASTER. Low roadsides and fields. Common. Aug. 5 (3). Aster sagittifolius Willd. ARROW-LEAVED ASTER. Woods. Occasional; common in aspen on Minnesota side. PLANTS OF FARGO, ETC. 97 Aster laevis 1. *SMOOTH BLUE ASTER. Prairie, roadsides, edges of woods and thickets. Common. Aug. 20 (22). Aster sericeus Vent. SILKY ASTER. Along railroad (introduced in gravel). Stevens in 1920. Aster multiflorus Ait. WHITE PRAIRIE ASTER. Prairie. Common. Aug. 15 (15). Aster commutatus (T. & G.) Gray. Prairie. This is listed by Bergman but I am as yet uncertain whether it is common or distinct’ from the preceding. Aster paniculatus Lam. *T ALI, WHITE ASTER. Riverbank, low fields and roadsides. Common. Aug. 20 (18). Aster piarmicoides (Ness.) T. & G. Prairie. Lee in 1891. Brachyactis angusta (Lindl.) Britton. RAYLESS ‘ASTER. Sloughs and along railroad. Frequent. Sept. 15. Erigeron philadelphicus WL. FLEABANE. Sloughs. Common. June 10 (9). Erigeron ramosus (Walt.) B. 5S. P. DAISY FLEABANE. Prairie. Occasional. June 30. Leptilon canadense (1,.) Britton. HORSE-WEED. Uncultivated fields and roadsides. Common. July 20 (20). Antennaria aprica Greene and A. neglecta Greene. CAT’S-FOOT. I do not know the two species. The plants are frequent on the prairie and sometimes in open woods. The record of A. parviflora is an error. May 10. Silphium perfoliatum 1. < CUP PLANT. I have seen a colony on the river bank, but failed to find it the past season. Heliopsis scabra Dunal. FALSE SUNFLOWER. Prairie. Frequent. June 20 (22). Rudbeckia laciniata L. _ TALL, CONEFLOWER. Woods and thickets. Common. July 25 (25). Ratibida columnaris (Sims) D. Don. CONEFLOWER. Along railroad (introduced?) Occasional. July 5 (7). Helianthus annuus \. COMMON SUNFLOWER. Roadsides. Occasional. July ro. Helianthus petiolaris Nutt. Along railroad or other dry soil. Occasional.. July 5 (4). 98 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. Helianthus scaberrimus El. ROUGH SUNFLOWER. Prairie and roadsides. Common. July 30. . Helianthus maximilianit Schrad. *NARROW-LEAVED SUNFLOWER. Fields and roadsides. Common. July 30 (29). Helianthus tuberosus \. JERUSALUM ARTICHOKE. Low fields and roadsides; especially near the woods. Common. Aug. 20 (18). The records of H. giganteus and grosse-serratus are considered as errors, the specimens being maxzmuiliant. Bidens cernua \,. BUR MARIGOLD. Riverbank or other low places. Occasional. Aug. 20. . Bidens comosa (A. Gray) Wiegand. Riverbank, low fields ete. Common. Aug. 20. I prefer to call our form B. acuta (Wiegand) Britton. Bidens frondosa \. - BEGGARTICKS. Riverbank. Common. Aug. 20. Bidens vulgata Greene. *LARGE BEGGARTICKS. Riverbank and. fields (not especially in low places). Common. vb aie a Galinsoga parviflora Cav. C. H. Waldron in 1911 near Oak Grove. Gaillardia aristata Pursh. GAILLARDIA. Lee in 1891. Unknown to me in immediate vicinity. I have seen it on a knoll near the Sheyenne River at Christine, June 20 (a7). Achillea lanulosa Nutt. MILFOIL. YARROW. Prairie. Common. June 15 (14). Anthemis cotula \. DOG FENNEL. Along railroad and streets. Frequently introduced but little persisting. June 20. Chrysanthemum leucanthemum L,. OX-EYE DAISY. C. H. Waldron in 1910. Artemisia caudata. Michx. PRAIRIE WORMWOOD. Along railroad, introduced in gravel. Aug. 10. Artemisia frigida Willd. LITTLE SAGE. Bergman in 1g1o. Artemisia absinthium:\,. ABSINTH. Along railroad and streets. Occasional. Aug. ro. Artemisia biennis Willd. WORMWOOD. Riverbank, sloughs and low fields. Common. Aug. 30. PLANTS OF FARGO, ETC. 99 Artemisia ludoviciana Nutt. WHITE SAGE. Prairie and roadsides. Common. Aug. 25. Petasites sagittata (Pursh) Gray. SWEET COLTSFOOT. Wet place in aspen woods on Minnesota side. May tro. Senecio platiensis Nutt. *PRAIRIE RAGWORT. Prairie. Common. May 30 (29). Senecio aureus \,. : E GOLDEN RAGWORT. Woods near County Hospital and on Minnesota side. May 25. Arctium minus Schk. BURDOCK. Openings in woods. Common. July 30. Carduus lanceolatus \,. BULL THISTLE. Especially in pastures near or in woods. Frequent. July 20. Carduus altissimus \. TALL THISTLE. Roadsides near the woods. Occasional. Carduus undulatus Nutt. *PRAIRIE THISTLE. Prairie, roadsides and fields. Common. July 5 (5). This common name is very appropriate for this region. C. flodmanni Rydb. is listed by Bergman but I am as yet in doubt whether or not all - should be placed under the preceding. Carduus arvensis Robs. CANADA THISTLE. Roadsides and waste ground. Frequent. July 30. Centaura cyanus LL. CORN-FLOWER. Occasionally escaped from gardens. June_ 25. : Cichoriaceae, Chicory Family. Cichorium intybus Ll. ° CHICORY. Stevens in IgIo. Lapsana communis \. NIPPLE-WORT. Stevens in 1g1r. Introduced in lawngrass seed mixtures. Tragopogon pratensis 1. GOAT’S-BEARD. Roadsides. Occasional. June 20. Taraxacum taraxacum (l,.) Karst. DANDELION. Prairie to woods, literally everywhere. Apr. 30 (29). Taraxacum erythrospermum Andrz. RED-SEEDED DANDELION. Woods and nearby roadsides. Frequent. I have not been able secure accurate flowering data. 2 Sonchus arvensis “ly. ) PERENNIAL SOW-THISTLE. Fields, roadsides and woods. First observed'in 1916, now be- coming common. July tro. 100 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. Sonchus oleraceus \. Streets. Occasional. The name ‘‘Common sow-thistle’’ ordi- narily applied would be both inappropriate and misleading for this locality. Sonchus asper (1,.) Hill. SING SOW THISTLE. Streets, gardens and lawns. Common. July 5. Lactuca scariola \. PRICKLY LETTUCE. Streets and waste ground. Frequent. Not definitely known previous to 1918. The var. (?) integrata Gren. & Goodr., common. July 15 (15). Lactuca ludoviciana (Nutt.) D C. WESTERN WILD LETTUCE. Prairie and roadsides. Frequent. July 5. Lactuca canadensis I,. WILD LETTUCE. Woods. Frequent. June 30. Lactuca pulchella (Pursh) DC. BLUE WILD LETTUCE. Fields, roadsides, prairie. Common. July 5 (3). Lactuca spicata (1am.) Hitch. TALL BLUE LETTUCE. Woods. Frequent. Agoseris glauca (Pursh) Greene. FALSE DANDELION. Prairie. Becoming rather infrequent. June to. Crepis tectorum I,. HAWK’S BEARD. CoH. Waldron in 791s: Crepis capillaris (1,.) Wallr. Stevens in 1918 (lawn). Hieracium scabriusculum Schwein. HAWKWEED. Woods. Occasional. Nabalus albus (1,.) Hook. WHITE LETTUCE. Woods. Frequent at least in or near aspen on Minnesota side. Ae. 15. Nabulus racemosus (Michx) DC. _ Prairie. Stevens in 1920; not previously reported but quite common in that particular place. Aug. 25. Alismaceae, Water Plantain Family. Alisma plantago-aquatica \,. WATER PLANTAIN. Sloughs, low fields and pond margins. Common. June 25. Sagittaria arifolia Nutt. ARROW-HEAD. River and pond margins. Common. June 20. O. A. STEVENS, North Dakota Agricultural College. Contributions on general and midland natural history will be gladly received. Papers on botany and allied subjects, zoology, geology and physical geography, should be addressed to the editor. Matters relating to advertisements are to be taken up with the secretary of the University. One hundred reprints of articles containing eight pages or more will be furnished free of charge to contributors. More than one hundred separates can be obtained at cost price of the extras. When articles consist of less than eight pages, a certain number of copies of THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST in which the paper appeared will be supplied free, or the separate articles may, by arrangement with the editor, be kept until future papers average eight pages, provided the contributions are sent in for the next consecutive issue for publication. Contributors of articles will receive a free subscription for the year in which their paper appears. For further or other information address THE Epiror, Notre Dame, Indiana. i 625252525 2525252525e25e25e5eSe5e5e5e5e2 nae | | : : : | _ Ra Sen sete eg a The Gnibversity of Notre Mame NOTRE DAME, INDIANA College of Arts and Letters. Departments of Ancient Classics, Modern Literature, History, Political Economy, Sociology, Domestic Commerce, Foreign Commerce, Journalism, Library Science. College of Science. Departments of Chemistry, Physics, Biology, Pharmacy, Agriculture. College of Architecture. Departments of Construction Design. Preparatory School. Variant Courses. College of Engineering. Departments of Civil Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Chemical Engineering, Mining Engineering, Industrial Engineering. College of Law. Colle e of Hine Arts. Music, Vocal Music. St. Edward Hall. For Young Boys. Notre Dame is recognized by all educators, by the press and by the public as a college whose work is of the same grade as that of the most highly endowed colleges or the best state univ- sities. Its atmosphere is strongly Catholic and no young man who has ever attended the University of Notre Dame can escape its influence in after life. Departments of Artistic Drawing, ; Painting, Cartooning, Instrumental The discipline is paternal, and aims at giving young men the fullest liberty consistent with earnest study and manly Christian character. application. Address: Rooms at reasonable rates. Catalogue sent on THE REGISTRAR NOTRE DAME, INDIANA call VOL. VII. JULY-SEPTEMBER, 1921 NOS. 4, 5. AMERICAN MID LAND NATURALIST Devoted to Natural History, Primarily that of the Prairie States Published by the University of Notre/ ate, “ON Notre Dame, Indiana / ib Carroll Lane Fenton IOI CONTENTS The Origin and Development of the Earth Nomenclatorial Notes on Certain American Plants—I. Homer D. House 126 Plants of Fargo, North Dakota, With Dates of Flowering. O. A. Stevens 135 Albino Robins at Notre Dame Brother Alphonsus, C. S.C. 157 Book Reviews 159 PRICE $1.50 A YEAR SINGLE NUMBERS 30 CENTS FOREIGN, 6s. 6d. Entered as second-class matter at Notre Dame, Indiana. Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in section 1103, Act of October 3, 1917, authorized on July 3, 1918. THE UNIVERSITY PRESS, NOTRE DAME, INDIANA Back Numbers of “The American Midland Naturalist.” Vol; 1.—(1909—19 ro) 203 pe Unbound! 2) ee ee eee $2.00 Vol. II.—(1911-1912). 330 pp. Unbound and exclusive of 3 Reprints to'be botind!mendcof: vol. eee a Ae se eee 2.00 Inclusive of Three Reprints (see below). Extra..........222--------2------------ 2.25 Vol. III.—(1913-1914). 383 pp. Unbound, exclusive of Reprint No. 4. (See below). [Nos. 1, 2, 3, 7.) are scarce and nearly out of print, COSting: SO1ctSs Calis x rea aca ee ee ame ne ee ee 4.50 Inelisive'ofReprint NOs4 exci as ss kes: Sete ote ergo aes ee ee 1.00 Viol VEVi—= (rors Tori): Wri bo cota ra eos aeee e eee Se 4.00 Viol Vi— (roi 7-19 28) Uinbotund. 20 oe eer ee ee cae Total—$17.75 Publications. Haun, W. Analytic Study of Faunal Changes in Indiana, 2 plates, TOLO;) 2 7up phat, tau eee ae Se gina eee nD $ easy GREENE, E. 1. Leaflets of Botanical Observation and Criticism. 2.vols- (Completes 3 (1903-1912) =e ee 6.00 ” ” Cybele Columbiana, A series of Studies in Botany, chiefly North American. No. 1. (Other num- PES EOE Ol] Oryvs) eae Ee re ine erent 75 ; ae Pittonia, A series of Papers Realting to Botany and Botanists} -5\-volssu(a887—1905) eee 14.00 e Flora Franciscana, Parts I, II, III. [Part IV pub- lished long after the other parts, is quite unobtainable, as all copies not immediately distributed seem to have been lost in the San Francisco fire.} Price as published____...22.... 2.00 a ” Manual of the Botany of the Region of San Fran- cisco Bay (1894). Bound cloth...................-..-. 2.00 Uni botrn digi Sei ee eae ec a 1.50 (Price as published of latter)_..........---.-------eee----- 2.00 UTTERBACK, W.I. Naiades of Missouri, 200 pp. 29 pl. and some text figtne sce 2 Pas as oan aa eee hs ce eee 1.75 Reprints. RABINESOUE,/ Ces. 4 Neoventy tons (i825) eect. cee eee nee eee $ .25 # zi The Natural Family of the Carexides (1840)........ .50 att i, Scadiography or too Genera of Ombelliferous Planitswete:. (1 S40) Sires ee ee oe ree 1.50 Monographie des Coquilles Bivalves et Fluvia- tiles de la Riviere Ohio. Remarques sur les Rapports Naturels des Genres Viscum, Samolus et Viburnum. A Bruxelles (1820).................... 1.50 LECONTE, J. B. Reprints of Monographs without plates, $2.50; with 42 photographic copies of unpublished plates (7x8), $25.00; with colored photographic plates...$37.50 LeConTE, J. E. Two extra plates reproduced from originals in N. Y. Bot. Garden. Colored, $1.50; uncolored.............. 1.0C The American Midland Naturalist PUBLISHED BI-MONTHLY BY THE UNIVERSITY OF NOTRE DAME, NOTRE DAME, INDIANA VOL Vik J ULY-SEPTEMBER, to21. NOS. 4, 5- The Origin and Development of the Earth. BY CARROLL LANE FENTON Geology is the science which treats. of the materials, the constitution, and the development of the earth. The history of the events which have brought this planet and its inhabi- tants to their present state of being forms one of the principal divisions of the science. Of necessity such a history had a be- ginning, and concerning this. beginning men have ever been prone to speculate. At first these speculations were the mere superstitions contrived in the minds of untutored savages, and we may find many of them in the mythology of the Indians of our own country. Later, in the beginnings of civilization, the philosophers of their time advanced ideas—less erratic and superstitious, perhaps, but hardly less impossible of truth than those of their savage ancestors. But gradually things changed. The invention of the telescope and the study of physics taught man much. Speculation and guesswork slowly gave way before scientific investigation, and within the last few decades there has been a more or less organized effort on the part of the world’s greatest scientists to put to use the combined resources of chemistry, astronomy, physics, and geology in order to find a solution for the problem before them. That their efforts have not been without success may be seen when the various hypotheses in which they have re- sulted are considered. Some suggestions as to the birth of our planet may be found in a study of its relations to the other bodies of the solar system, and in its characteristics as a member of that system. We may feel quite certain in saying that no such 102 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST complicated organization as that which is displayed by the sun and its attendant bodies ever came into existence by accident. Beyond possibility of question the story of the birth of the system would be revealed in its organization and forces, were man only able to read that record. But in spite of the fact that we can give no positive definite interpreta- tion of the remaining traces of the earth’s beginning it is necessary, in order to carry on investigation, to form hypo- theses to explain them. It is also important that we study these hypotheses carefully and note the various ways in which they may enter into the doctrines and ideas of modern science. Not a few of the principles of geology, astronomy, and even biology rest upon some hypothesis of the earth’s origin, and have no greater strength than that of the hypotheses on which they are founded. 1.—The Laplachian Hypothesis. It is the almost universal opinion among astronomers that the solar system was evolved from some sort of a nebula. Until comparatively recently most of them accepted a special hypothesis advanced in the latter part of the eighteenth cen- tury. by the great French mathematician Laplace. So general was the acceptance of Laplace’s idea that it came to be known as the “Nebular Hypothesis,” without consideration of the fact that there were several other hypotheses which also sup- posed that the solar system was derived from a nebula. This explanation of Laplace’s was supposed to offer a thoroughly satisfactory interpretation of the existing evidence as to the origin of the solar system, and therefore of the earth. But with the advance of geological and astronomical knowledge it beeame evident that the Laplacian hypothesis did not satis- factorily explain the origin of the earth, and that a new inter- pretation was necessary. The Laplacian, or as it is popularly called, the Nebular Hypothsis has, however, gained so firm a foothold in literature and general knowledge that we must give it-a careful survey before passing on to newer and more satisfactory ideas. La- place supposed that the solar system was descended from an immense, rotating ball of gas which extended beyond the orbit of the outermost planet—that is, which had a diameter THE ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE EARTH 103 of more than 5,600,000,000 miles. "This ball of gas, which supposedly contained all of the material in the solar system today, possessed at its beginning a very high temperature which it immediately began to lose, just as any hot object will lose its heat. This loss of heat caused shrinkage of the mass, and therefore increased rapidity of rotation. In the course of this rotation great rings of gas, one ring for each of the planets, were left by the contracting central mass. These rings, it is supposed, resembled those about the planet Sat- urn—in fact it is quite probable that the Saturnian rings sug- ested this part of the hypothesis. The rings in turn broke up, formed spheres, and in time gave off smaller rings to be- come the satellites. According to this interpretation, the earth was originally a globe of very hot vapor which in the course of time cooled, contracted, and gave off a ring which went through the same process and became the moon. The parent mass continued to cool and shrink until it became liquid, and finally formed a crust over its outer surface, the interior still remaining very hot. At this early stage of the earth’s history the atmosphere contained all of the gases which now compose it, great quanti- ties of gases that are now united with other elements as parts of the rocks, and all of the hydrogen and oxgen that are now in the waters of the planet. When the cooling process had gone on for so long that gases formerly in the atmosphere could stay in the earth, and those falling as water could re- main upon it instead of passing back as vapor, the ancestors _of our present oceans began to form. The hypothesis is skilfully devised, and carefully worked out in many of its details. But in many respects it contains glaring anomalies, and many of the conditions on which it de- pends could never have existed. In the first place, let us con- sider the supposed parent nebula a little more closely. The total amount of matter which it contained is now in the solar system—no more, no less. Its diameter was, of necessity, at least 5,600,000,000 miles, and the original hypothesis calls for , an even greater figure. Dr. Moulton, of the University of Chicago, has comptted that in such a nebula the density would be only one two-hundred-forty millionth of that of air at sea-level—thousands of times more rarified than the most 9 104 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST perfect vacuum that man has been able to produce. How such a nebula, too thin to be perceived by any of our instruments, could have held itself together, and could have retained its heat for any length of time is impossible to understand. Like- wise it is impossible that such a nebula should have given off a single ring, even at its earliest stages, or how such a ring, had it been formed, could have condensed into a sphere that could in time become a planet. As well ask the ring of smoke blown from your cigar or pipe to become a ball. There are also movements of certain of the planets and their satellites that argue strongly against the Laplacian idea. If satellites evolved from rings that come from rotating planets, they should revolve around those planets in the same directation and with the same speed that the planets them- selves turn upon their axes. Now the inner satellite of Mars revolves about the planet three times while Mars turns on its axis once, and the ninth satellite of Saturn has been shown to move in a direction opposite to the one in which the planet itself turns. Under the Laplacian hypothesis these things could not be, yet they unquestionably have been observed. There is, however, one other line of argument which would dispose of the ‘‘nebular” hypothesis even though there were no other points against it. The moment, or amount, of momen- tum of any freely rotating system such as that to which our earth belongs must forever remain constant; that is a well- established principle of physics. In any ancestor of our solar system the moment of momentum must have equaled that of the present system, for the matter composing the one com- poses the other. But we find that such a nebula as the one postulated by Laplace could not have thrown off a ring until it had shrunk far within the orbit of the innermost planet. In order for this nebula to have produced the supposed ring from which Neptune was to descend it must have possessed at at least 200 times the momentum that is in the solar system today. And yet the moment of momentum of any freely ro- tating system must forever remain constant. Or let us consider matters from another angle. If the Laplacian hypothesis were correct, the amount of momentum which a planetary ring could possess should be directly pro- portional to the amount of material in that ring; the greater THE ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE EARTH 105 the ring, the greater the moment of momentum. Now the mass of material composing the ring from which Jupiter and his suns supposedly descended was about one one-thousandth part of that of the parent nebula at that particular stage of its development, but these same planet and satellites contain 95 percent of the solar nebula at that stage. Equally striking discrepancies appear when the momentum of the other planets is considered. In other words, the Laplacian hypo- thesis seems to demand that the solar system be so organized that the planets and satellites, amounting to about one seven- hundredth of the total mass of the system, were able to carry off more than 97 percent of its total momentum. There is no law of physies or astronomy that will allow for such «@ condition. . So far, the arguments against the nebular hypothesis which we have considered have been principally astronomical, and eredit for their discovery and elaboration must be given to ‘Dr. F. R. Moulton, the first astronomer to seriously consider the difficulties in the way of Laplaceism. There are other arguments, perhaps equally strong, coming from the geolo- gists and paleontologists, but these will be left for considera- tion farther on in the paper. On the whole, the Laplacian hypothesis must be given up. The idea of a molten globe which is gradually cooling and losing its atmosphere; of the moon as a dead body, and the earth and Mars as dying ones is very poetic but it fails to stand the test of modern science. Writers of feature articles for Sunday papers, and of “popu- ‘lar’ books on alleged science still favor the old idea, for it works up excellently into sensational treatment. We must, however, as did geologists and astronomers of thirty years ago, look for another solution. 2.—The Meteoritic Hypotheses. No matter how great the popularity of any hypothesis there are bound to be people who will disagree with it and advance other ideas, and the Laplacian hypothesis was no exception to this rule. Hundreds, even thousands of years before La- place’s time it had been noted that “shooting stars” enter the atmosphere in great numbers, and that occasionally fragments of stony or metallic material fall to the earth. From the ob- 106 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST servation of these meteors and meteorites arose the idea that the earth had been built un from them, the rate of infall being more rapid in the early history of the process. The great irregularity in the motions and velocities of the observed meteorites soon shows that this explanation fails to account for the development of any such orderly and harmonious motions as are to be seen in the solar system. George Darwin, 2 son of the great Charles Darwin, still thought he saw in the infall of meteors and meteorites a possible solution of the origin of the solar system. He be- lieved that meteorites might be brought together into swarms, thus constituting nebulae. These nebulae would, according to Darwin, behave essentially as though they were composed of gases, and the laws of gases might be used in determining their mechanics. If this were the case, the same objections which have been raised against the Laplacian hypothesis apply to the one sponsored by Darwin and Lockyer, so it need not be given further attention. 3.—The Planetesimal Hypothesis. When the failings of the Laplacian hypothesis became so evident, and the hypothesis of Lockyer and Darwin showed itself to be unreliable—in fact, less satisfactory than that of Laplace—an alternative more suited to the facts was looked for. Earler astronomers and astrophysicists had maintained that the matter of a nebula, if composed of particles revolving around their common center of gravity, could not come to- ‘vether into planets without giving them a backward motion. The six inner planets of the solar system have forward rota- ‘tions, and for the time being all hypothesis of the strictly nebula type seemed to be ruled out. A more careful survey, by Doctors Moulton and Chamberlin, showed that this con- clusion was wrong, and that there was no initial barrier in the way of a hypothesis in which the solar system was sup- posed to be descended from a nebula. It was also shown by astronomic photography that there were many times the number of nebulae that there formerly were thought to be, and it was to these that Dr. Chamberlin turned his attention. The nebulae known at the present time seem to fall into two classes, when studied with the spectroscope. The first THE ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE EARTH 107 class is characterized by bright spectral lines: which indicate a structure somewhat akin to gaseous, although it is not cer- tain that this is the actual condition. Due to the fact that these nebulae show the presence of some elements not known to exist in any part of the solar system, and since there is absolutely no indication of metals in their constitution, they have been ruled out. It is, of course, conceivable that the elements composing these nebulae might in the course of time become elements such as we know, but is mere supposition, and will not suffice as a ground for basing a hypothesis. The other class of nebulae give what are called “continous line” spectra, which is commonly interpreted to mean that the materials composing them are in either liquid or solid state. It is also almost certain that these nebular materials are in very finely divided particles, for in spite of the immense size of the nebulae they are known to intercept very little light and possess but slight gravitativespower. Their spectra show, it seems, the presence of the same elements that compose the solar system, and their number is at least ten times as great as that of the nebulae of the “bright line’ type. The dominant type of these nebulae is the spiral, as was determined by the great astronomer Keeler, for years the director of the Lick Observatory. The distinguishing characteristic of the spiral nebulae is a central mass or ball with two arms which arise from opposite sides of the central mass and curve concentrically away from it. In the outer regions of these arms they commonly branch, but throughout all of the spiral nebulae the two dominant arms may be dis- tinguished. In these nebular arms there are also considerable knots between which the nebulous matter is irregularly dis- tributed. It is clear, from oblique views of the nebulae, such as that of Andromeda pictured in the accompanying plate, that the spirals are roughly disk-like, a shape which corres- ponds with that of the solar system. t The results of their study of the various characteristics of the spiral nebulae convinced Chamberlin and his associates that here, if anywhere among the astronomical bodies, they might successfully look for the traces of the earliest history of the solar system. While nothing is as yet known of the motions of the parts of these spirals, their shape seems to 108 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST indicate that they are the products of combined outward and rotatory movement. The former is indicated by the pro- tuberance of the arms, the latter by their pronounced coiling. Such a supposition calls for the existence of an earlier body that embraced the whole mass, and from which the present nebula is descended.. We are forced to look, not only for the ancestor of the solar system, but for the ancestor to that an- cestor. Such exploration must, of course, possess a good deal of uncertainty, and its results must be taken, as the saying is, with a grain of salt. Nevertheless, where there are thousands of known cases similar to that under consideration—i. e., the spiral nebula—and in all of these cases the same results are evident, it is not out of the way to suppose that the same causes apply throughout. What the scientist must do in such a case is to determine what conditions might produce the re- ‘sults observed, and take the most satisfactory of the hypo- theses as the one on which to base his further work. This is precisely what Professor Chamberlin did. The body most apt to produce a nebula of any sort is a sun, and of these there are more than 100,000,000 known, besides an unknown multitude of dark bodies which move through space, and of whose existence we have no definite knowledge. Among such a throng of celestial bodies it is almost inevitable that collisions should have occurred during the billions of years which the universe has been in existence. These collisions would naturally occur in the regions where stars are thickest, and it is worthy of note that in such a region, the Milky Way, the number of new stars—stars which appear where none were before—and also the number of bright line or free- molecular nebulae, are the greatest. This does not mean that the new stars and the bright line nebulae necessarily arise from the collision of two celestial bodies, but it does give weight to the statement that such collisions occur. If collisions between stars occur, as it is almost certain they do, there must be much greater probability of close approach of the stars to one another or to dark bodies. There are several astronomical considerations which make it probable that close approach rather than actual collision is responsible for the origin of the spiral nebulae, and it was therefore selected by Chamberlin. It must be remembered, however, THE ORIGIN. AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE EARTH 109 that the planetesimal hypothesis, as the proposed explanation of Chamberlin and Moulton is called, does not rely upon any set origin of the spiral nebulae; it merely proposes an origin for them. Its true basis is the existence of the spirals, which is unquestioned. Our present sun shoots out great protruberances to the heights of many thousands of miles at velocities which, were it not for the great weight of the sun’s atmosphere, would carry them to the outer limits of the solar system, or perhaps even beyond ft. Let us now suppose that another sun were to approach ours. The attraction between the two, due to eravity, would greatly increase the tension upon the sun, and would thus cause great tidal protuberances to arise. These protruberances, were the forces causing them great enough, might well leave the sun, never to return. Of such material, arising much as in the manner briefly outlined above, the planets and satellites are supposed to be composed. We have said that the forms of the spiral nebulae seem to imply that they originated through two types of movement— outward, and rotatory. The outward movement we have just accounted for in the projection of the protruberances from the parent sun through the attraction of another sun passing relatively near it. It now remains for us to account for the rotatory motion. The protuberances would, according to this hypothesis, be thrust out as the ancestral sun and the passing star were swinging about their common center of gravity. The protu- berance shot from the sun in the direction of the star would be drawn into a curved path by the.attraction of the star, and the same would be true of the opposite projection, but to a lesser extent. The accompanying diagram, taken from Moul- ton shows how this would develop a_ spiral from the partially disrupted sun. Since in the course of rotation the inner parts of the spiral moved more rapidly than the outer, just as the small hand of a clock rotates more rapidly than the large, the arms became more closely coiled, finally developing a closely coiled spiral probably somewhat similar to the accompanying restoration. Since the parent sun was gase- ous, as it is today, the particles composing the arms must have originally been in a free molecular state. Their enormous 110 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. dispersion, with corresponding opportunity for cooling would soon make of them liquid or solid particles revolving about the sun as their common center of gravity. These particles were the originals of the planetesimals, or as the word means, “little planets.” We now have the spiral nebula, ready for the final develop- ment into the solar system. In it are five elements which are to perform the leading parts in the evolution of a planetary — system from the spiral. They are: 1. The great central mass (to become the sun.) 2. The main knots in the arms (to become the planets.) 3. Minor arm knots near the large knots, and more or less controlled by them (to become nuclei for the satellites.) 4. Small, scattered knots (to become nuclei of the asteroids. ) Or _ scattered nebulous matter (to be added to the nuclei or sun. ) It is assumed that in the early spiral nebula the small par- ticles, or planetesimals, possessed elliptical orbits, as do the bodies of the solar system at the present time. All of these orbits would have as their gravitative center the sun, as would also the orbits of the nuclei. In the course of their passages through space the various bodies, both nuclei and planetesi- mals, would either pass near to each other or collide and as a result the small particles would be drawn to the larger par- ticles, and these in turn to the nuclei. We thus have the nuclei, or beginnings, of the planets gradually increasing in size by the aquisition of the scattered fine material of the nebula. How long this may have taken—how many thousands of millions of years the growth of a planet occupied—we have no means of telling, but without doubt it was many. How small the nucleus of the earth was we do not know, just as we do not know how rapidly it was built up. We know that the process has not yet ceased, for every year millions of meteors come within the atmosphere. Most of them become dust before reaching the surface of the earth, but the larger THE ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE EARTH 1 ia . ones occasionally pass through the atmosphere without being totally destroyed, and reach the earth as_ meteorites. Obviously the process is now going on much more slowly than it was during the early history of the system, for the larger bodies were undoubtedly acquired early in the growth of the planet. This conception of the origin of the earth differs, as can be readily seen, from the one proposed by Laplace. According to it the earth, instead of having shrunk from a ball much larger than it now is, has been built up from a mass the smallness of which cannot be determined. The moon, instead of being descended from a ring left behind by the contracting earth, had its origin in much the same manner as did our planet. Since it was never so large as the earth, and is quite near to it, it is controlled by the earth just as the earth is controlled by the sun. ; We now come to the question which proved the undoing of the Laplacian hypothesis—that of movement and rotation of the planets and satellites. But according to Chamberlin’s hypothesis there would be no fixed relation between the rotation of a planet and the revolution of its satellites. The rotation of either a planet or satellite may be forward, or it may be retrograde. The former would be the rule and the latter the exception, and this is precisely the case with the solar system. There are many other features of the solar system to be fittingly explained by the planetesimal hypo- thesis. Certain of them possess added weight because they were not discovered until after the hypothesis had been formulated and published. Any hypothesis, if it is to be con- sidered at all, must explain the facts which are known and considered when it is being formulated. But the hypothesis which merits serious study or even acceptance is the one which explains conditions that were unknown to its authors. This the planetesimal hypothesis of Chamberlin and Moulton to do. 112 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. FIGURE 1. A Diagram of the supposed earth-moon stage of the Laplacian hypo- thesis. 1 is the central mass which is to form the earth, and 2 the ring which supposedly condensed into. a ball and became the moon. B The earth on the Laplacian hypothesis. The heavy black portion .represents the supposed solid “crust”; the lined dise represents the “molten interior.” THE ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE EARTH 113 FIGURE 2 A section of the earth on the basis of the Planetesimal Hypothesis (after Chamberlin and Salisbury). The inner division 1, represents original planetesimal matter, with some igneous rocks. The second zone 2, represents the times of earliest sedimentation. Planetesimal matter still dominates, but there is much igneous rock, and some sedi- mentary rocks, now changed by pressure and other agencies. 3 is a zone rocks, now much changed by pressure and other agencies. 3 is a zone of lavas and other igneous rocks, largely volcanic, with some sedimen- tary rocks. It represents the deposits of the time when planetesimals ‘became few and small, but the pressure of the growing earth caused much vuleanism. 4 is the newer rocks, mostly sedimentary, represent- ing deposits made from the times of the earliest known abundant fossils to the present. 114 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. FIGURE 3. The ring nebula in the constellation Lyra. This nebula seems to be a great vortex of the smoke-ring type, and may be due to the center- to-center collision of two large suns. From Chamberlin. Photographed at the Lick Observatory. THE ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE EARTH 115 FIGURE 4. The great nebula in Orion, and the Fish-Mouth Nebula. There are several great nebulae of this type known, but these are the most notable They seem to have been co-partners in a mutual collision examples. Photographed at the at rates of many thousands of miles per second. Yerkes Observatory. From Chamberlin, University of Chicago Press. 116 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. FIGURE 5. The remarkable spiral nebula, M 51, in the constellation Canum Venaticorum, or the Hunting Dogs. This nebula shows with remark- able clearness the great central mass from which extend two partly coiled arms. In these arms can be seen large knots, which play so important a part in the conception of the Planetesimal Hypothesis. Photographed at the Yerkes Observatory. From Chamberlin, University of Chicago Press. THE ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE EARTH L1y FIGURE 6. An eruptive prominence of the sun, photographed at Yerkes Observa- tory on March 25, 1910. This prominence is but one of the many that are constantly being shot forth from the surface of the sun, rising many thousands of miles above its surface, and traveling at a speed of hundreds of miles per second in some cases. FIGURE 7. The same prominence shown in Figure 6, photographed 43.2 minutes later. The ynmense size of the prominence, and the great speed which it possesses may be judged by comparison with the previous figure, and with the curvature of the visible portion of the sun’s outline. Photographed at the Yerkes Observatory. From Chamberlin, University of Chicago Press. 118 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST: FIGURE 8. Kruptive prominences of the sun. Photographed at the Yerkes Ob- servatory. From Chamberlin, University of Chicago Press. THE ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE EARTH a) FIGURE 9. Diagram by F. R. Moulton showing the supposed manner in which orbits and the spiral form of the nebula were formed. S is the ancestral sun of the solar system; the approaching sun passes along the path of the larger curve. When it is at the position S1 it draws a body at P’ toward it in the direction of C’. As it passes on to S2 it acts similarly on the particles coming out towards P. The result is a loosely coiled spiral, with the particles composing it revolving around the central mass or sun. From Chamberlin. 120 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. FIGURE 10. A spiral nebula in the constellation Pegasi, in which the arms are remarkably distinct and very slightly coiled. This nebula is very much like the supposed solar system nebula would have been in its early stages, before the arms coiled closely.» Compare this nebula with the one shown in Figure 5. From Chamberlin, University of Chicago Press. THE ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE EARTH a2 1 / FIGURE 11. An eruptive prominence of the sun in which there is a series of smaller knots projected with the main knot. Under the gravitative pull of a passing sun, such as postulated in the Planetesimal Hypothesis, there would be many such knots as these, but of even greater dimensions. Photographed at the Yerkes Observatory. From Chamberlin, University of Chicago Press. » £22 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. FIGURE 12. : An edge view of the spiral nebula HV 24, Comae Berenices, showing that it has a highly discoidal form. The dark band that shows across the central ball is probably caused by light-absorbing matter. The fact that spiral nebula are discoidal in form supports the hypothesis that the solar system, also discoidal, is descended from one of them. Photo- graphed at the Lick Observatory. From Chamberlin, University of Chicago Press, THE ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE EARTH 123 FIGURE 13. The spiral nebula M 74, in the constellation Piscium. This nebula contains a large central body and two well-defined and closely coiled arms. The arms bear a large series of knots that seem to be highly suited to serve as collecting centers for the nearby, scattered nebulous matter. Photographed at the Lick Observatory. From Chamberlin, University of Chicago Press. 124 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. FIGURE 14. 29 The gigantic nebula M 338, in Triangulum. Even this immense nebula is not too large to have originated in the manner which Dr. Chamberlin assigns for the formation of the spiral nebulae. Photographed at the Yerkes Observatory. From Chamberlin, University of Chicago Press. THE ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE EARTH 125 4.—Effects of the Planetary Hypothesis on Scientific Ideas. Such a radical change of thought as that involved in the giving up of the Laplacian hypothesis and the acceptance, either provisionally or otherwise, of the newer ideas of Cham- berlin and his co-workers could hardlly fail to affect scientific thought. We used to be taught that the earth was originally intensely hot; that its atmosphere was at the same time very heavy. We were told that the oceans were once composed of hot water, and that life could not exist until they had had time to cool. The atmosphere was said to be steadily decreas- ing in amount, and the atmosphere moon was held up to us as a horrible example of what the earth would some day come to. Under the new hypothesis, conditions were very different, and these conditions coincide with the evidences of geology and bilogy. The earth was at one time, during the stage when it was just developing as a planet, too small to hold an atmos- phere, just as is the case with the moon at the present time. Gradually the planet increased in size until it became large enough to hold an atmosphere—that is, about as large as the planet Mars. From that time on the earth has been growing, and its atmosphere increasing. When the oceans first formed they were probably no warmer than those of today, and the first life began in conditions essentially the same as those which now exist. Hundreds of millions of years age there were great glaciers that reached far down into the torrid belt —to within 18 degrees of. the equator, and hundreds of millions of years ago there were deserts, just as there are today. The interior of*the earth is not inherited from a molten mass, nor is the center of the earth molten at the present time. Volcanoes, instead of springing from a great internal reservoir of molten material are comparatively super- ficial in their origin. These facts we know from geology and physics. They exist, yet they fit no known hypothesis but the Planetesimal. In closing, however, it will be well to bear in mind that the planetesimal hypothesis is not proved. The difference between a hypothesis and a theory is essentially the difference between perhaps and probably. A hypothesis 126 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. that is well enough substantiated may become a theory. To many it seems that the planetesimal hypothesis is. receiving this support, but the authors do not yet assign to it the ele- ment of certainty that is implied in the use of the word “theory.” There are some statements, however, that may be made with certainty. One of these is that neither the Laplacian hypo- thesis nor any modification of it, nor any of the hypothesis of the meteoritic group offer anything whatever of a satisfactory interpretation of the origin of the solar system. They have been definitely proved to possess no foundation, and to attempt. to use them further, whether in geology or in any other science is futile. On the other hand, the planetesimal hypothesis stands out as the one existing explanation of the earth’s origin which has not shown flaws. It is in accord with all known facts ,and as said before, explains some that were unknown at the time it was originally proposed. It affords a reasonable and satisfactory basis for scientific and popular thought, and as such a basis it is of almost inestimable value. Nomenclatorial Notes on Certain American Plants.—I. HOMER D. HOUSE. BOTRYCHIUM ONEIDENSE (Gilbert) House, comb. nov. This was originally described from Oneida county, New York, as a variety of Botrychium ternatum (Fern Bul. (9) 27. 1901), and later (Walters, Ferns p. 334. 1903), transferred to Botrychium obliquum as a variety. Additional collections from Albany and Greene counties indicate that it is more properly to be regarded as a distant species. AGROSTIS PECKII House, nom. nov. A. caespitosa Torrey, Ann. Lyc. N. Y. (1): 152. 1824. Not Salisb. Trichodium montanum Torr. Fl. N. & Mid. U. S. (1): 84. 1824. Not Agrostis montana R. Br. A. torreyi Kunth, Enum. (1): 226. 1833.—Tuckerman*in Hovey’s Mag. Hort. (9): 148. 1948. Not A. torreyana Schultes, 1824. A. laxiflora var. montana Tuckerm. Am. Jour. Sci. (45): 43. 1843. A. laviflora var. caespitosa Torrey, Fl. N. Y. (2): 442. 1848. A. oreophila (Trinius, misapplied by) Nash, in Britton & Brown, . NOMENCLATORIAL NOTES ON CERTAIN AM. PLANTS 127 illus. Fl. Ed. 2, (1): 207. 1918; Robinson & Fernald in Gray, Man. Ed. 7, 1908. A rather anomalous species, closely related to Agrostis hyemalis, possessing awned spikelets, and at higher altitudes with a tendency to form tufts with numerous slender radical leaves. The species as here considered may be regarded as based upon Agrostis caespitosus Torrey (1824), who first de- seribed it fully. The awn, when present, varies in length and springs from the back of the flowering glume. In recent floras this has been designated as A. oreophila. Trinius, but that according to Hitchcock is, as to type Sper: men, a small erect form of Agrostis perennans. _ Torrey’s type was collected on Mt. Beacon, near Fishkill, and it also occurs on Bald mountain, Herkimer county, Plaine, Haberer; Essex county, Peck, and Hamilton county, Peck. TRIANTHELLA House, Gen. nom. nov. Tofieldia, Sect. Triantha Nutt. Gen. (1): 235. 1818. Triantha Baker, Jour. Linn. Soc. (17): 490. 1879. Not Trianthus Hook. f. Fl. Antart. (2): 320. 1846. - TRIANTHELLA GLUTINOSA (Michx.) House, comb. nov. Narthecium glutinosum Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. (1): 210. 1803. Tofieldia glutinosa Pers. Syn. (1): 399. 1805. e Triantha glutinosa Baker, 1. c. TRIANTHELLA RACEMOSA (Walt.) House, comb. nov. Melanthium racemosum Walt. Fl. Car. 126. 1788. Narthecium pubens Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. (1): 209. 1803. Tofieldia pubens Willd. Ges. Naturf. Fr. Berl. Mag. (2): 28. 1808. Tofieldia racemosa B. S. P. Prel. Cat. N. Y. 55. 1888. Triantha racemosa Small, Fl. SE. U. S. 249. 1908. In this connection it is necessary to consider the generic name Conradia or’ (Leptilix) Raf. Neogent. 3. 1825, which reads as follows: “Diff. Tofieldia; cal. tridentate, cor. six parted, stam. six, base broad, pistil triangular, three short styles and capitate stigmas; one capsule, three angular, three locular, three valve, six seeded. Type all the American species of Tofieldia; the European have three capsules, six petals, etc.” Tofieldia palustris Huds., with a deeply 3-lobed capsule, occurs in Europe and across the subarctic portions of Amer- ica, a fact probably unknown to Rafinesque, which may ex- 128 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. plain his statement that Conradia includes all of the Ameri- can species of Tofieldia. No definite type species is indicated, and the statement regarding the stamens having ‘‘base broad”’ applies better to Tofieldia glabra Nutt., than to the species of Triantha (Nutt.) Baker, and hence the name Conradia, doubt- less meant by its author to cover this group, must be dis- carded, or at best considered as a synonym of Tofieldia. POLYGONELLA SEROTINA (Raf.) House, comb. nov. Polygonum serotinum Raf. Ann. Nat. 12. 1920. ; Gonopyrum americanum F..& M. Mem. Acad. St, Petersb. (VI) (4): 144, 1840. Polygonella ericoides Engelm. & Gray, Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist. (5): 280. 1845. Polygenella meissneriana Shuttl. ex Meissn. in DC. Prades (CLA) ie Sik 1856. Polygonella americanum Small, Torr. Club Mem. (5): 141. 1894. The description of this species by Rafinesque is clear and sufficiently accurate to quite positively identify it with P. americanum (F. & M.) Small. The type locality is given as near Lexington, Kentucky. Rafinesque states that the species will probably belong to the genus Polygonella of Michaux, which he has called Lyonella. (In this connection it is to be noted that Lyonia Raf. Med. Repos. II. (5): 353. 1808, is a mere renaming of Polygonella Michaux, and hence rests upon the same type species. Lyonella Raf. Am. Mo. Mag. (2): 266. 1818, is also a renaming of Michaux’s genus Polygonella. In the second edition of the Flora of the Southeastern United States, Small places P. articulata and P. americana, in the genus Gonopyrum Fisch. & Mey. 1840; and if this segregation of Polygonella be maintained, the plant under consideration will be called GONOPYRUM SEROTINUM (Raf.) House, comb. nov. VITIS LECONTIANA, House, nom. nov. Vitis bicolor LeConte, Proc. Acad. Phila. (1852-53): 272. 1854. Not V. bicolor Raf. Med. Fl. (2): 140. 1820. From the manner in which “Vitis bicolor’ is cited in the Index Kewensis, the authors of that index must have assumed that Rafinesque’s species was the same in character as well as in name, as that well known species first described by Le- Conte. An examination of Rafinesque’s description, however, NOMENCLATORIAL NOTES ON CERTAIN AM. PLANTS 129 shows that his V. bicolor applies to some cultivated variety of Vitis vinifera with “berries round, soft, black and white on the same branch,” and further, the description is placed in Section II, “Exotic Grape Vines.” Section I of Rafinesque’s “monograph,” treats of the “North American Grape Vines,” and among the many species so inadequately defined, the real Vitis bicolor of LeConte, may exist under the names: V. callosa, V. hyemalis, V. labrus- coides or V. dimidata, but it is quite impossible to find any- thing in the description of these four, which might positively indentify them with Vitis bicolor LeConte, here renamed in his honor. In this connection it should be noted that while most of Rafinesque’s names in the genus Vitis are impossible of recog- nition, they nevertheless render several later names invalid, Viz: Vitis farinosa Welw., Not Raf. Vitis integrifolia Baker, Not Raf. Vitis montana M. Laws., Not Raf. Vitis obovata M. Laws., Not Raf. Vitis obovata Baker, Not Raf. VITIS SHUTTLEWORTHII, House, nom. nov. Vitis coriacea Shuttlw., ex C. Koch, Dendrol. (1): 550. Not V. coriacea Miq. Ann. Mus. Bot. Ludg. Bat. (1): 78. Native of peninsular Florida, in sandy soil. PLUCHEA VISCIDA (Raf.) House, comb. nov. Gynema viscida Raf. Ann. Nat. 15. 1820. G. dentata Raf.; DC. Prodr. (5): 452. 1830. Pluchea petiolata Cass. Dict. Sci. Nat. (42): 2. 1836. P. foetida DC., 1. c. The description by Rafinesque reads as follows: “Partly pubescent and clammy; leaves petiolate, elliptical, lanceolate, acuminate at both ends, mucronate, serrate, base entire, flowers corymbose, terminal and axillary, glomeru- lated ; folioles of the perianthe ovate-lanceolate, acute, rufous, ciliolate—A fine species not uncommon in Kentucky in fields and woods. It belongs to the genus Gynema of my Flora Ludoviciana. Stem two to three feet high. The whole plant has a very strong balsamic smell. It blossoms in August and 130 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. September; flowers pale red. I had formerly called it G. dentata. Biennial.” I am unable to find that Rafinesque had made an earlier publication of the name “G. dentata,’” and I assume that it was a manuscript name, and one evidently transmitted to his European correspondents, as the name seems to make its first appearance in DeCandolle’s Prodromus in 1830. CLINOPODIUM ARKANSANUM (Nutt.) House, comb. nov. Hedeoma glabra Nutt. Gen. (1): 16. 1818. Not Pers. 1805. Hedeoma arkansana Nutt. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. N. S. (5): 186. 1834. Calamintha nuttalla Benth. in DC. Prodr. (12): 230. 1848. Rafinesquia angustifolia Raf. New FI, (8): 51. 1838. , Micromeria glabella var. angustifolia Torrey, Fl. N. Y. (2): 67. 1843. Satureia arkansana Briq. in Engl. & Prantl. Pflanzenfl. (4): Ab. 3, 302. 1896. S. glabra Fernald, Rhodora (10): 85. 1908. The range of this little member of the Mint family reaches eastward to New York state, at Niagara Falls. VIBURNUM ERADIATYUM (Oakes) House, comb. nov. Viburnum pauciflorum Pylaie; Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. (2): 17. 1841. Not Raf. Alsog. Am. 58. 18388. V. opulus var. eradiatum Oakes, in Hovey’s Mag. Hort. (7): 183. 1841. A subalpine species extending into the high mountains of northern New England and New York, and to northern Michigan and Minnesota. AGALOMA ELLIOTTII House, nom. nov. Euphorbia gracilis Ell. Bot. S. C. & Ga. (2): 657. 1824. Not Lois. 1807, or Bess. 1816. Agaloma gracilis Nieuwl. Am. Mid. Nat. (2): 299. 1912. Tithymalopsis gracilis Small, Fl. SE. U. S. 716. 1903. Dr. Nieuwland (Am. Mid. Nat. 2: 299) has pointed out the fact that Agaloma Raf. is the correct generic name for the Euphorbiaceous genus heretofore called Tithymalopsis... The specific name, however, for this species is invalidated by the publication of two other species both called Euphorbia gracilis. AGALOMA MARYLANDICA (Greene) House, comb. nov. Euphorbia marylandica Greene, Pittonia (3): 345. 1898. An anamolous species of very limited range, known only from a few localities in the sandy region between Baltimore NOMENCLATORIAL NOTES ON CERTAIN AM. PLANTS 131 and Washington. It is not improbable that this is the Euphorbia uniflora, so inadequately described by Rafinesque (Med. Repos. II (5) : 360. 1808), from the same region. SOLIDAGO ALLEGHANIENSIS House, nom. nov. Solidago monticola T. & G.; Chapm. Fl. So. U. S. 209. 1860. Not Jordon, in Bor. Fl. Centr. Fr. Ed. 8, (2): 324. 1857. S. curtisti var. monticola T. & G. Fl. N. Am. (2): 200. 1840. In deep mountain woods from southern Pennsylvania and Maryland to West Virginia and Georgia and Alabama. SOLIDAGO SALARIA House, nom. nov. Solidago angustifolia Ell. Bot. S. C. & Ga. (2): 388. 1824. Not Mill. Gard. Dict. Ed. 8, No. 3, 1768. In marshes along the coast of the southeastern United States. Apparently also described by Pursh (FI. 541. 1814) as Solidago mexicana, but not the S. mexicana of Linnaeus. FRAGARIA MICHAUXIANA House, nom. nov. Fragaria canadensis Michx. F]. Bor. Am. (1): 299. 1803. Not Crantz, 1766. F. virginiana Eaton, Man. Ed. 6, 148, in part. 1833. Not Duchesne. A common species of the northeastern United States. It is possible that the imperfect description of Fragaria serotina Rafinesque (Atl. Jour. 152. 1832) applies to this species, but positive identification of his descriptioin with this species appears to be impossible. SPONDOGONA Raf. Sylva Tellur: 35. 1838. Dipholis A. DC. in DC. Prodr. (8): 188. 1844. The generic name Dipholis A. DC., of the Sapotacae is ante- dated by Spondogena Raf., the type of which is S. nitida, based upon the Bumelia salicifolia of Swartz. The only species of the United States, found on the Florida Keys and also in the West Indies is: SPONDOGONA SALICIFOLIA (L.) House, comb. nov. Achras salicifolia L. Sp. Pl. Ed. 2, 469. 1762 Sideroxylon salicifolium Gaertn. Fr. & Sem. (3): 124. t. 202. Bumelia salicifolia Sw. Prodr. Veg. Ind. Occ. 50. 1788. Spondogona nitida Raf., 1. ¢. Dipholis salicifolia A. DC., 1. ¢. Several additional species of this genus are found through- out the West Indies. 132 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. vl . nid MINUARTIA L. Sp. Pl. 89. 1753. The generic name Minuartia appears to be the earliest available name for the group of species commonly referred to Alsine Wahl. (Not L.), and more recently to Alsinopsis Small (Fl. SE. U.S. 419. 1903). Arenaria verna L. has already been transferred to Minuar- tia by Hiern in 1899, who appears to have made the correct delimitation of this group of species. MINUARTIA MICHAUXII (Fenzl.) House, comb. nov. Arenaria stricta Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. (1): 274. 1803. Not Minaurtia stricta Hiern. 1899. Alsine michauxti Fenzl. Verbr. Alsin. Tabl. 18. 1833. Arenuria michausxtt Hook. f. Trans. Linn. Soc. (23): 287. 1867. Other species of this genus in North America are: M. ARTICA (Stev.) Arenaria arctica Stev. M. BIFLORA (L.) Stellaria biflora L. M. BREVIFOLIA (Nutt.) Arenaria brevifolia Nutt. M. CALIFONICA (Brewer) Arenaria californica Brewer M. CAROLINIANA (Walt.) Arenaria caroliniana Walt. M. DAWSONENSIS (Britton) Arenaria dawsonensis Britton M. DOUGLASII (Fenzl.) Arenaria douglasi. Fenzl. M. GLABRA (Michx.) Arenaria glabra Michx. A. groenlandica var. glabra Fernald. Alsinopsis glabra Small M. GROENLANDICA (Retz) Stellaria groenlandica Retz M. HOWELLII (S. Wats.) Arenaria howellii S. Wats. M. LARCIFOLIA (L.) Arenaria larcifolia L. M. LITOREA (Fernald) Arenaria litorea Fernald M. MACRANTHA (Rydb.) Alsinopsis macrantha Rydb. M. MACROCARPA (Pursh.) Arenaria macrocarpa Pursh M. MARCESCENS (Fernald) Arenaria marcescens Fernald M. NUTTALLII (T. & G.) Arenaria nuttallu T. & G. M. OBTUSILOBA (Rydb.) Alsinopsis obtusiloba Rydb. M. OCCIDENTALIS (Heller) ‘ Arenaria nuttallii Pax. Alsinopsis occidentalis Heller M. .PALUDICOLA (Robinson) Arenaria paludicola Robinson M. PATULA (Michx.) _ Arenaria patula Michx. M. PROPINQUA (Richards) Arenaria verna var. propinqua Richards M. PUSILLA (S. Wats.) Arenaria pusilla S. Wats. NOMENCLATORIAL NOTES ON.CERTAIN AM. PLANTS 133 M. QUADRIVALVIS (R. Br.) - Arenaria quadrivalvis R. Br. M. ROSSII (Richards) Arenaria rossii Richards M. SAJANENSIS ( Willd.) Arenaria sajanensis Willd. M. TENELLA (Nutt.) Arenaria tenella Nutt. M. TEXANA (Robinson) Arenaria stricta var. texana Robinson M. UNIFLORA (Walt.) ° Stellaria uniflora Walt. ALSINE L. The type of the genus Alsine L., is Alsine segetalis L., a a species congeneric with the several species heretofore placed in Tissa, Buda, Spergularia or Lepigonium. The species of the Eastern United States are: | ALSINE MARITIMA Pall. Reise Russ. (3): 603. 1776 (Aren- aria rubra marina L.; Spergularia salina J. & C. Presl.; Alsine media Crantz, not L.; Tissa marina Britton.) ALSINE RUBRA (L.) Crantz, Instit. (2): 407. 1766. (Aren- aria rubra L.; Tissa rubra Britton). ALSINE MARGINATA (DC.) Reichenb. Fl. Germ. Excurs. 566. 1832. (Arenaria marginata DC.; Lepigonium marinum Wahl.; Buda media Dumort.; Alsine marina Wahl.; Tissa marginata Heller; Spergularia alata Wiegand). ALSINE CANADENSIS (Pers.) House, comb. nov. Arenaria rubra, B, Michx. Fl]. Bor. Am. (1): 274. 1803. A. canadensis Pers. Syn. (1): 504. 1805. Tissa salina Britton, Torr. Club Bul. (16): 127. 1889 (as to deser., excel. synonymy). Buda borealis S. Wats. in Gray, Man. Ed. 6, 90. 1890. Spergularia borealis Robinson, in Gray, Syn. Fl. (1): 252. 1897. A species of the northern shores of eastern America, which appears to reach its southern limit of distribution on the shore of Shelter Island, opposite Greenport, N. Y., where collected by Peck in 1871. The following species of this group have been described from or reported from western America. ALSINE CLEVELANDI (Greene) Tissa clevelandi Greene ALSINE DIANDRA (Guss.) Arenaria diandra Guss. Aren- aria salsuginea Bunge: Tissa diandra Britton ALSINE TENUIS (Greene) Lepigoniwm tenue Greene; Tissa tenuis Greene; Spergularia tenuis Robinson 134 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. ALSINE MACROTHECA (Hornem.) Arenaria macrotheca Hornem.; Tissa macrotheca Britton ALSINE LEUCANTHA (Greene) Tissa leucantha Greene ALSINE GREENEI, nom. nov. Tvissa pallida Greene; Britton Torr. Club Bul. (16) : 128. 1889. Not Alsine pallida Dum. ALSINE VALIDA (Greene) Tissa valida Greene ALSINE LUTEOLA (Greene) Tissa luteola Greene ALSINE MEXICANA (Hemsl.) Spergularia mexicana Hemsl.; Tissa mexicana Britton ALSINE PLATENSIS (Cambess) Balardia platensis Cambess; Lepigonium gracile S. Wats.; Spergularia platensis Fenzl.; Tissa gracilis Britton; Spergularia gracilis Robinson. ALSINE BRACTEATA (Robinson) Spergularia salsuginea var. bracteata Robinson; S. diandra Robinson; Tissa bracteata Small. ALSINE SPARSIFLORA (Greene) Tissa sparsiflora Greene ORTHILIA Raf. Aut. Bot. 103. 1840. Ramischia Opiz, Seznam 82. 1852. Actinocyclus Klotzsch,, Akad. Monats Berlin (1857): 14. 1857. ORTHILIA SECUNDA (L.) House, comb. nov. Pyrola secunda L. Sp. Pl. 396. 1753. R. secundiflora Opiz, 1. ¢. Actinocyclus secundus Klotzsch, 1. c. R. secunda Garcke, Fl. Deuts. Ed. 4, 222. 1858. O. parvifolia Raf., 1. ¢. In our northern swamps, merging into the var. OBTUSATA (Turcez.) House, comb. nov. (Pyrola secunda var. obtusata Turcz.), originally described from northern Asia and Europe, but which appears to be practically the same as described by Paine (Cat. Pl. Oneida County 135. 1865), as var.. pumila. All intermediate forms between the typical species and the var. obtusata, occur in a swamp near Newcomb, New York. An additional species of this genus occurs in Mexico. ORTHILIA ELATIOR (Lang) House, comb. nov. (Actinocyclus secundus elatior Lange; Ramischia elatior Rydberg), BRAXILIA Raf. Aut. Bot. 102. 1840. Eralebenia Opiz, Seznam 41. 1852. Amelia Alef. Linnaea (28): 25. 1856, NOMENCLATORIAL NOTES ON CERTAIN AM. PLANTS 13! BRAXILIA MINOR (L.) House, comb. nov. Pyrola minor L. Sp. Pl. 396. 17538. Eraulebenia rosea (Smith) Opiz, 1. c. Amelia minor Alef., 1. c. Braxilia parvifolia Raf., 1. ¢. Common to the subarctic and northern boreal regions of Europe, Asia and America, reaching the eastern United States only in the northern portions of New England and Minnesota and extending southward into the high mountains of Colorado and California. Plants of Fargo, North Dakota, With Dates of Flowering. O. A. STEVENS (Continued from the last issue.) Typhaceae. Cattail Family. Typha latifolia 1. CAT-TAIL. Ditches and ponds. Common. June 20. Sparganiacea. Bur-reed Family. -—* Sparganium eurycarpum Engelm. BUR-REED. Ditches, sloughs and ponds. Common. June 20. Potamogetonaceae. Pond-weed Family. Potamogeton americanus Cham. & Schlect. * In water. Bergman and Stevens, rg1o. Potamogeton perfoliatus L. REDHEAD GRASS. In water. Bolley in 1891; L. R. Waldron in 1902. Potamogeton peciinatus 1. SAGO PONDWEED. In water of river. Common. Name from the tubers which are eaten by the wild ducks. Naiadaceae. Naias Family. Natas flexilis (Willd.) R. & S. Ponds. Collected by Lee, but specimen bears no date (No. 1338) Cammelinaceae. Spiderwood Family. Tradescantia bracteata Small. SPIDERWORT. Prairie, fields, and especially in gravel along railroad. Common. May 30 (27). The record of 7. occidentalis is evidently an error, the specimen being 7. bracteata. x 136 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. Melanthaceae. Bunch-flower Family. Zygadenus chloranthus Richards. CAMAS. Prairie. Lee in a891. June 25. Liliaceae. Lily Family. Allium stellatum Ker. 3 *PINK WILD ONION. Prairie. Common. Aug. 5 (2). Allium reticulatum Don. *WHITE WILD ONION. Prairie. Frequent. May 20 (22). Allium tricoccum Ait. WILD LEEK. Woods. Common. : Lilium umbellatum Pursh. WILD LILY. Prairie. Lee in 1891. June 25 (24). me Convallariaceae. Lily-of-the-valley Family. Asparagus officinalis L. ASPARAGUS. Frequently escaped from cultivation. May 30 (29). Vaguera racemosa (1,.) Morong. FALSE SPIKENARD. Woods. Occasional. May 30 (30). Vagnera stellata (1,.) Morong. STAR-FLOWERED SOLOMON’S SEAL. Woods. Frequent. May 20 (20). Unifolium canadense (Desf.) Greene. FALSE LILY-OF-THE-VALLEY. Frequent in aspen woods on Minnesota side. May 30. Uvularia grandiflora J. E. Smith. LARGE-FLOWERED BELLWORT. Woods. Occasional, common in aspen woods. May to (8). Uvularia sessilifolia L. “SMALL BELLWORT,. Common in aspen woods on Minnesota side, rare on Fargo side. May 15 (13). Polygonatum commutatum (R. & S.) Dietr. SOLOMON’S SEAL. Woods and thickets. Common. June 20 (18). Trilliaceae. Trillium Family. Trillium cernuum LL. NODDING WAKE ROBIN. Woods. Frequent. May 15 (16). Smilacaceae. Smilax Family. Smilax herbacea \. CARRION FLOWER.- Woods and thickets. Common. May 30 (29). Our plant is not especially strong scented. Juncaceae. Rush Family. _ Juncus balticus Willd. - Low wet places. Frequent. June ro. PLANTS OF Farco, ETc. 137 Juncus interior Wiegand. *PRAIRIE RUSH. Prairie. Frequent. Juncus torreyz Coville. Bolley in 1891. Araceae. Arum Family. Arisaema triphyllum (1.) Torr. JACK-IN-THE-PULPIT. Woods. Common. May Io. A Lemnaceae. Duskweed Family. Lemna trisulca \. : IVY-LEAVED DUCKWEED. Ponds and ditches. Common. Lemna minor \,. SMALL DUCKWEED. On ponds and river. Conunon. : Spirodela polyrhiza (1,.) Schleid. LARGE DUCKWEED. On river with the preceding. Stevens in 1919. Amaryllidaceae. Amaryllis Family. Hypoxis hirsuta (1,.) Coville. STAR GRASS. Low prairie. Lee in 18q1. Iridaceae. Iris Family. Sisyrinchium angustifolium Mill. BLUE-EYED GRASS. Prairie and uncultivated fields. Common. May 20 (18). Orchidaceae. Orchid Family. . Cypripedium candidum Willd. “SMALL WHITE LADY'S SLIPPER. Lee in 1891; L. R. Waldron in 1899. Coeloglossum bracteatum (Willd.) Parl. LONG-BRACTED ORCHIS. Woods. Occasional. May 20. Cyperaceae. Sedge Family. Cyperus erythrorhizos Muhl. Riverbank. Frequent. Aug. 5. Cyperus esculentus L. Riverbank (Oak Grove). A considerable colony, first collected by Stevens in rg18. Scirpus validus Vahl. GREAT BULRUSH. Sloughs, ditches and ponds. Common. June 25. Scirpus heterochaetus Chase. Ditches west of Agr. College. May 30. Scirpus paludosus A. Nels. PRAIRIE BULRUSH. More in low flat areas than the last or next. Common. \ 138 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. Scirpus fluviatilis (Torr.) Gray. RIVER BULRUSH. Sloughs and ditches. Common. June to. Scirpus atrovirens Muhl. Lee ins 1891. June 30. Heleocharis engelmanni Steud. Low, wet places. Occasional. Heleocharis palustres:(1,.) R. & S. SPIKE RUSH Pond margins and ditches. Common. May 20 (21). Heleocharis acicularis (L.) R. & S. Pond margins and ditches, especially on mud. left by retreating water. Common. Heleocharis wolfu Gray. Low prairie. Occasional. Heleocharis acuminata (Michx.) Nees. Low prairie and ditches. Common. May 25 (25). Carex rosea Schk Woods and thickets. Frequent at least on Minnesota side. May 20. Carex deweyana Schwein. DEWEY’S SEDGE. Woods. Occasional. May 20. ; Carex vulpinoidea Michx. FOX SEDGE. Low ground. Common. June 20. “Carex gravida Bailey. Low prairie or near thickets and woods. Common. Carex stipata Muhl. Roadside ditch near Agr. College; ‘Stevens and C. H. Waldron in IgIO. Carex marcida Boott. — Prairie, especially lower parts. Common. May 20. Carex sychnocephala Carey. Riverbank. Occasional. Carex straminea Willd. Three specimens referred here by Bergman. Carex festucacea Schk. _ FESCUE SEDGE. Prairie and roadsides. Common. May 25 (24). Carex bicknellit Britton. One specimen referred here by Bergman. Carex aquatilis Vahl. Riverbank. Frequent. PLANTS OF FARGO, ETC. 139 Carex laxiflora Lam. Woods. Frequent. May 25 (27). si Carex tetanica Schk. Prairie. Stevens in 1920. Carex polygama Schk. BROWN SEDGE. Woods on Minnesota side. Carex gracillima Schwein. Woods on Minnesota side. Carex obtusata Ll}. Low prairie. Stevens in 1920. Quite abundant at least in this particular place (3 mi. NW.) ‘Carex pennsylvanica Lam. ; Woods. Frequent. May 5 (6); woodland, form, excluding Apr. 4, 1910. Bergman includes in this a form common on the prairie (C. heliophile Mackenzie). Carex lanuginosa Michx. Low prairie or ditches. Common. May 20 (21). Carex trichocarpa Muhl. Sloughs and other low ground. Common. ‘The var. aristata (R.Br.) Bailey perhaps also common. Carex assiniboiensis W. Boott. Woods on Minnesota side. Frequent. Poaceae. Grass Family. ° Andropogon furcatus Muhl. BIG BLUE STEM. Prairie. Common. July 30 (Aug. 1). Sorghastrum nutans (1,.) Nash. INDIAN GRASS. Prairie. Bolley in 18go. Syntherisma sanguinalis (1,.) Dulac. — CRAB GRASS. _ Lawn. Stevens in 1920. Syntherisma humifusum (Pers.) Rydb. SMALL CRAB GRASS. Lawns or waste ground. Occasional. Panicum capillare \. WITCH GRASS. Fields and roadsides. Common. July 5. Panicum muiliaceum 1. PROSO MILLET. Occasionally escaped from cultivation. Panicum virgatum L,. SWITCH GRASS. Low prairie. Common. July ro. Panicum perlongum Nash. Low prairie. Stevens in 1920; very abundant in this particular * place (3 miles’'N. W.) June 20. 140 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. Panicum leibergit (Vasey) Scribn. Prairie. Common. June 20. Echinochloa crusgalli (1,.) Beaur. BARNYARD GRASS. Fie ds and various low places. Common. July 20. Chaetochloa glauca (I.) Scribn. YELLOW PIGEONGRASS. Fields and roadsides. Common. fuly 15. Chaetochloa viridis (1,.) Seribn. GREEN PIGEONGRASS. Fields and roadsides. Common. June 25. Chaetochloa ttalica (1,.) Seribn. ITALIAN. MILLET. Frequently escaped from cultivation. Cenchrus carolinianus Walt. SANDBUR. Along N. P. Ry. Stevens in 1918. : Zizania aquatica I, WILD RICE. INDIAN RICE. Edge of river. Abundant in some years (1910, 1918, 1919), none or rare in others (1920). Aug. Io. Homalocenchrus oryzoides (1,.) Poll. CUT-GRASS. Riverbank. Common. Aug. 15. ~ Phalaris arundinacea \,. : REED CANARY GRASS. Ditches or low prairie. Frequent. June 20. Phalaris canariensts \,. : CANARY GRASS. L. R. Waldron in 1895. Hierochloa adorata (1,.) Wahl. SWEET GRASS. Low prairie or roadsides. Common. May 15 (14). Stipa viridula Trin. FEATHER GRASS. Prairie and roadside. Frequent. June 15 (15). Stipa comata ‘Trin. & Rupr. NEEDLE GRASS. Along railroad (introduced in gravel?) Occasional. Stipa spartea Trin. PORCUPINE GRASS. Prairie. Frequent. June 25 (one year only; wiridula on same date). Oryzopsis asperifolia Michx. MOUNTAIN RICE. Aspen woods on Minnesota side. May ro. Oryzopsis racemosa (Sm.) Ricker. Woods. Occasional. Muhlenbergia mexicana (1,.) ‘Trin. Woods. Frequent. Aug. 15. Muhlenbergia racemosa (Michx) B. S. P. WILD TIMOTHY. Woods and roadsides. Common. _Muhlenbergia foliosa Trin. + PLANTS OF FARGO, ETC. 141 A specimen from the aspen woods on the Minnesota side seems to belong here (Stevens in 1918). Muhlenbergia cuspidata (Yorr.) Nash. Prairie. Stevens in 1920. June 25. Phleum pratense WL. ; TIMOTHY. Roadsides. Common. July 5. Alopecurus geniculatus 1. MARSH FOXTAIL. Low fields, ditches, pond and river margins. Common. June 5 (4). Alopeeurus pratensis 1. MEADOW FOXTAIL. Field (planted?) near Sacred Heart Academy. Plowed up in 1920. May 30. Sporobolus neglectus Nash. SMALL RUSH GRASS. Dry roadsides, walks, and lawns. Common. Aug. 15. Sporobolus asper (Michx.) Kunth. LONG-LEAVED RUSH GRASS. Prairie. Frequent. (Seen both south and north of town in 1920 but not previously recorded.) Sporobolus cryptandrus (Yorr.) Gray. DROPSEED GRASS. Along railroad track (introduced?); Bergman in rgto. Sporobolus heterolepis Gray. NORTHERN DROPSEED. Prairie. Common. July 25. Agrostis alba WL. REDTOP. Ditches or other wet ground. Frequent. June 25. Agrostis hyemalis (Walt.) B. S. P. HAIRGRASS. Prairie and uncultivated fields. Common. July 5. Calamagrostis hyperborea Lange. REED GRASS. Low prairie, sloughs etc. Frequent. June 3o. Avena fatua \L,. WILD OATS. Fields and roadsides. Common. June 25. Avena torreyt Nash. Aspen woods on Minnesota side. Occasional. Spartina michauxiana Hitch. CORD GRASS. Low prairie, roadsides, ditches, etc. Common. Beckmannia erucaeformis (1,.) Host. SLOUGH GRASS. Sloughs, ditches and other wet soil. Common. June 20 (19). Bouteloua oligostachya (Nutt.) Torr. BLUE GRAMA. Prairie. Occasional. Also introduced in gravel along the railroad tracks. , Atheropogon curtipendulus (Michx.) Fourn. TALL. GRAMA. Prairie. Frequent. 142 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. Phragmutes phragmites (1,.) Karst. REED. Sloughs. Frequent. Eragrostis purshit Schrad. Along railroad. Stevens in 1910. Eragrostis major Host. STINKGRASS. Fields and roadsides. Frequent. July 20. Eragrostis hypnoides (Lam.) B. S. P. On mud along river bank. Com:ron. Sphenopholis obtusata (Michx.) Scribn. Low prairie. Stevens in 1920. . Koeleria cristata (1,.) Pers. PRAIRIE JUNE GRASS. Prairie. Common. June 20 (21). Mstichlis spicata (1.) Greene. SALT GRASS. Low flat alkaline spots. Frequent. June 25. Dactylis glomerata LL. ORCHARD GRASS. Roadsides. Occasional. Poa pratensis I. KENTUCKY BLUE GRASS. Prairie, roadsides and various places. Common. June 10 (9). Poa compressa 1. CANADA BLUE GRASS. Occasional in various places. June 20 (20). Poa triflora Gilib. FALSE REDTOP. Low prairie, sloughs, ete. Comiron. June 20. Poa nemoralis 1. One specimen referred here by Bergman. Scolochloa festucacea (Willd.) Link. *HOLLOW STEM. Ditches, edges of ponds etc; in water at least during the wetter portions of the year. June 15. This name I found in use near Rugby,- N. D. . Panicularia grandis (S. Wats.) Nash. *TALL MANNA GRASS. Ditches, sloughs, pond margins, etc. Common. June 20 (19). Panicularia borealis Nash. SLENDER MANNA GRASS. Pond margins. Occasional. Festuca elatior 1. : MEADOW FESCUE. Roadsides. Occasional, June 15. Festuca nutans Willd. NODDING FESCUE. Woods. Occasional. Bromus polyanthus Scribn, Lee in 1892, Cultivated or escaped, ‘ Bromus japonicus ‘Thunb. CHESS. Streets, Occasional. (B. commuiainus of Bergman’s Flora). PLANTS OF FARGO, ETc. 143 Bromus purgans 1,. WOOD CHESS. Woods. Common. The var. incanus Shear, frequent. ‘ Bromus inermis Leyss. BROME GRASS. Roadsides. Common. June 20 (18). As this is the common bromegrass of cultivation the name may be used without qualifying adjectives. It is quite commonly spoken of as ‘‘Bromus inermis” or simply ‘‘ Bromus.” Lolium perenne 1.. PERENNIAL RYE GRASS: Roadsides. Occasional. Comicon in new lawns, being used in grass seed mixtures, for temporary cover. June 15. Agropyron caninum (1..) R. & S. BEARDED WHEAT GRASS. Prairie and roadsides. Frequent. Agropyron tenerum Vasey. 4 SLENDER WHEAT GRASS. Prairie, roadsides and fields. Com-:von. June 20 (18). This is generally known commercially as ‘‘ Western rye-grass.”’ Agropyron repens (1,.) Beauv. QUACK GRASS. Streets, roadsides and fields. Comiron. June 20 (18). Agropyron smi:hi Rydb. WESTERN WHEAT GRASS.. Prairie, fields and roadsides. Common. June 20. Hordeum jubatum V. WILD BARLEY. Prairie, roadsides and fields, especially in sloughs or other low ground. Common. June 20 (20). This is called by most people in this State ‘Foxtail.”’ : Elymus virginicus 1,. TERREL GRASS. Woods or low open ground. Common. July <5. Elymus canadensis Vu. WILD RYE. Prairie and roadsides. Common. A tall form in the woods. Elymus glaucus Buckley. L. R. Waldron in 1808. Elymus macounit Vasey. Low prairie and sloughs. Common. June 25. Elymus diverstglumis Scribn. & Ball. Woods. Occasional. Elymus striatus Willd. SLENDER WILD RYE. Woods on Minnesota side. Stevens in 1920. Hystrix hystrix (1,.) Millsp. BOTTLE-BRUSH GRASS. Woods. Frequent at least on Minnesota side near the aspen woods. 144 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. Ophioglossaceae.. Adder’s-tongue Family. Botrychium virginianum (1L,.) Sw. MOON WORT. _ Woods. Occasional. Polypodiaceae. Fern Family. Dr yopteris cristata (1,.) A. Gray. SHIELD FERN. Woods. Occasional. Matteuccia struthiopteris (L.) Tod. OSTRICH FERN. _ Woods of Red and Sheyenne rivers. Occasional. Equisetaceae. Horse-tail Family. © Equisetum arvense L. +> ~ HORSETSIL. Bolley in 1892. Equisetum pratense Whrh. Riverbank. Frequent. Equisetum hyemale I,. SCOURING RUSH. Low places and in gravel along roadsides. Frequent. Lycopodiaceae. Club Moss Family. Lycopodium complanaium LL. CLUB MOSS A specimen said to have been collected in woods along the Shey enne river, but I think there must be some error in the record. A few records of cultivated plants have been kept, and some of native species not found in the Fargo region. The latter are often of only a single season and were taken at various places in the state. In a few cases such data have been used in the preceding list. In the following list where the locality is not given, the east central part of the state is the source of the record. CULTIVATED PLANTS Acer saccharinum L. SILVER MAPLE. Apr. 10 (10). Betula papyrifera Marsh.. PAPER BIRCH. May 10. Caragana arborescens Lam. SIBERIAN PEA-TREE. May 20 (21). Crocus vernus All. Crocus. May 10 (8); excluding the ex- tremely early record of March 21, 1910. -Eleagnus argentea Pursh. SILVERBERRY. Wild Olive. May § 30. Hippophae rhamnoides L. SEA THORN. May 15. Juniperus virginiana L. RED CEDAR. May 5. Lipidium draba L. HOARY CRESS. PERENNIAL PEPPERGRASS. June 10 (11). NATIVE PLANTS NOT OCCURING AT FARGO 145 Lonicera tatarica L. TARTARIAN HONEYSUCKLE. May 20 (20). Medicago falcata L. SICKLE LUCERN. June 10 (8). Populus balsamifera L. BALSAM POPLAR Apr. 30. Ribes wureum Pursh. GOLDEN CURRANT. May 10. Scilla (sibirica Andr.?) SQUILL. May 5 (4). Secale cereale L. WINTER RYE. June 10. Sorbus americana Marsh. MOUNTAIN ASH. May 30 (28). Syringa vulgaris L. LILAc. May 20 (19). NATIVE PLANTS NOT OCCURING AT FARGO. Androsace puberulenta Rydb. Apr. 12, 1910 at Minot. Asclepias speciosa Torr. SHOWY MILKWEED. July 5. Astragalus crassicarpus Nutt. GROUND PLUM. April 12, 1910 at Minot. Astragalus flecuosus Dougl. June 5. Astragalus missouriensis Nutt. April 12, 1910 at Minot. Astragalus pectinatus Dougl. Full flower at Williston, June - 4, 1918. - Astragalus plattensis Nutt. May 5; Apr. 12, 1910 at Minot. Brauneria angustifolia (D C.) Heller. PURPLE CONE FLOWER sume 2a. (27): Campanula rotundifolia L. BLUE BELLS. June 20. Castilleja sessiliflora Pursh. June 5. Chamaerhodos erecta (L.) Bunge. June 4, 1918 at Williston. Chamaenerion angustifolium (L.) Scop. FIREWEED. June 20; first flowers at Bottineau, June 9, 1917. Coryphantha vivipara (Nutt.) Britton & Rose. PURPLE Cactus. June 13, 1918 at Hettinger. Crepis runcinata (James) T. & G. June 10. Cryptantha calycosa (Torr.) Rydb. June 23, 1918 at Bowman. Delphinum bicolor Nutt. In flower a few days at Williston, June 4, 1918. Erigeron asper Nutt. June 5. Eriogynum flavum Nutt. June 25. Erysimum asperum D C. WESTERN ach etawaee June 5. Gaillardia aristata Pursh. June 15 (17). Hymenopoppus filifolius Hook. First flowers at Hettinger, June 13, 1918. ; Hypoxis hirsuta (.) Coville. STARGRASS. June 10. 146 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. Lesquerella arenosa (Rich.) Rydb. May 5; Apr. 12, 1920 at Minot. Lupinus argenteus Pursh. In flower a few days at Hettinger, June 13, 1918. Lupinus pusillus Pursh. In flower a few days at Hettinger, June 138, 1918. Lygodesmia juncea (Pursh.) D. Don. SKELETON WEED. June 25. Malvastrum coccineum (Pursh.) A. en FALSE MALLOW. June 15 (17). Meriolix serrulata (Nutt.) Walp. ae 15. Mertensia lanceolata (Pursh.) DC. May 5; Apr. 12, 1910 at Minot. Musineon divaricatum (Pursh.) C. & R. Full Hower at Willis- ton. June 4, 1918. Opuntia polycantha Haw. PRICKLY PEAR. June 30. Oreocarya glomerata (Pursh.) Greene. In flower for some days at Williston. June 4, 1918. Orophaca caespitosa (Nutt.) Britton. Minot, Apr. 12, 1910. Oxytropis lambertii Pursh. PURPLE Loco. June 5 Oxytropis splendens Doug]. SHowy Loco. June 30, North- ern parts of the State. Parnassia palustris L. July 5. Paronychia sessiliflora Nutt. June 25. Pentstemon albidus Nutt. WHITE BEARDTONGUE. June 5 (5). Pentstemon angustifolus Pursh. In flower for some days at Williston, June 4, 1918. Phacelia leucocarpa Torr. In flower some days at Bowman, June 20, 1918. Phlox hoodii Rich. *Moss PHLOx. May 5; Apr. 12, 1910 at Minot. Picradeniopsis oppositifoliia (Nutt.) Rydb. First flowers at Bowman, June 25, 1918. ane Plantago eriopoda Torr. May 10, 1910 at Hankinson. Polygala alba Nutt. WHITE MILKWoR?T. June 15. Potentilla concinna Rich. May 10; Minot and vicinity. Ranunculus aquatilis L. June 10. Ranunculus glaberrimus Hook. Apr. 19, 1913 at Marmarth. --*The word “moss” appears so frequently in popular names for this plant that this name is suggested, NATIVE PLANTS NOT OCCURING AT FARGO 147 Ranunculus septantrionalis Poir. June 5. Senecio integerrimus Nutt. June 5. Sideranthus spinulosus (Nutt.) Sweet. July 15. Sideranthus grindelioides (Nutt.) Britton. In flower for some days at Bowman, June 20, 1918. Thelypodium integrifolium (Nutt.) Endl. In flower for some days at Tappen, July 11, 1919. Viola nuttallii Pursh. NUTTALL’S VIOLET. May 5; Apr. 12, 1910 at Minot. The name of Thomas Nuttall, one of the early American naturalists, is well commemorated in this pretty little violet which is one of the characteristic spring flowers of the west- ern part of the state. He described many of our plants for the first time from specimens collected along the Missouri River in 1810. (Note how often his name occurs in the above list.) THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. 148 SEASONAL LIST. The following arrangement of the Fargo plants according to time of flowering may be useful: aly ULv}JUNOTY poiupnapiisuuad xaavo JOO §,4eOD wn{d PIM ALLIQoun fF ALTOQGMBIYS PIL LOMI[OG o3a1e] suUOWOUY Poo SI[BVPAIOD dn9d.10}3ng peave]-Aoupry SPO[OTA IIDSOLPUY OO. poo[g SSBIT) MOTTO M Ieplq xog poomuoyyoyn SMOTIIM ,,ASSNd,, uodsy dnd.1ejjng I11e.ig UH OU M Allog oeyng IaMO[Y onbseg qnujeze yy Peo M\ LATS Wolepuvd pooMypouol y ‘aIdy ‘OLE ‘SUAMOTA “SAAUL 149 NATIVE PLANTS NOT OCCURING AT FARGO DASOL DpilasouUl osoulbnun] ,, nuvhinnap xauwwy ysny extdg 33 BB) SSBIT) JOOMS ‘OLE ‘SHNGUS ‘SASSVUD diusivg MOpvoyt stdojouoy, pog aye SCUHM uotud PIEM 2FtUM uood0ng JOJOTA VALVIgG ALIOYO VYOyUD [Reg s,WOUOTOS petaMOp-12q1S YoyA ATA Ss¥ityy poso-on[ gq MBH poy ‘0Z pooM uot, AALIQGdseryy JIVMC » JLOMT[O [[BWS ulqoy -9Y@M SUIPpON AIIIQISO0*) quelinyg Yoel_ PIM 2 RS. Uke ysy APpPlad MOTTA Ppeavo]-yoRog UsV pooMyotyO Ploy ‘ST yid[n q-9Y4-Ul-Yov fF OO §4[9D POOMGS ‘OLA ‘SSHAMOTA ‘SAAUL THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. T50 [le] xO] MOpvoyy SNZADYIOLIIIY SNALMIS ysny eyidg DLOT {LED} ” paavanysaf LIAO poomM ouy * poosxsolys onl pteysnyy UOUUOD dno.t0}jng spIsveas dno1teyng Youd MBIYSPOT preysnyy ASUv J, sseisieddeg ClusIvg MOPVIF, P2sesyoITS MOT [[aMpseds JOLLOG POOM JO[OTA plvuUudsyidg ose IIMO[Y WOLLTeD) snseiedsy Jospunodry) ste g ACH Y@E YA PITM A[901D JOOMS - VLOMAIPIdS JVM “OS LIOMSBY UIPlO+ preusyIdsg os[ey eo ang ysoyo) ena JOOJMOID TdJOM MOT[IX ALTOQoUeg sulquIN[oD AOTIIM Teqpues eibur.yao0py ony Mopvoy, Ajaey ‘GG dpponsAoUOP{ STUDIO MB] poy od1e7T SOTAM ‘OLA ‘SUAMOTA ‘SATUL 151 NATIVE PLANTS NOT OCCURING AT FARGO ysnapng eA ysny SSRI) ontg Ayonjuoy [LB}XOF YSIvpyy [LOJoL], JOOT SPA olareag ~ P2eeS3T1$ pooM jOuy JELLOG POOM AMOT[O A PpooMXI[ HT asinds plvysnyA, oulpquin J, oUBqvOT YOO PIavo]-MOTIIM Yyoo0q [a1t0S SIP Yor pPleIsSN]T LV S,o1V UOTEpUv S| eulweg poomsoqg ode) PIL yooy 1a0uey ouowNUY [[PL pOOLEYVUS Yovlgq BAIN) SILESIV VAOMST MBIJSPON ULIYIION IIAO[D OISTV LIAO[D poy esoy PIL Yoows dno104jngq SUNODeI, sUOWOUY BpeUuey SUTI[YIIOA MOTO X TIAOTD OFTUM A9TIPA “OY}-JO-A]I]-OSTe A JLOMOUO PF YSIpe.s19s.10 “g ounr ‘OLE ‘SADGHS ‘SUSSVUD Saddam ‘OLY ‘SHUAMOTHA ‘SAAUL THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. 152 WNbUd)LAd WNIUDG _ Wspeg XO SSBIX) UNF OLITBIg doy, pey es[® iy sseiyy ong epeuRry) SSBIXH BUURT 36.10'T SSVItNH YSNO[S SSVI4) PVOU AA U.19]S9 MA SSBILD JVOYM TApus;[sS ssert) swo1g Sseis-oAY [VIUULEg enoseyy MOPvoT Wes MOTOH stoprenbsq wey AopIeg PIE Ayyoyeg Ades [foyenburH peoyuoseid dwoyH uvipuy SSID MOT[OA YSle]AL SSBISYOVNKY) posmputq AUMOG P1VISN], POOSULIO AA UIBAIIA popRBIg drusieq PIIM Pegs pot. BIWOT[OD 80) Ad a[YIOD ULOD asinds AjeoyT preysnyy sod pteysny, UeIpuy peemstg suideai9 p.evaqs}eor) uisdiy, SUSAY MOT[OX ; XP ssoig yooy Arey 28,8u0jpieesg 1eapue[s eueqsoqd sutpeeids [Vag s,uoWOlOS Dyp.Lnjyvas) POM “OZ oevuUNng ALLIGdsey PLM ood wnTy [JOMUOTL) BSR XPLA PIELM 96107] paaA 109409 yoyo A AYSng ‘OLE ‘SHDCAS ‘SASSVAD SSBIX) 1OY}VOT HOF «=, AOTD OOM MOTTO _¥20[9,0 MO PLLA P8808 PITA ‘ST SGHaUM ‘OLE ‘SSUAMOTA ‘SAAUL 153 NATIVE PLANTS Nor OccurING AT FarGo SUIMAOLD SNAMIS SSBID poor aAY PIM SUnooryy SSB) 1189 dol, pou Dyppidsna Dibuaquajyn Ww sseiryy osurdnd10g ysnapng 789.14) SSBIX) ATVUBD pooy nbLaqay be) FUL. PIL UIVAIOA ON[G paempurg Pel yoo uepjoy Yoo[Weyy 1078 M S1}ON 03poH 8¥2O PIEM SsBvIt) U0ISIg UseI4) XBYpeoL pyeoyM yong PLM Apyoyey preysny, ASU, S.doM1.1e] MOTRIN sd1tOnbVT PILM [royenbulH [TRL pooMATTAL uleyUuR[ jouusy soqg of SIyL Uelssny suv[sANng pee Auuwel[D IaMOYUNG os[ey ‘OLE ‘SHDGAS ‘SASSVUD STG EC EC LN 900}40'T PITM 1aysy Usp[or) IaMO[y AoYUOP[ IJLI4SOSOOT PoIsUlty doy vo[Vlosg SVUIBD urezuR[d Toye M IIMO[Y ULOD SUSAY OFT M dJIIJSosoo'T] seouTys poossuooyy ony MOpPRIL [[PL LdAO[D JOOMS OFM AALIQF[OM, SUI[YIJOA YSAV] ATVT PIEM “GZ poe..ing reyeo peoy-MOliy ‘OLA ‘SUaMOld ‘SAMUL THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. 154 ssery YUuns UIVATOA OFT AA PpooMpBUg SSBIX) UOISIG MOOK sonyyeT AoA d]JSIWIMOS [VIUU.Ig IIMOYUNG UOWUWOD peoysuly YOO A POABOT-MO.LIBN STFON POOM SSBINV YOJIMS WSOAWIAG SUIUIAD af styy-Mog Aurds TIPUBULII*) AadreyQ punosy PooOMJIVUIG Ps}OO1-sUO'T jueid veg uleyunoy, AYOoY 81HON IaMOYouoy SSVI [0110], IYSIWL, oAleVig SSVI 11ey TaMoyuNnsg AYJOWLY, poomstd ssety) YUM aon}yeT PIM end aueqeely ASTed dSIUY oS[Vy ‘OZ JLOMAIYYOPN : possdoy ‘ct d0.199u04S YovIq peeMATN PetouM peoMy[I AweMms TIAO[D edeVig sding ‘OT jue[d pee] diuzey JOOMS-MOPBOIT pod 7HeY PWT 90N}40'T PIEM Indsyieq ‘Gc Ane ‘OLE ‘SADCAS ‘SASSVUD Saddam ‘OLE ‘SUAMOTA ‘SAUUL 155 NATIVE PLANTS NOT OCCURING AT FARGO pupoixau vibsaquay)njy anqeppa09 ssery yng JOOJESOO) B[eq POOMULIO A Ysngyes porusp[oHh BUS oolyy PIEM po.luepfoy epeuey INQ2T420D Iappoq sntaouo.sy Id4SVW ose aysTyL epeuwy yoopang poomumns) puUNOYo.10Y-197% AA U19}S9 AA Jeppod Plea Qunyy Soepey poomMsey JaMoyung ysnoy Wo4S en[_ sig LIIMOYUNG Poava]-MO.LIBN pessdoiqg UtsyyION poO.zusplory) YoOowWS [Vy ssBirty prvcAUareg SSIaL TN poaMas.10 1OSY AVI OYA eonyery oUM YyUIsqy ynuvsg soy TOMO S,ULSALA LB4S SUZ Wor) PILAA YUld toqumany PIL que[q JWELpeqo pooMUOdy] IIMOYOUOD [IB], jasouog os[By JOWBBIIG PII ‘OLA ‘SHDaAHS ‘SASSVUD SCHaM ‘OLE ‘SYAMOTH ‘SAATUL THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. 156 sseisysny [[eWs POOMULIO AA, asses o7IUM JOOFESOO*) Poy plostiey, ing L9PTH USA IAL oO yLV 1338V OU M IPL SHO], 18d3d0q ‘OLE ‘SUDAAS ‘SUSSVUD Jaysy ssopAvy ‘GT ‘ydeg ‘OS SNSOWAIDL SNIDQYN ‘GZ 134sV ajding yjoows ‘Oz sqdgqddm ‘OLE ‘SHAMOTA ‘SAAUL ALBINO ROBINS AT NOTRE DAME 157 Albino Robins at Notre Dame. BY BROTHER ALPHONSUS, C. S. C. The robin seems to be a species in which albinos are not uncommon. Within the past six years there have appeared in the South Bend area two complete albino robins, and two that were partial albinos. These birds naturally attracted the at- tention of every one who visited the regions where they were staying. The first white robin to be seen at Notre Dame was in the month of July, 1915. This bird, which made its home in the vicinity of the Grotto, was probably an old one, for no per- son had observed the parents feeding it at any time. In fact, this albino seemed to be looked upon by the other birds as an - intruder, and was persecuted by them. It remained near the Grotto about a month, and then disappeared. The color of this albino was not snow-white, but was of a less intense quality. It was, however, entirely white, and made a pretty picture when seen on the lawn or in the mul- berry trees near the Grotto. These trees, no doubt, were what attracted the bird to the spot during the time the berries were ripe. “In the spring of 1920 a partial albino robin was. observed on the grounds at Notre Dame near the Community House. A similar specimen was seen in the same place in the spring of 1921. This circumstance would seem to point to the fact that the identical bird of 1920 returned again in 1921. My observations of this robin were not extensive enough to as- certain whether or not it breeded here either year. Whenever I saw the bird it was alone. On July 5, 1921, Mr. W. H. Woollums of South Bend, Indi- ana, came to Notre Dame to acquaint the writer of the presence of a white robin, which, he said, had been hatched in a tree near his home in River Side Park. Mr. Woolums invited me to go with him to see this albino robin, and I did so the following day. 158 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. We arrived in the park at 9:45 a. m., and found the white robin just at the edge of the grass taking a bath in a pool of water made by a leaking hose. Mr. Woolums went into his house*and got some bread crumbs. He approached the bird within ten feet and threw the crumbs to it; but the robin was enjoying its bath too much to heed anything else. Presently it felt satisfied and flew to a swing, which was nearer to us both. Here it remained a few minutes, giving us an excellent view. From the swing the albino went up into an elm tree just overhead, where it rested and preened its feathers. Three days later I made another trip to River Side Park in company with Dr. J. W. Hornbeck, an ornithologist from Northfield, Minn. We arrived at the park at 10:15 a. m., but could not locate the bird for ten minutes. At length a lady who feeds the robin daily, decried it in a tree near her house. Here we observed the bird with our field glasses for five minutes, hoping it would descend to the lawn where we could see it better. It soon began to flutter in the trees, and then flew across the street and alighted in another tree. We followed it, but not too closely. In another minute it de- scended to the ground, and suddenly the male bird and another young robin came up to the albino. The old bird had a worm in its bill, which was intended for the white fledgling, but was grabbed by. its greedy brother. The albino then flew towards the river, but we did not follow it any further. Our view of these robins. had been quite satisfactory, and was, perhaps, an experience that few other bird lovers had ever enjoyed. Dr. Hornbeck, with his powerful field glasses, found the eyes of the albino to be yellowish-pink. Various opinions about the color of the bird’s eyes had been expressed by differ- ent observers, the more general one being that it was some shade of pink. The bill was a lighter yellow than in the ordi- nary robin. These variations from the normal robin’s eyes and bill seemed to harmonize with the albino’s plumage. On the head and throat the color was a dusky white. Mr. Woolums told me he first discovered this albino on May 23, soon after it had left the nest. At the present writ- ing (July 10) the bird would be about seven weeks old. I was surprised.to learn that the parents feed their young so long’ Book REVIEWS 159 after they have been fledged. The lady’s custom of feeding this albino has made it extremely confiding, for it will ap- proach a person within two or three feet. Many kodak pic- tures of this white robin have been taken, and I give here four of them grouped together. ® BOOK REVIEWS In this section are reviews of new, or particularly important and interesting books in the fields of natural science. Books dealing with botany or kindred subjects should be sent to the Editor, the University of Notre Dame. All other books for review should be sent to Carroll Lane Fenton, at the Walker Museum, the University of Chi- eago, Ill. Publishers are requested to furnish prices with books. TREES, STARS, AND BIRDS. By Edwin Lincoln Mosely. World Book Company, 1920. $1.80. This is a book designed primarily for use in schools, but it will be of value to anyone who wants to find out the more essential facts about the things which Mr. Mosely discusses. The style is interesting, and the facts, while not new, are exactly those which most people do not know. The numerous quotations from poets serve to link the natural science of the book with the literature of the world, and they do it far better than could any long formal essay on the relation of poets and nature. E The section of the book devoted to trees is almost a complete popular manual for their study. There is an excellent discussion of the struc- ture of the limbs, trunk, and roots, of various typical tree groups, and of the proper ways in which to care for trees, both old and young. The second part of the book, headed “Stars,” not only treats of stars, but the planets, satellites, and nebulae. It, like the rest of the book, is non-technical, but is at the same time accurate and specific. It is the third section, however—that on birds,—which most arouses my enthusiasm. That section should be enlarged a little by discussions of some of the general facts and problems of ornithology, and _ then 160 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. published as a separate book. I believe it would be accepted with en- thusiasm by people all over the country who find the ordinary begin- ner’s bird manual too conventional and stereotyped to. arouse either their own enthusiasm or that of their children. The interesting dis- cussions of the various families, the excellent half-tones, and the six- teen pages of colored plates by Louis Agassiz Fuertes make this sec- tion one of the finest popular treatments of the birds of North America that has appeared in some years. CGiL. FE: THE BurcEss Birp Book FOR CHILDREN. By Thornton W. Burgess. Little, Brown, and Co. $3.00. Tue BurGEss ANIMAL BOOK FOR CHILDREN. By Thornton W. Burgess. Little, Brown, and Co. $3.00. The problem of writing a book on birds that interests small children, and at the same time give them sound, reliable information has been well handled by Mr. Burgess in his “Bird Book for Children.” Because there is no method of approach to the child mind that equals the story, this method has been adopted, but with considerably more success than in the “Bed-time Story Books” by the same author. The effort to keep the stories within the realm of childhood probability has succeeded, and the result is Mr. Burgess at his best. The book is a series of stories, told by Peter Rabbit, Johnny Chuck, Striped Chipmunk, and the birds themselves. Every page is crowded with interesting facts of bird lore, so cleverly inserted into the con- versations of the woodland people that there are no formal description, no fine text, and no footnotes. Fifty-eight species of birds are treated in detail, and many others are mentioned briefly. The whole work is so lively, so real that few children of the ages for which it is designed can resist its appeal. The workmanship of the book deserves as much credit as the text. There are colored plates, from paintings by Louis Agassiz Fuertes, of each of the fifty-eight species that appear most prominently in the book. The paper, printing, and binding are excellent, and the child who takes pride in a good-looking book will be satisfied by this one. The “Animal Book for Children” is a fit companion for the “Bird Book.” The same method of story-telling is employed, with quite as much success. The word ‘animal’ is used instead of ‘mammal,’ which has little meaning to the child. There are no technical terms, no descrip- tions of subspecies, and no classifications. The sole purpose of the book is to help children to gain an intimate acquaintance with the field and wood, mountain, and plain—the animals which are “in the truest sense the first citizens of America.” The iliustrations, again by Fuertes, are both in color and in black- and-white. In some cases the coloring and printing of the plates are faulty, and the black-and-white pictures are much the better of the two. The book is,.pnfortunately, a trifle smaller than its companion volume, but the general workmanship, is quite as good, and the binding. eyen more attractive—not a small consideration in the likes and dis- Book REVIEWS 161 likes of children. Both books are distinct accomplishments, and are just what nature-loving parents and teachers, and children who like the animal people of their world, have been wanting for years. CL. F, THE METHOD OF SEARCH Seek. See. Seize. Follow. Forbear. How scale this barrier of rocks and overhanging boulders? Silently humble. Without conceit in the past, without fancy of the future. For to assume is to presume. A healthy dissatisfaction is not the same as discontent. Accept not for true on the bare assertion. Verify. For it is usually ignorance which keeps people content with the worse; or, in the pithy word of Shakespeare, “There is no darkness but ignorance.” The summary of the section says that it deals with such subjects as: The Spirit of Search, The Need for Inquiry, Difference, and Continuous Oneness of Man. I shall take the summary at its word,- being unable to find that it actually deals with anything whatever. The third section deals largely with disease, such as cancer, and has numerous pictures ° that are quite intelligible. How are books like this allowed to come into existence? What sort of person, possessing any education whatever, will perpetrate such tommy-rot? Here are 324 pages of letter-press, printed on first-class paper, and bound as well as the average book of today. There are 322 line drawings and half tones, and several plates in color. And the total value of the book is less than nothing by the value of the materials used and the work consumed in its production. Science is neither mys- ticism nor scissors-work. Popular science, of course, must be dependent upon research work, and in that sense be parasitic, but it does not consist of making dozens upon dozens of clippings and tying them to- gether by a few ill-phrased sentences. I have just received a book by an Englishman, prominent among the anti-vivisectionists, who maintains that science is responsible for the woes of the world. This creation of Mr. Trumbull’s makes me believe the anti-vivisectionist, at least to the point where I wish science had never invented the printing press, or for that matter even a language and alphabet. CARROLL LANE FENTON. A CENTURY OF SCIENCE IN AMERICA. Edited by Edward Salisbury Dana. Yale University Press. $4.00. In 1918 occurred the centennial of a remarkable journal—The Am- erican Journal of Science, published at New Haven, Connecticut. In commemoration of the event there has been published a large volume, composed of several chapters by - various specialists, these chapters portraying the development of science in this continent, with particular reference to the Journal. 162 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. The opening chapter, by the present editor of the Journal, Dr. Edward S. Dana, traces in detail the early history of the magazine and gives a sketch of its subsequent history. There is a table of scientific per- jodicals from 1771 to 1832, and a review of the various early svien- tific societies in Europe and America. The American Journal of Science was founded in 1818 by Benjamin Silliman, then “professor of chemis- try, mineralogy, etc. at Yale College.” Silliman had doubts as to the quantity of good material that he could get for his publication, and the support it would receive, so he widened its field as much as possible. The title-page of the first number states that the journal will deal with “Minerology, Geology, and the other branches of Natural History; including also Agriculture and the Ornamental as well as Useful Arts.” It is interesting to contrast that with the present-day Journal, which is almost entirely restricted to mineralogy and geology, and finds difficulty in publishing the manuscripts that come in to it. Dr. Dana tells of the completion of the first series of the Journal, of the changes in scope and staff, and of the addition of James Dwight Dana as associate editor. The history of the Journal up to its present issues is treated more briefly than is the early history, but is detailed enough to give the facts desired. The remaining chapters of the book deal with various subjects of science. Of the twelve, five are concerned with geology, and one each with petrology, minerology, geophysics, chemistry, physics, zoology, and botany. The authors include such authorities as Charles Schuchert, Richard Swann Lull, William E. Ford, and Leslie R. Coe. They give excellent summaries of the subjects assigned them, and make the book an excellent one for reference. A feature of interest are the 22 por- traits of scientific men of America and Great Britain. C. 4k ok: GENERAL BOTANY FOR UNIVERSITIES AND COLLEGES. By Hiram D. Densmore. Ginn and Company. $2.96. a The first part of this new text on botany is intended to present the biological aspects of plant life from the standpoints of structure and ‘function and is based upon studies of the higher and more familiar seed-bearing plants. Three main themes are considered: the relations and adaptations of the higher plants to other organisms and to the in- animate portions of their environments; the cellular structure of plants in relation to their growth, reproduction and anatomy; and_ the phenomena of reproduction with relation to crossing, hybridization, and plant breeding. Part II deals with the morphology, life histories, and the evolution of the main plant groups. In the chapter devoted to the fungi, em- phasis is placed on the nature of enzymes and fermentation, and on the relations of these processes to parasitism, disease, and decay. In the treatment of the higher spore-bearing plants, and seed plants much attention is given to the evolution of structure and reproduction, in- stead of placing the emphasis upon the mere reproductive features, as 2 Book REVIEWS 163 is done in a great many of the older elementary text-books. In parts relating to structure, the newer conceptions of anatomy are followed. Part III is designed to serve as an introduction to field work, and to a knowledge of the more interesting and important biological and economic aspects of a few important families and species among the spring plants. There is a considerable discussion of trees and their importance to man, and the main problems of forestry are emphasized by examples of the life of a few selected species of forest trees. The herbaceous monocotyledons, and the dicotyledons are studied from their biological and economic aspects, and their treatment is designed to serve as a guide for studies in other species. Throughout the text the plants are presented as living organisms, * comparable to animals, and with similar physiological life functions. The purely technical portions are linked up with the theoretical and economic aspects of the subject in a manner that brings the information home clearly and definitely. The treatment of hybridization and kindred subjects is as good as it is uncommon. The chapters on plant physiology are summarized and closely correlated with the seasonal life of such common plants as the bean, clover, and locust. Physiological processes are thus made directly applicable to seasoned life of species that very one knows, and can study. Mechanically the book leaves little to be desired. The paper, press- work, and binding are excellent, and the book will not come to pieces at once when placed in the student’s hands. The illustrations, both from photographs and drawings, are numerous, good, and excellently chosen. ; Me de A. THE NEW STONE AGE IN NORTHERN EUROPE. By John M. Tyler. Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1921. $3.00. Henry Fairfield Osborn produced a bookon the menthe Old Stone Age; Dr. Tyler has done the same for those of the New. He begins at the point where Osborn left off, and carries man on to the dawn of his- tory, taking up in detail the migrations, cultures, daily activities, and existing relics of these ancient ancestors of ours. Where and how man originated is still pretty much of question. We know that the earliest remains of man-like animals are found in south- ern and southeastern Asia. In those same regions today are the great apes that are probably descended from the same ancestors that gave rise to man. From the first ape-man to the high types of the Old Stone Age is a long step, but as Dr. Tyler is concerned mainly with the des- cendents of the Old Stone people, he covers it rather briefly. The change from the age of the chipped stone implements to that of polished ones took place in northern Europe about fifteen to twenty thousand years ago. Researches in Asia indicate that there the transi- tion was considerably earlier, and that the New Stone men migrated westward from the region of the Iranian plateau. However that may be, the relics of the shell heaps of Denmark and Scandinavia show that some thousands of years after the Cro-Magnon people made their 164 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST. beautifully colored pictures in the caves of France, men in northwestern Europe were just beginning to polish stone instead of chipping it. Dr. Tyler shows that the earlier New Stone Age men were possessed of quite high civilization. They buried their dead, built temples, farmed, had numerous domesticated animals, made excellent pottery, plaited nets, and did rude weaving. Some of them built elaborate dwell- ings on the borders of lakes, while others lived exclusively on land. They seemingly had few wars, for their implements are all designed primarily for hunting or industry of other sorts. The further evolution of man was largely one of ethics and invasions. Dr. Tyler shows how the continued influx of more highly cultured peoples from the east, bringing with them different ideas and customs from those of the European New Stone peoples forced many changes in life. The continent became crowded, and war was the result. Along with war came the necessity for social life, pooling of interests, and steady progress. /Thought, both philosophical and practical, was stim- ulated. Metals superceded stone, and the New Stone Age was past. Remnants of it lingered on to the time of the Romans, but only in the secluded mountainous or heavily forested districts. pel Ops) the AN INTRODUC TION TO PALEONTOLOGY. By A. Morley Davies. London, Thos. Murby and Co.; New York, D. Van Nostrand and Co. $3.50. Mr. Davies has designed his book for purposes of teaching, par- ticularly of elemetary teaching. For this reason he begins with the animals that are most common as fossils, and which can most easily be studied by the beginner—the Brachiopoda. The method of treat- ment is to first describe some common species, from which the student .can get an idea of the general characters and variations of the group studied, and then give a brief systematic account of the entire group. References to living forms are rather few, and the illustrations are almost all of fossil species. Beginning with the Brachiopoda, the text goes on up through the vertabrates. It then returns, begins anew with the Echinodermata, and progresses downward, ending with the protozoa. There are certain features in the classification of the vartabrates that occasion surprise, as the reduction of the birds to the position of an order among the Rep- tilia, below the Ornithosauria, or Pterodactyls. Another feature is the absence of the Pythonomorpha; one wonders what is to be done with the saurians that have been referred to that order. But in spite of one or two innovations of questionable value, the book seems practical and attractive. Its style is sufficiently untechnical so as not to repel either the beginhing student or the general reader. The tables of formations are of value tothe person who does not wish to continually consult reference volumes. Unfortunately they apply to Europe alone, and are a trifie old-fashioned. One regrets that there is not such a book designed to fit the most modern developments of geology and paleontology. in America. Ge Ws.oms ASA SALSA Cepia Sie cta Siei TS ete ea esr ey Ape cin Contributions on general and midland natural history will be gladly received. Papers on botany and allied subjects, zoology, geology and _ physical . geography, should be addressed to the editor. Matters relating to advertisements are to be taken up with the secretary of the University. _ One hundred reprints of articles containing eight. pages or more will be furnished free of charge to contributors. More than one hundred separates can be obtained at cost price of the extras. When articles consist of less than eight pages, a certain number of copies of THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST in which the paper appeared will be supplied free, or . the separate articles may, by arrangement with the editor, be kept until future papers average eight pages, provided the contributions are sent in for the next consecutive issue for publication. Contributors of articles will receive a free subscription for the year in which their paper appears. For further or other information address THE Epiror, Notre Dame, Indiana. Fn DD Sa eo ee oer one es ord errr eee Dero | | | | | : | L The Gniversity of Notre Dame NOTRE DAME, INDIANA a College of Arts and Letters. College of Engineering. Departments of Ancient Classics, Departments of Civil Engineering, Modern Literature, _ History, Mechanical Engineering, Political Economy, Sociology, Electrical Engineering, Chemical Domestic Commerce, Foreign Engineering, Mining Engineering, Commerce, Journalism, Library Industrial Engineering. Science. College of Science. Departments of Chemistry, Colleg ¢ of Latw. Physics, Biology, Pharmacy, Agriculture. Colle e of Fine Arts. College of Architecture. Departments of Artistic Drawing, Departments of Construction, Painting, Cartooning, Instrumental Design. Music, Vocal Music. Variant Courses. For Young Boys. Notre Dame is recognized by all educators, by the press and by the public as a college whose work is of the same grade as that of the most highly endowed colleges or the best state univ- sities. Its atmosphere is strongly Catholic and no young man who has ever attended the University of oats Dame can escape its influence in after life. The discipline is paternal, and aims at giving young men the fullest liberty consistent with earnest study and manly Christian character. Rooms at reasonable rates. Catalogue sent on application. Preparatory School. St. Edward Hall. Address: THESAR EG DSR AE NOTRE DAME, INDIANA | (s(t ployee el yee etn) elses. Spelryecpelee eet) VOL. VII. NOVEMBER, 1921 avzrican MIDLAND NATURALIST Devoted to Natural History, Primarily that of the Prairie States Published by the University of Notre Dame, Notre Dame, Indiana J. A. NIEUWLAND, C.S.C., Ph. D., Sc. D.,/Editor % Sy NO. Cc O N d & EN i i S WN ti ny Recent Botanical Publications from the United States National Museum. Theo. Holm Notes on the Habits of the Soft-Shell Turtle--- Amyda Mutica. fz Fy Muller, J: HU, Book Reviews Carroll Lane Fenton 180 185 PRICE $1.50 A YEAR SINGLE NUMBERS 30 CENTS FOREIGN, 6s. 6d. Entered as second-class matter at Notre Dame, Indiana. Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in section 1103, Act of October 3, 1917, authorized on July 3, 1918. eR as she ee ee THE UNIVERSITY PRESS, NOTRE DAME, INDIANA Back Numbers of “The American Midland Naturalist.” Vol: I: —(19090=1910)".293 po. Unbotind=-2 =e eee $2.00 - Vol. IIl.—(1911-1912). 330 pp. Unbound and exclusive of 3 Reprints toibe boundiin-end:of voles > ee ne eee ae ee 2.00 Inclusive of Three Reprints (see below). Extra.......2-.----00--------- sans 2.25 Vol. III.— (1913-1914). 383 pp. Unbound, exclusive of Reprint No. 4. (See below). [Nos. 1, 2, 3, 7.) are scarce and nearly out of print, wosting sSoicts: each sie se ee eee cea EEN Gite SIE AO TGS 4.50 Inclusivelot Reprint.No/4;iextras ee ee eee 1.00 Vol21V—(Gor1rs=10986) > Unb outindes ets eo eae eee ee 4.00 Vol V.—(to17—1918): Unbound: 2. Se ees 2 3100 fs “Potala. 75 Publications. Haun, W. Analytic Study of Faunal Changes in Indiana, 2 plates, POT O35 C27EP Pensse ees ack see eee ak ee aA $ .15 GREENE, E. L. Leaflets of Botanical Observation and Criticism. 2 vols: » Completes. udig03—1912) ae ee 6.00 a: M Cybele Columbiana, A series of Studies in Botany, chiefly North American. No. 1. (Other num- bers tofollow) {20.2252 Sees ae ae ee ee 7S pe 2 Pittonia, A series of Papers Realting to Botany and Botanists, 5 vols. (1887-1905) .-2-----_—=-----------0-- 14.00 " Flora Franciscana, Parts I, II, III. [Part IV pub- lished long after the other parts, is quite unobtainable, as all copies not immediately distributed seem to have been lost in the San Francisco fire.]| Price as published__............-.-.-. 2.00 a a Manual of the Botany of the Region of San Fran- cisco Bay (1894). -Bound cloth.........0.........-...- 2.00 Wien o tamale i: ss YE Ie eae = ae ee 1.50 (Price as published of latter)_........-.......--2.------.- 2.00 UTTERBACK, W. I. Naiades of Missouri, 200 pp. 29 pl. and some text fisines sae es eee a i are oe Se ee 175 Reprints. RARINESOUE; C..S.) = Neogeny.ton) (1825) ae ee een ee ee $i ees Mi a The Natural Family of the Carexides (1840)........ .50 3 SH Scadiography or 100 Genera of Ombelliferous Plants, etees(i840))! soe eee ee eas a See ee a 1.50 te is Monographie des Coquilles Bivalves et Fluvia- ; tiles de la Riviere Ohio. Remarques sur les Rapports Naturels des Genres Viscum, Samolus et Viburnum. A Bruxelles (1820).................... 1.50 LECoNTE, J. B. Reprints of Monographs without plates, $2.50; with 42 photographic copies of unpublished plates (7x8), $25.00; with colored photographic plates.. ae 50 LeCoNTE, J. E. Two extra plates reproduced from originals in N. Y. Bot. Garden. Colored, $1.50; uncolored___........ 1.ac 4 The American Midland Naturalist PUBLISHED BI-MONTHLY BY THE UNIVERSITY OF NOTRE DAME, NOTRE DAME, INDIANA WAGNER Wate NOVEMBER, 1921. NO. 6. Recent Botanical Publications from the United States National Museum BY THEO. HOLM We are so accustomed to receive voluminous reports “for the increase and diffusion of knowledge among men” that we have almost ceased to ask ourselves what is meant by knowledge. What is knowledge or not knowledge depends of course on the point of view. Some are still holding the view that knowledge constitutes something more than what is being brought forth by recent discoveries; that it embodies also a thorough, faithful appreciation of the work of our old masters; others are so easily contented that anything “in print” bearing a title of something new and scientific strikes them as knowledge. Still a third class of knowledge seems to exist, one which pretends to be so, but which actually contributes nothing either old or new, and goes even so far as to belittle the labors of honest investigators. As far as botany is concerned, botanical knowledge rests, and will always rest upon a structure of the past, and surely the floral kingdom has in itself a claim to be our safest guide to serious work. It would, so to speak, be almost beyond our ‘ken to imagine that botanical science should ever suffer abuse in the hands of the vulgar.—And he is not a botanist, who does not honor the science as a precious gift, rendered’ acces- sible to us by such brilliant men as Linné, Lamarck, De Candolle, Elias Fries, Lindley, Robert Brown, Kunth and many others. In the writings of these men we have an absolute proof of the conscientious way, in which they worked; they worked for the science itself, by a method purely scientific. Small as were the means with which they worked, simple and modest their aspirations, but grand their results. For sincerity was at the bottom of it all. Scientific discoveries carry great weight as a contribution * 166 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST to knowledge, but equally as great is the accomplishment of such labor, which simply emphasizes the aim of making knowledge accessible to others, to lay-men; to pave the way for the young student, the beginning botanist, calls for exact truthful knowledge acquired by a study of the living plants, and literary research. Some four hundred years ago botany was taught by means of illustrating and describing the plants. Classification was not attempted beyond “herbs, shrubs and trees,” and some- times the plants were enumerated simply alphabetically. But “the illustrations, wood-cuts, were remarkably true; they were drawn by artists from nature, and skilled botanists may readily recognize the species, which they represent. For in- stance, the wood-cuts in Fuchs’ Historia stirpium 1542 give a very characteristic figure of the respective plant; see for instance the drawings of Paris, Ranunculus Colchicum Fragaria, Orchis, Listera, Botrychium, Scolopendrium and numerous others. At that time the diagnoses were but im- perfect, the illustrations were the principal means of recog- nizing the plant. It became the merit of an Italian, Luca Ghini, to make the first herbarium, and his pupils, Aldrovandi and Caesalpino followed his example. In other words botany of the sixteenth century was taught through illustrations, herbarium-specimens and diagnoses. Two hundred years afterwards, Linné wrote his Philosophia Botanica (1751), in which he introduced the botanical terminology; the construc- tion of the diagnoses thus became facilitated, or let us say sim- plified. He went still further, for he elaborated also an ar- tificial system, by which the student might readily determine the genera. We all know, however, that Linné did believe in the possibility of establishing a natural system, and he actually proposed 67 groups or orders; these he enumerated in Philosophia Botanica “Methodi naturalis fragmenta studiose inquirenda sunt. Plantae omnes utrinque affinitatem monstrant, uti Territorium in Mappa geographica.” ; The first attempt to describe the natural families we owe to Antoine Laurent de Jussieu, the author of Genera plan- tarum secundum ordines naturales disposita (Paris 1789) ; since then several other natural systems have been proposed, notably by Endlicher, Brongniart, Lindley, De Candolle, and Engler and Prantl. RECENT BOTANICAL PUBLICATIONS, ETC. 167 In the nineteeth century systematic Botany became well es- tablished; preference was given to the natural system; the diagnostic part became extended by numerous morphological investigations, clearing up the formerly difficult problem of distinguishing between roots ahd subterranean stems, beside explaining the ramification of the shoot, and the floral struc- ture. Thus botanical activity has during the last two hundred years shown steady progress, and systematic botany especial- ly was well founded before the close of the nineteenth cen- tury. Furthermore, in the nineteenth century botanical manu- als were published all over the world; the vegetation of the various countries became known through the ‘“Floras;” the geographical distribution and the descriptions of the plants received much attention. But of course it did take some time before the systematists became able to grasp the morpholo- gical improvements, so as to construe the diagnoses in perfect harmony with the results contributed by the morphologists. - Nevertheless long before the close of the nineteenth century most of the Floras and manuals were elaborated in conformi- ty with scientific Botany. Through all these years the aim of botanical teaching has been identically the same; to distri- bute knowledge of the past and of the present; tosencourage botanical research, and to guide the student in a progressive way. Any effort in the opposite direction would be unscien- tific; it would be so completely adverse to the spirit and labors of our. predecessors, that such effort could not possibly be effectual nor accounted for except by inexcusable ignorance. ‘Nevertheless, we have some volumes before us of a very recent cate: 1919 and 1921, published under the auspices of Smith- sonian Institution, Washington, D. C., and these volumes tend to make the public believe that ‘four books on botany, instead of opening the path to knowledge, close it with a barrier of technical language.” It would be interesting to know what books are meant by “our books on botany ;’’ presumably those published in this country, by Torrey and Gray for instance. Furthermore the statement is made that ‘Botanical science is beginning to recognize the prohibitive effect of this barrier and to take steps to open the path to the public,” by using 168 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST / “common words as substitutes for technical and unusual words.” * It seems difficult to appreciate that such introductory re- marks could possibly be endorsed by the highly esteemed Smithsonian Institution, and especially when applied to a work dealing with the flora of the District of Columbia. Are we really compelled to believe that Farlow’s words: ‘There is something in the air of Washington which seems to make it inevitable that those in the government employ should be- lieve that it is the business of the government to undertake or control all scientific work’ + are still applicable to the scientific departments in Washinetén. So far as concerns the so-called “botanical’’ work conducted by the Smithsonian Institution it is so, and even to.a more lamentable extent than expressed by Farlow. In presenting to the readers of the AMERICAN MIDLAND Na- TURALIST a brief analysis of some of these works, we freely admit that the American scientists are not in need of being told about the status of Botany four hundred years ago, nor of elementary Botany at present; we have ventured, however, to insert the preceding brief, much too incomplete, sketch of previous botanical activity in order to render the contrast - more clear, when comparing the recent botanical publications, which will be discussed in the subsquent pages. Let us begin with the Flora of the District of Columbia (1. ec.) 329 pages and 57 photographs. Some sort of botanical legisJation is introduced in the first pages: I. Keys with com- mon words as substitutes for technical and unusual words. II. All the species admitted to the formal list are based upon specimens in the National Herbarium. III. The nomenclature is in accord with the American Code of Botanical Nomencla- ture, except that so-called duplicate binomials are not used. When complying with, or let us say if we are in the position to fully appreciate these principles of Smithsonian Botany, we are told, that ‘‘a person with almost no knowledge of botany can trace a strange plant to its proper family.” *Flora of the District of Columbia and vicinity, by A. S. Hitchcock and Paul C. Standley with the assistance of the botanists of Washington.. The preface by F. V. Coville, Curator of the U. S. National Herbarium. Contrib. U. S. Natl. Herb. Vol. 21. Washington 1919. + The popular conception of the scientific man at the present day. Science January R, 1906, RECENT BOTANICAL PUBLICATIONS, ETC. 169 7 As if it ever were within the scope of the publications from the Smithsonian Institution to include elementary works, written for “persons with almost no knowledge?” It would perhaps have been better to say “‘with no knowledge at all,” or to omit the notorious word knowledge altogether; ‘‘knowl- edge” is a word much too technical and unusual to be used in this connection. Now with regard to the contents of this volume, there is a so-called “‘systematic treatment of the vascular plants” in the manner of keys to the families (in some cases to the genera) based mainly on ‘“‘vegetative characters,” and‘‘on floral charac- ters.” Then follows an annotated list of species, accompanied by keys to the species in each family, as well as a brief descrip- tion of the families; a glossary is appended. The photographs show several landscapes from the region, and about 30 species of the commoner plants. A systematic treatment of the ‘vascular plants must natur- ally call for some “‘system;’ the system adopted is: I. Trees and shrubs. II. Herbaceous plants. In other words we are brought back to some four hundred years ago. The “trees and shrubs” commence with Cactaceae, followed by Pinaceae, Ranunculaceae, Staphyleaceae, Fraxinus, Sambucus, Robinia, etc. The “herbs” commence with Juncaceae, followed by Poaceae, Cyperaceae, Lemnaceae, Hydrocotyle, Nymphae- aceae, Callitrichaceae, Potamogetonaceae, etc. This chapter, _ which occupies 30 pages, contains the two keys, mentioned above; one based on vegetative characters, another on floral characters. The first to be treated according to “floral charac- ters” are the Pteridophyta, ferns and fern-allies. Then follow the Gymnospermae. The Monocotyledoneae begin with Lemna- ceae, and end with Iridaceae. In the Dicotyledoneae two divi- sions are adopted: Choripetalae and Gamopetalae. Of these the former commences with Salicaceae, ending with Lythraceae; the Gamopetalae commence with Monotropsis, followed by Vacciniaceae, Ericaceae, Diospyraceae, etc., ending with Solanaceae. Immediately following this systematic treatment of the vascular plants, we have the ‘‘annotated list of species,” said to include “all indigenous plants and all introduced ones that have become established” (l. c. p. 15). ‘All the species admitted to the formal list are based upon specimens in the 170 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST - National Herbarium,” while “species reported but not sup- ported by specimens have been mentioned in notes.” And these “notes” refer to some foot-notes, where titles and authors are given of papers previously published on the Flora in question. Thus the fate of most of the interesting species which: have been collected in the District, but which “have not been presented to the National Herbarium,” is unequivocal —they have been wilfully ignored. And this is not the first time that such procedure has been adopted and approved by the Smithsonian Institution; in these same Contributions from the National Museum, Vol. 15, 1910, we have a mono- eraph of Panicum, where a similar discourtesy has been awarded for failing to supply the National Herbarium with specimens. \ Let us now examine the merits of the keys, which accord- ing to Mr. Coville, (1. ¢.)@ enable persons with almost no knowledge of botany to trace a strange plant to its proper family. These keys, we are told, are based mainly on vegeta- tive characters, but these characters do not include the num- erous and very important structures of the subterranean or- gans, nor of the inflorescences; the foliage is the only one, which has been considered. Although the description of the leaves would have been a very simple matter to handle, it is - readily to be seen that it must have been more than trouble- some to the authors. For by looking through the keys we notice at a first glance that the authors were unable to dis- tinguish between leaf and leaflet, and between leaflet and seg- ment; even the outline of simple leaves has been misunder- stood. The reader will see, for instance, on page 22, how the Fabaceae and Parthenocissus are distinguished: ‘‘Leaves of 3 or 5 digitate leaflets,” “leaflets 3 entire’ (Fab.), and “leaf- lets 5, toothed”’ (Parthenoc). What is really meant by a leaf- let being digitate and at the same time entire seems conjec- tural. We observe the same misinterpretation on page 30, where the leaf of Cannabis is called “leaf of 5-7 digitate leaf- lets,” and ‘‘leaves with 5-7 palmate equal leaflets” are credited to the Capparidaceae. When Linné, some two hundred years ago, described Cannabis and Cleome, he wrote: “foliis digi- tatis,’ and so they have been called ever since until the publication of the present Flora. Then with respect to leaf- RECENT BOTANICAL PUBLICATIONS, ETC. 171 lets and segments, no distinction seems possible according to the key. Because as we see from page 30 Erodium is said to have a leaf with numerous leaflets, the Caesalpiniaceae, on the other hand, ten or more leaflets; on page 29 we see a eroup of plants distinguished by having the leaves compound, of 2 or more leaflets; in this assemblage we meet with: Leaf- lets 3, entire in Ionoxalis; leaflets more than 3, much divided in Bikukulla; leaflets 3 in Prenanthes; leaflets more than 3 in Ambrosia, etc., in other words segments have been mistaken for leaflets. The chapter on “folium” in Linné’s Philosophia botanica shows how to distinguish between “‘folium simplex” and “folium compositum.” And when an outline so simple as that of the leaf of Hydrocotyle Americana cannot be des- cribed in any other way than “peltate,” it seems just to con- clude that no attention has been given to the terminology. Furthermore regarding Hydrocotyle (page 28), it would be absolutely impossible to distinguish this plant (H. Americana) with the leaf said to be peltate and the “Corolla of united petals.” “Foliis reniformibus” is the character given by Linné (Species plant). Under the Araceae Acorus is des- eribed as follows: ‘“Flower-spike naked, borne on a long stalk, the stalk prolonged above the spike!’ The inflorescence is a spadix, not a spike, and Torrey (Flora ‘of New York 1843) described the spathe correctly “leaflike, continuous with the scape.” The very few instances where the authors have mentioned the subterranean organs, do also illustrate a. re- markable ignorance. The Fumariaceae (page 163) are said to have ‘“‘tuberous or bulblike roots,” and Bikukulla canadensis is distinguished from B. cucullaria by:the “roots with tubers,” while “bulblike roots” are credited to the latter. This seems the more remarkable inasmuch as already Torrey (1. c. 1843) gave an excellent description: Rhizoma not creeping, bulbiferous; the bulbs formed of fleshy triangular scales (the thickened and persistent bases of petioles, filled with starch), mostly acuminate, reddish externally where exposed to the air, white when subterranean (Dicentra Cucullaria) ; a cor- respondingly exact description is also given of D. Canadensis. Torrey’s descriptions were republished by Gray m his Manual of Botany, 1857. Our interesting little Orchid Corallorhiza is also one of the 172 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST few plants, of which the subterranean organs have been men- tioned; very unfortunately, however, for the description reads “roots coral-like” (pagel27). Irmisch in his classic work on the biology and morphology of the Orchids. (1853) described the European species demonstrating that the subterranean coral-like organ is a rhizome, and not a root, as described by Clusius “radix ramosa corallii instar” (1601). And consider- ing Cirsium arvense (page 292), one of our most troublesome weeds, this does not multiply by rootstocks, but by the roots producing shoots in abundance, a matter that has been de- scribed repeatedly in this country and abroad. The structure of the inflorescence, the flowers and the fruits are so vaguely touched upon or misunderstood that no definite conclusion may be drawn from the descriptions. We shall confine ourselves to mention a few cases. In Betulaceae (page 136) the fruit and seed are described as: ‘“‘seeds winged, fruit ovoid or oblong!” But Lamarck and De Candolle have many years ago given the correct description namely: “l’enveloppe de la graine est membraneuse sur les bords, comme celle de Vorme” (Flore Francaise 1807) ; moreover Elias Fries (Flora Seanica 1835) writes “fructu alato”; Kunth (Flora Berol- inensis 1838) in the same manner “fructus utrinque alati!”’ and finally Torrey (1. c. 1843) writes: “fruit a little one- celled nut, which is often winged.” a The fruits of Magnolia and Liriodendron are called ‘‘cones”’ (page 161) ; the fruit is a syncarp, with the carpels more or less united in Magnolia, but free in Liriodendron; the last genus has winged achenes. The grass-flower has also re- ceived a remarkable description, which may neither be con- sidered popular nor in any way correct. It is said (page 66) to “consist normally of a pistil and 3 stamens contained be- tween 2 small bracts, these being aggregated in spikelets. The lowermost pair of bracts (glumes) are without flowers. The succeeding bracts (lemmas) have flowers, and an inner bract (palea) next the rachilla.”’ In order to readily distinguish the Grasses from the Sedges, the key (page 28) renders great assistance viz., “stems round,” “flowers with two bracts, one below and one above—Poaceae.” In comparing these few examples we naturally feel inclined to believe, that the reason why common words have been used RECENT BOTANICAL PUBLICATIONS, ETC. 173 as substitutes for technical and unusual words in the “keys’”’ was not because technical terms would be a barrier to the student, but because they would have been a barrier to the authors themselves. It seems therefore natural to expect that this same kind of so-called “terminology” will be adopted in future works to be published by the Smithsonian Institution. As a matter of fact one has already been published, namely Flora of Glacier National Park, Montana, by Mr. Paul C. Standley.* The scope and style of this paper corresponds exactly with the preceding; the key is constructed in the same manner, and contains similar erroneous statements. Some few of these may be mentioned. ‘Fruit conelike, seeds not hairy, Betula- ceae;” “Leaflets more than 3, some attached along the sides of the petiole, Brassicaceae,” “Leaves with 3 or more digitate or pinnate leaflets, Potentilla;” “petals 2 or 5, Onagraceae;’ “fruit composed of several cells, these falling apart like the sections of an orange, Sphaeralcea;’ ‘“‘the roots bear cylindric watery tubers, Circaea ;” “roots coral-like,Carallorhiza ;’’“‘root- stocks creeping, Rumex Acetosella;’ “root-stocks long, Cir- sium arvense;”’ tenis 5 spurred at the top, Myosurus.” Returning to the Flora of the District of Columbia, it is said in the introduction that ’’All the species admitted to the formal list are based upon specimens in the District Flora Herbarium.” “Species reported but which are not supported by specimens have been mentioned in notes.” Nevertheless Arethusa is not represented except by two specimens from Pennsylvania and New Jersey! There are no specimens of Kyllinga, and many of the plants stated as being common or frequent are only represented by a few specimens. On the other hand several species, which have been reported by me as new to the District have been ignored completely, not speaking of the numerous new localities recorded for some of the rare species. For instance in my third list of additions to the Flora of Washington, D. C. (1892), I have reported Tlex glabra Gray from near Silver Hill, and in the fourth list (1896) this species was reported also from the woods between Camp Spring and Surattsville. From Scott’s Run, Va., I have reported such interesting and rare plants as Aralia quinque- * Contrib. U. S. Natl. Mus. Vol. 22. Part 5, Washington, 1921, p. 235-438. q 174 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST . folia, Jeffersonia, Caulophyllum, Papaver dubium, etc., none of which have been mentioned; from High Island Carex Careyana; form the woods and swamps near Suratteville a number of rare species viz. Glyceria obtusa, Rhyncospora gracilenta, Utricularia subulata, etc.; and from Marshall Hall Kyllinga, Trifolium minus, Gnaphalium uliginosum, Quercus heterophylla and many others. It is really strange to see that Gnaphalium uliginosum in the new Flora of D. C. is credited to Professor Ward with the remark ‘not collected since 1884,” nevertheless I have re- ported it from Marshall Hall and Hyattsville, in the tifth list of additions (1901). Danthonia sericea I have reported from near Highland, Fimbristylis laxa from Hyattsville, etc., but neither the speci- mens collected nor the lists published in the Proceedings -of the Biological society of Washington (1892, 1896 and 1901), have been of any interest to the authors of the new Flora. It would,however,have been of interest to the student to get as complete a list as possible, not only for the sake of collecting the plants, but also in order to become acquainted with their distribution within the District. In this respect the student learns very little, for the authors too frequently use the word “common” for species which are actually rare; moreover the localities are not given for quite a number of the species said to be rare. In the genus Polygala for instance several species are said to be frequent, although they are relatively rare; no localities are given for several of these, and they are repre- sented by specimens from localities very scattered, and by relatively few specimens. In the Orchideae no localities are given for the several species of Habenaria except H. cristata, and they are but scantily represented in the Herbarium. No locality is given for the rare Triphora, nor for Corallorhiza maculata; of these the latter is represented by two detached flowers only, collected near Chevy Chase, and by a specimen from North- ern New York. If the student should wish to see these Orchids in the her- barium, he will not find them under the generic names given in the new Flora, for the covers are hot labeled Habenaria, but Gymnadeniopsis, Perularia and Blephariglottis; Cypri- RECENT BOTANICAL PUBLICATIONS, ETC. 175 pedium acaule is labeled Fissipes, and Orchis is labeled Gale- orchis. Moreover Polygonum Convolvulus is in a cover marked Tiniaria instead of Bilderdykia; Oxalis violacea an O. stricta are both labeled Oxalis, while the nomenclature calls for Ionoxalis and Xanthoxalis, etc. In other words the nomenclature followed in the book is not always in accord with the one in the District Herbarium, which, of course, makes it rather inconvenient to the student. As a matter of fact the student will be obliged to locate the genera in the herbarium by means of the synonyms given in the Flora, and afterwards consult Gray’s Manual in order to find a correct diagnosis. With respect to the distribution of the plants as given in the present work, it would have been a great advantage, if the authors had read Professor Brainerd’s Flora of Vermont. In this excellent little book the author indicates the degree of frequency of occurrence by means of four adjectives: com- mon, frequent, occasional and rare; these terms are well ex- plained. Moreover Professor Brainerd holds the view, that “it is always a matter of justice to botanical explorers and of interest and stimulus to others to insert the names of the station and of the discoverer of a rare plant.” But the new Flora of the District does not give much credit in this respect and seems more inclined to belittle and ignore the work of others. The logical conclusion actually appears to be that the aim of the new Flora is not to open the path to knowledge. of the Flora of the District of Columbia, but of the Flora of the National Herbarium. ' Exactly the same principle has been followed in another publication from the U. S. Natl. Museum, namely “The North American Species of Panicum” by Prof. Hitchcock and Mrs. Chase (1910). In this voluminous publication credit is given only to those who presented their specimens to the National Herbarium. Although Professor Hitchcock borrowed my complete collection of Panicum from D. C., Virginia, Mary- land and Florida, and although most of the rarer species had been recorded in lists of additions, I received no credit what- ever. Such procedure is unfair, and does not encourage one to render further assistance. Any effort to monopolize scien- 176 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST tific work is so contrary to science, that the inevitable result Will necessarily be anything but scientific. Now with reference to the nomenclature, we have seen from the preceding, that the so-called American Code of Botanical Nomenclature has been followed except that duplicate binom- ials have not been used. It is not necessary to discuss at : leneth the merits of this Code, nor its disturbing influence; its lack of consistency has long ago been attested by various authors of prominence, for instance by Professor M. L. Fernald, * not to mention the fact that most of our eminent botanists published a signed protest against it. In the accompanying table I have selected, at random, 16 genera from Gray’s Manual in order to give the reader some idea of the changes involved by introducing this nomencla- ture, the so-called American. According to this table the 16 genera taken from Gray’s Manual (1857) represent not less than 28 in the new Flora of the District of Columbia; while only one of these (Andromeda) has been divided into two genera in the last edition of the Manual. The only other change is the placing of Negundo under Acer. * Bot. Gaz. Vol. 31 and 32, 1901. 177 RECENT BOTANICAL PUBLICATIONS, ETC. sI[exoyjueyx sljexoyjyuey ST[e@xXO ST[RBXO ST[exO BpLI4S SITBXO SI[VXOUO0T ST[VXOUO] Sl[V@xO sT[exO sT[exo BooV[OIA SI[TVXO stsdopiqeay sisdoprqeiy eulseiydoueys UINILIQUIASTS UINLIqUIASIS wnuUeTeyL wNaquicsig 21.I0N 8410 N WINLIQuIASTG WINLIquLASTS UINTIQUIASTS WNUIISsIyTe WNLIquiAsIg uMUuisf£ag wMnuULIsAI wINnLIquiAsIg UINLIquIASTg UINLIQUIASI ayeuroyo wntaquiAsig edu) eoreqivg Boaleqieg eareqieg eoleqieg Boleqgieg uo[neoe.y, uo[NeoeV. J, wnuosA[og umnuosh[og wunuosh[og unjyeyIses wNnuUosA[Og eryApasoplig BIIVIUL], unuosh[og wnuosA[og umuosA[og Sn[NAjoAuoy) wnuosA[og BIIBIISIOg BILBIISLIg umnuoss[og umnuosfj[og umuoshA[og redidorpAY wnuossjog VIVAOT, BIVAO I, umnuosA[og unuosf[og umnuosh[og wumuPIULsItA wnuosk[og wunuosséog umnuosA[Og umnuodsh[Og umuosAjog umnuosh[og erelnotae wnuoss[og BIULIIOYD BIULILOY() UINUIISAL wWNUISALH wnuiisA1 Soprloyjue.ioyo wINnUWISsAIY Snd[Oy}0N Snopoyouy0 N snojoy] snojoy sno[oH snyeurl snojoyy eyed By ean eo) Lea | BYOB vovdieoyduy voedreoydwy vovdaeolyduy aUuTdAT) auldAT) soidy soidy soidy esoroqn} soidy oe[ny 1I0V LIOV opun3eN opunseN 100V Sepjoteoe opunseN eylouy elylouy eyjlouy BIIYJOUIO BLIY}JOUIO esooljnaZ VIOYIOUIO BIUUBUTe yy BIUUBUIBY BloyOUIO e@1oy,OUuI_ BOY JOUIO eyenuIs BII9Y}JOUIO BUISTIOKV BUIST[OX BUIsT[OX epowWlo1puy eUIsST[OX VULIISNSI] Bepoulo.1puy ST1atdoa Ny SLteTdoo N SLIOIg epoulo.ipuy STt9l BUBIAvI VpoWoOIpuYy sATjoqny sfrjoqny 90yj}oone'T a0yjoone'] soyzoone'T eBsoulodR.l VOY4Oons'T eT[Aydoi9 eyAydoio BIpledla+y BIpIeVslery BIPLV..or) ByeNOLANB VIpPAB.1d4) sluledy sIul[esy BIplesary BIPIB.19+) eIpsetox) eoindaind eIpieser) BlIel[ooIny BuloysASB(] BULOISASB(] BIPIB.1a+) BIPIV19*4) elre[noiped BIpse.ter) uepny uepiy ‘euISOg.10 A. SLIOWOUTPOW SLIOULOUTPOV eso.trenbs sitawouljoy uo[IydarT uo[Iyda'T uojiydo'q| UO0L9.3S 115, UO0LI.SII sisuopeuey UolesIIg eutsousg euisoudg eusouss BI[BIVD eBI[eVoey SUI[OIABNS BI[VIBD BIuapeso BIUapeseyA, BIUapeso|, elpeoeg eIpeoey BIPOFIOI[ Aye VIpeoep ————————————— eee 6T6T VIQUN[ ET6T PLO[A Poyet} 968T PLOT poverty . “OD FO JOIST “SNI[] SUMorg “SQLS, UMord T1881 806T LG8t ay} JO B10, pue uozWIg pue uojjIIg Blo, S,preM enue sAvay jenuey s,Av.t 178 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST Of the 16 names adopted in the first edition of the Manual only Xolisma and a part of Polygonum have been preserved in the District Flora; some others are even different from those adopted by Dr. Britton, viz. Aureolaria, Rulaé, Nothol- cus, Bilderdykia and Campe. If we compare Polygonum with this genus in Glacier Park Flora (1. ¢.), we notice that Bil- derdykia, Persicaria and Bistorta are all included in Poly- gonum. It is also interesting to compare the names of Brit- ton and Brown’s Illustr. Flora of 1896 with those adopted in the second edition, 1913; according to the table the second edition of Britton and Brown’s Ill. Flora contains not less than 18 names, which differ from those adopted in the first edition. This comparison includes only 16 genera adopted by Gray (1857) ; if we had extended it to all the genera accepted by Gray, the number of changes would be immense. So after all the American Code of nomenclature cannot boast of either stability or consistency. ‘ Most of the writings of the advocates of this code disclose a further characteristic, which it seems would tend to upset the stability of much of their nomenclature. This is the absurd and preposterous method of name-formation adopted by many of these. We remember for instance Galeorchis, Rubacer, Saxifragopsis, Stellariopsis, and among the specific names such as: Yellowstonensis, Coloradoensis, perglobosa, tumulicola, nubicola, fissuricola, concinnoides, graminoides, pseudorepens, pseudospectabilis, pseudopubescens, etc. Violent crosses are rarely stable. I beg leave to recommend the reading of Alph. De Candolle’s paper “Lois de la nomenclature botanique” (Paris 1867), where we are told to reject such names as are a combination of two languages eu used with a latin name, sub with a greek, oides, opsis, pseudo with a latin, etc. The fact that such names actually exist and still are being proposed does not speak in favor of the authors being capable of interpreting even the simplest diagnosis in latin. No wonder the American Code does not demand the diagnoses of new species to be written in latin! In consequence of such facts we are entitled .to doubt the correctness of many of the nomenclatorial chang- es proposed by these authors. From a merely practical point of view the steadily proposed - RECENT BOTANICAL PUBLICATIONS, ETC. 179 changes of names are the cause of great annoyance. I have received several letters from European correspondents, who feel at a loss to keep track of all these changes; especially when exchanging specimens with American Institutions. A recent letter complains that the same genera have been sent to Europe under several different names. And the same would be the case, of course, if specimens of Polygonum Con- volvulus were distributed by the Smithsonian Institution some under ‘the name Tiniaria, others as Bilderdykia and still others as Polygonum. Similarly, a recent change of Hierochloa would result in species if this genus being sent under the name of Hierochloa by Harvard University, Savastana by the New York Bot. Garden, and Torresia by the Smithsonian Institu- tion; for in the Flora of the Glacier National Park the last name, Torresia, is introduced by Professor Hitchcock as the oldest name. As the main points, which characterize this new Flora of the District of Columbia I have cited: I. The introduction of common words as substitutes for technical and unusual words. II. The species being based upon specimens in the National Herbarium, and III. The nomenclature being in accord with the American Code of botanical nomenclature. Would it not have served the purpose better, if this book as well as the Flora of Glacier National Park, had been written in conformity with scientific Botany? So far as concerns the Flora of D. C., this might have been written in the same style as the local Floras published abroad. Among these Flora Berolinensis by Kunth (1838), and Flora excursoria Haf- niensis by Drejer (1838) may be mentioned as examples. I wish also to refer to Schuyler Mathew’s excellent Field book of American wild flowers (new edition 1912). Thus if the new Flora of the District of Columbia and the Glacier Na- tional Park had been elaborated similar to the booklets men- tioned above some knowledge would certainly have been gained. But as the books are written, they contain little knowledge, and offer less. They actually “close the path to knowledge with a barrier” of wrong descriptions; wrong ap- plication of botanical terms; by following an inconsistent code of nomenclature; by including only such plants as are incorporated in the National Herbarium; by omitting many 180 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST important localities, and by ignoring the numerous observa- tions that have been published during the last 30 years on the natural history of our native plants. Considering the large size of some of the volumes published by the Smithsonian Institution, entitled Contributions from the U. S. National Herbarium, it seems more than strange that said Institution, now for 8 years, has withheld Dr. Edw. L. Greene’s second volume of Botanical Landmarks. Dr. Greene’s painstaking work deserved a better fate; for when considered in comparison with the works discussed in the preceding pages one can scarcely doubt that Dr. Greene’s history is better fitted to fulfill the function for which the Smithsonian Institution avowedly exists, i. e. “For the dif- fusion of knowledge among men.” - In bringing this discussion to a close, I cannot abstain from expressing the opinion about the new Flora of the District of Columbia, that its aim was not to distribute knowledge among men; but rather to enforce the Brittonian nomencla- ture, to apotheosize the National Herbarium; and to distri- bute among men, in the guise of scientific authority, an un- precedented ignorance of elementary Botany. Clinton, Md., June 1921. Notes on the Habits of the Soft-Shell Turtle—Amyda Mutica. BY J. F. MULLER, J. H. U. The eine forming the basis of this article were made on an island of the Mississippi River, about a mile above Fairport, Iowa, and on the Illinois side, while the writer was serving in the Bureau of Fisheries. This island was very typical of the large number scattered along the river. Ap- proximately triangular in shape, it was bounded on the north by the open river, on the south by a narrow channel, or slough, between it and another island, on the east by another channel and island, and on the west by an area of shallow NOTES ON THE HABITS OF THE SOFT-SHELL TURTLE 181 water dropping away toward the north into the navigable part of the river. With gently sloping sand and mud shores, and interior areas of open sand and densely growing willows, it offered a variety of natural conditions. In area it was about a half mile square. Of the two soft shell-turtles common in the vicinity, Amyda mutica, and spinifera, only the former was carefully observed. This species’ grows to an approximate length of fourteen inches, carapace measurement, and is highly esteemed as an article of food, being said to taste better than chicken. During the breeding season, June and July, the turtles frequently leave the water to bask, usually in the morning up until 2:00 P. M., and their tracks being very conspicuous, a count of them gives accurate estimate of their numbers. Ob- servation of these indicated that the turtles prefer beaches with a northern exposure, probably because of the greater amount of sunlight there in summer. The warmer the day, the greater was the number of tracks. On July the second, apparently thirty-seven turtles had congregated within fifty feet of beach on the north side of the island while only three tracks could be found on the entire south side. The turtles emerge from the water in an almost straight line until from four to ten feet up the beach, where they remain awhile in the sun, turning around several times before returning to the water, the return track often overlapping the first. When alarmed, the animals slip down the beach and into the water with great rapidity. On several occasions large females were disturbed while laying their eggs, about fifty feet from water, and covered the distance faster than a man can run. They are not at all awkward-in their land movements as might be inferred from their appearance. ; In this locality the ege laying season covers the last half of June and the early part of July. In building her nest, the female selects a spot with an. unobstructed view of the open water, and from ten to sixty feet inland. Here she scoops out a hole in the sand, about five inches in diameter, and ten inches deep, using her fore paws in the operation, and piling up the loose sand around the hole. The necessary conditions for incubation are sufficient dampness so that the sand will just cling together, and absence of clayey or earthy matter 182 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST which might cause the sand to pack and thus prevent the escape of the young. Often in her search of proper conditions the female will dig three or four holes before laying her eggs. A suitable nest being dug the turtie assumes‘a position with her hind feet down the hole, and dropping her eggs into her hind paws, arranges them neatly upon the floor of the nest. The hole is then filled in with the’sand removed from it, the hind feet being used. The number of eggs laid varies with the size of the turtle. Eight nests contained respectively 12, 18, 4, 22, 21, 16, 26, 33 eges. The last nest probably contained an abnormally large number, 2s in it two double eggs were found, one being oval- cylindrical and having two yolks with no dividing partition, and the other having a sharp constriction and median par- tition. From this it is evident that the oviducts were crammed beyond their normal capacity. The average annual lay of a female would be around twenty-two. The finished nest appears as a small crater on the sand, about a foot in diameter, or, where the surface is covered with pebbles, as a circular area of clear sand. The temperature of the nests is quite constant—about 90°F. In abandoning unsuitable nests, the female leaves the holes open, to be filled in at the next rain. Many nests were found the eggs of which had been dug up and eaten as evidenced by the empty shells around. As ground moles were numerous on the island, it is probable that these were responsible. However, coon tracks are sometimes to be found at such ruined nests, and crows are said to dig up the eggs also. ‘The destruction of the species in this way must be considerable, for at least forty such ruined nests were found on the one small island in consideration. Occasion-» ally eggs are found which have been parasited by maggots, presumably of some sort of fly. It is doubtful, however, whether eges containing healthy embryos are ever attacked in this way, as out of a nest of twenty eggs two may be found to contain maggots, and be in a state of decomposition, while the rest are perfectly sound. An egg of this turtle is about 2.3 em. in diameter, and weighs about 7 gers. At first pale yellow, the egg after about eight days iene ment becomes white on the top half, and the yolk rises and . NOTES ON THE HABITS OF THE SOFT-SHELL TURTLE 183 adheres to this pole. The albumen is at first very gelatinous, but later becomes quite mobile. For studying incubation several artificial nests were pre- pared in small sandpiles placed in the angle of the floor and wall of an empty cement pond bed. Some eggs were collect- ed when the embryos had attained about three weeks develop- ment, and others when recently laid, care being taken to pre- serve the original position. Advanced eggs were placed so that the white pole would be on top. A week later, however, these eggs showed a new white pole, at an angle to, and lapping over the first. This new pole was tilted toward the ‘ south. As the nests were placed against the vertical northern wall of the pond, it is obvious that the south was the direction of most light and heat. Apparently, then, this white pole forms with relation to direction of heat, rather than gravity. In about a month this white area has descended and com- pletely covered the egg, keeping pace with the growing allan- tois. Before incubation has proceeded far the air chamber appears on the bottom of the egg. ,Excessive moisture causes the eggs to rot, whereas too little usually merely re- tards development. As the émbryo grows the calcareous part of the shell becomes very much cracked and the shell mem- brane, yielding te pressure from within, stretches until the egg becomes approximately 2.39 cm. in diameter. The cara- pace is folded down around the young; turtle and the arms are extended in front of the head. The forepaws are thrust thru the shell first in hatching, and this opening enlarged to allow egress for the rest of the body. Altho the young have an egg- tooth below the flexible proboscis it does not seem to be used in escape from the eggs, and is dropped a week after hatch- ing. The young, which are very circular, have the dull olive carapace marked with many short black lines, and bordered with a margin of pale flesh color, broader to the rear. The feet are well webbed and immaculate below. The following are measurements of five newly hatched A. mutica. 184 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST CARAPACE PLASTRON Length Width Length r SD = CM. Daler 25. SCM: Sane CM: B.20 Chk 2205 em! 3.43 cm. 3.20 cm. 2.60 cm. 3.67 cm. 3:20 CM. SM GANG 48 Bc CM. o.2 ecm. 24AT emis Weight of an average specimen: 4.97 ers. The eggs in the artificial nests hatched on July 29, 30, 31. Observation on the island showed that the nests hatched there from July 31 up thru the early part of August. In escaping from the nest the young turtle leaves the egg shell below the surface and tunnels almost vertically upward, leaving a hole in the sand about an inch in diameter to mark the spot of escape. On spots where nests have hatched a number of these holes may be seen on the surface within several inches of each other. No newly hatched turtles were found on the island. They always hatched during the night or early morn- ing, and probably lost no time in getting to the water. Un- der favorable conditions the period of incubation is from seventy to seventy-fiv@ days, depending upon circumstances - of heat and moisture. The young exhibit a marked geotropism, always going downhill, and are photokinetic upon any disturbance. Since the nests are usually so situated that an open sky and sloping beach are presented in the direction of the water it is prob- able that these two factors guide the young to the river. They are perfect swimmers immediately after hatching and if held and irritated they make repeated efforts to bite. Placed in a sand bottomed acquarium they dig under at once, coming out: again only after the suspected danger has passed. They seize edible morsels eagerly after a thorough probing with their flexible noses. At least six or seven years are required before they attain edible size. BOOK REVIEWS In this section are reviews of new, or particularly important and interesting books in the fields of natural science. Books dealing with botany or kindred subjects should be sent to the Editor, the University of Notre Dame. All other books for review should be sent to Carroll Lane Fenton, at the Walker Museum, the University of Chi- cago, Ill. Publishers are requested to furnish prices with books. . THE WONDERS OF NATURAL -HisTory. By A. F. and V. D. Collins. F. A. Stokes, 1920. $2.50. I sent for this book with high hopes; I thought that we might at last have a natural history that would combine the interest of the well- known: but obsolete Woods with the discoveries and accuracies of mo- dern zoology. But my hopes were unfounded; there is neither interest nor any great amount of accuracy. In fact, about the only worth while about the volume is a series of plates taken from photographs made at the American Museum of Natural History. It’s a pity, too, for the printing and binding of the book are excellent. The authors attempt to give a review of archeology, ethnology, zo- ology, minerology, paleontology, and museology, all in a volume of 204 pages, and they attempt the impossible. The chapter on ancient man is tolerably good, but after it the book goes completely to pieces. It is little more than a hit-and-miss collection of technical terms and names poorly and incompletely defined, and hysterically emphasized by italics. There is an evident intention to be both popular in material and interesting in style, but the intention is lost in the maze of definitions. The book is a strange hybrid between a child’s Natural History and Parker and Haswell’s “Zoology,” with the bad features of both and the good fea- tures of neither. espe) a 1 SECRETS OF EARTH AND SBA. By E. Ray Lankester. Macmillan, 1920. Dr. Lankester possesses a vagabond interest that makes his books always new and interesting. In “Secrets of Earth and Sea,” for example, he goes from the cave-man of ice-covered Europe to the erup- tions of Mount Vesuvius; from an article on the ‘world’s biggest animal to a discussion of what is meant by a species. The color of water, the cross-breeding of animals, the nature and mining of coal, and the lives of the little “Wheel Animals” of our fresh-water ponds all claim his attention. And about all of them he has something to say that is in- teresting to read, and worth knowing. The book is something of ‘a sequel to the earlier volumes “Science from an Easy Chair” and “Diversions of a Naturalist.” The essay- - 186 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST articles that compose it have been published at various times in diverse British periodicals and newspapers, and were re-written and enlarged for publication in book form. “Secrets of Earth and Sea” is modern, interesting and reliable, and is easily the best thing in popular science that has appeared in several years. “ Ciia 2Be THE A-B C oF EVOLUTION. By W. J. McCabe. G. P. Putnam’s Sons, 1920. $1.50. In a book altogether too small to deal adequately with so extensive a subject as evolution Mr. McCabe has done remarkably well. By judicious selection of material he has _ managed to get into 124 pages of text an outline of the history of the earth, the development of animals and plants, and something about the peculiar evolutionary ~ problems of man. The story is told in plain but*attractive English, and there are numerous references to other works in which more elab- orate discussion of various points may be found. As is almost invariable in books that attempt to popularize science, there are some respects in which this volume is hardly to be relied upon. McCabe’s preference for the lon-disproved Laplacian hypothesis of an originally gaseous and molten earth, and his doubts regarding the reliability of Mendelism indicate that he has an imperfect acquaintance with the literature of modern geology and biology. His explanation of the causes of glacial periods, while an approach to the truth, hardly agrees with present geologic knowledge. But these errors form a very small part of the book, and do not detract greatly from its general value. As a primer for the man unacquainted with the elementary facts of biology “The A B C of Evolution” is not only useful, but good. Cy ek: ZOOLOGY. . By T. D. A. Cockerell. World Book Company, 1920. $3.00 To the person accustomed to the dryness of the average zoology text Dr. Cockerell’s book comes as both a surprise and a relief. Although intended primarily for use in college classes, it will be of value to any- one who desires a comprehensive, reliable, and at theesame time inter- esting account of the many divisions of the science of animals. There is no such thing as a good all-round natural history; it is well that there is a zoology that in a measure meets the need of the man who does not care for the “nature study” book, and who has no great interest in the anatomical details on which taxonomy is based. The book begins with a consideration of some of the fundamental characters of life—reproduction, -heredity, sex, nourishment, breathing. There follow an excellent chapter on the history of life, a biography of Darwin, another of Linnaeus, and then a clear and interesting dis- cussion of the whys and hows of classification. To the every-day man the zoologist’s complicated system of Latin and Greek names means just about nothing; to the average college student it is merely a use- - : . BOOK REVIEWS 187 less jumble of syllables that must be remembered in a certain order in order to get a grade. Dr. Cockerell shows what classification is, what it means, and why it is used, and when he gets through it is neither formidable nor jumbled. The spirit of science is order, but few texts give that impression to the person reading them; this fact makes this new book stand out as a landmark in zoology texts. The discussion of the various groups of animals occupies some 240 pages, and is clear, reliable, and interesting. The classification used is thoroughly modern, and the whole treatment is designed to arouse a desire for further information. The chapters on the evolution of horses and elephants and man, the descriptions of the various life divisions of the earth, of the laws and principles of eugenics, and of the work of great zoologists of the last century are fully as satisfactory as the systematic portion of the book, and perhaps even more import- ant. They not only show the progressive attitude taken by Dr. Cock- erell, but make his book of exceptional value to teachers, students, and to the interested but untechnical laymen who have never seen the inside of a college. Oe Og ch THE Lire oF Matter. By Arthur Turnbull. Philadelphia, J. B. Lippen- cott Co. $3.00. London, Williams and Norgate. This book is a puzzle; one cannot tell what the author is trying to do.. He says in his subtitle that the book is an “inquiry and adventure.” His preface is a curve labeled: “The Valley,” “The Mountain,” and “The Outlook,” below which is either a dedication or acknowledgment “To the Many Helpers.” There are some pages of unintelligible stuff purporting to be a summary, an outline, and something else printed in the manner of free verse and meaning nothing at all. Then comes two pages of mystical gibberish that are not even grammatical, and convey nothing whatever in the way of information. Following this burst comes the first clearly sensible thing in the book: a table of the elements, with their symbols and atomic weights. The first section of the book is headed “The Valley” and presumably has some relation to the curve labeled “Preface.” It consists of mul- titudinous quotations from various authors, dealing with types and properties of natter, and with various phases of living matter. There are several pages of clippings dealing with natural selection, and nu- merous others on the effects of environment, stimuli, and so on; finally the section ends in its 118th page. The second section is called “The Mountain’—probably another re- ference to the “preface.” Here is a fair sample of its clarity of style: THE METHOD OF SEARCH , Seek. See. Seize. Follow. Forbear. How scale this barrier of rocks and overhanging boulders? Silently humble. d 188 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST Without conceit in the past, without fancy of the future. For to assume is to presume. A healthy dissatisfaction is not the same as discontent. Accept not for true on the bare assertion. Verify. For it is usually ignorance which keeps people content with the worse; or, in the pithy word of Shakespeare, “There is no darkness. but ignorance.” ; The summary of the section says that it deals with such subjects as: The Spirit of Search, The Need for Inquiry, Difference, and Continuous Oneness of Man. I shall take the summary at its word, being unable to find that it actually deals with anything whatever. The third section deals largely with disease, such as cancer, and has numerous pictures that are quite intelligible. How are books like this allowed to come into existence? What sort of person, possessing any education whatever, will perpetrate such tommy-rot? Here are 324 pages of letter-press, printed on first-class paper, and bound as well as the average book of today. ‘There are 322 line drawings and half tones, and several plates in color. And the total value of the book is less than nothing by the value of the materials used and the work consumed in its production. Science is neither mys- ticism nor scissors-work. Popular science, of course, must be dependent. upon research work, and in that sense be parasitic, but it does not consist of making dozens upon dozens of clippings and tying them to- gether by a few ill-phrased sentences. I have just received a book by an Englishman, prominent anon the anti-vivisectionists, who maintains that science is responsible for the woes of the world. . This creation of Mr. Trumbull’s makes me believe the anti-vivisectionist, at least to the point where I wish science had never invented the printing press, or for that matter even a language and alphabet. CARROLL LANE FENTON. INDEX PAPACCACIe eee ee a aie 137 Cioran es te See 130 PNCOTUS pee ee Se 171 Audubon Society, Indiana____~ 28 Amuaryllidaceae, 222 --—-. 137 PAM Sits ee ee eee 2 ee 133 erOstiC., 2s aoe ee 126 Mlismaceae - 2.2223 sh 100 iNcteraceder oe as ee ee 96 Amibrosiaceae — 22s 95 PT TACCAC = a 94 Arraliaceae yt ee a= See Se ee 94 AMAcCaATOIaCGde? Jess a ass 93 iNCeraCenere 2s eae ee 93 Aseclepiadacéae)— 2 = 83 Apocynaceae ———=—-_— 1. 83 Allliontaceaew sa ee ee 61 >" Amatatithacese 22225-20525 61 I AOCORGT: 2) = PN oe 2 60 Anadonta grandis___--_-_-..-- " Alasmidonta Marginata___---- 9 Atrypa— OWENENSIS ee ee 14 independensis ~----------- 15 GxpaniSay ee ee ee 15 eigantes, Soo Se 16 Watenlooensis = 2]22=— a= 16 Canadensis#=:-355 3225 BS eee 17 Uri shy oes) eae aM ore ene 7 subhannibalensis ~--_----~ 18 occidentalis) = 5 ee 18 inflatac2 22) east 18 devonianay 2222222 22 ee 19 indore ie Pe eee 20 Balsaminaceac. 222 22 eee 58 alouikullla oe seb 2 Te eet 171 Bikukulla canadensis____---_~_-~ 171 Boraginaceae _----.---------- 86 Berberidaceaeie 2 eee 87 Brassicaceae = = eee 88 Betulacedeae 2222. oe 93 Betulaceae, Seeds of___--_--_- 172 Pra viliaes sete 5 Nia ee ee, 134 Brasuliaieminor? 22226 = 135 [Birecanvailliecyroanbovof ie ees 135 IBpryehwim 3622 2S Se ee ee 126 Britton and Brown’s Flora___177 Botanical Publications_____-__~_ 166 SATs ta 134 Bird ssa a 2 26, 63, 69, 68, 157 Book Reviews=-— = se 159, 185 ipirdseot wNorthheld 2222. 69 Common Name of Birds__---~-~ {al Capparidaceses22-. 2 176 Camabinancese: 22 ===" 62 Capparideae. 22. _. - Sse 88 Caprif@liaceaes 2 452255552 95 Callkitrichacese ¢= === === 59 Cammelinacese 222 202 = == 135 Chronology of Periodicals_____ 79 Chenopodiaceae —~----_-----~-- 60 Caryophyllaceae 22-23 se a= 59 Convolyulaceae: 2225252222 - === 85 UCGuscutaceae! 22222 f=]. eee 85 Celastraceae! 2222822 ees ees 93 Classification of Plants Nomenclature. [22 === ay Gucurbitacese. 2 = ee 95 Gichoniacese =) 2 eee 99 Convallartacede 222-2 — Se 136 Cay (Sit (ce0 (2 ae aie Ae eS 137 Gultivated: Plants) S=2=-=== "==> 144 Clinopodient—- 2 8 Se 130 Classification of Plants____169, 177 Classification of Nomenclature_169 DanGhomleay on ee Ae ee See 174 INDEX Llatinaceae So Eee Sees OT > ge Aes ULE Noe Jaren eee 58 Pleagnaccaer n=. aay ees 93° obeliaceHe tis vse 22. oe 95 Ucuisetaceae Se ee a 1D ycopohiaceae 2) ots eae a ae 144 Euphorbiaceae 22" =. ee 58 aith, the Origin and Devel- Magnolia, the Fruits of_______ 172 OpPMenteOhy = 2 Of LO Myosurus 22 ee 173 NMalvacene 225 Ui oe eae 7 Mabacese Ss. = 5 Ate 90; 170° Malacéac 422.2. 3s eee 90 Magaceae;y 3 Ee oom = eer Od Deniepermaccac y= eee S32 87 VWs 72h 8 kits ge eager eee eae mee eee Pe 132) Hélanthaceac £24 39s one eee 136 Mumariaceae 4) 20282 ae 88,171 Migration of Birds 25285 63 Minuartian=ss=— cri 3 (oe Ea 132 Glacier National Park, Flora Myosurus.. 2952221 2s aes Of 2284 oes eT Bee = Mondo, aAidans 2.22.) ae oe ee 41 Gentlanaceaeiests. ce ae 83 Monetropaceae.22 222. ae eee 81 Geraniacéae Sk Dae. Shea ess 58 Name” of, Birds. tor ees 63 Haloragidaceae= 222 2 eae 93. ‘Narrdaceae. == === aa eee 135 ERypenicaceat: 2 uns ee 57 WNotive Plants of Fargo, Not tHydrophiyliacese: 23.2 86 Occuring at. Issa eee 145 Hypotheses— Nomenclature of American i een ewbeanacianS- iL Sema 102 ‘Plants Ss Seo Sa eee 126 2 the -Meteorics <2. =o. 105. Nomenclature’: ss eee 41. 3.2 the Planetestnral. 2.) = 106s. Grobanchaceares = 222.2. 85 4. Effects of the Planetry Cleaced “Sct =a eee 22 eee 83 iy nothesis seh sea ees 125.) Oxalidaceie"-scr Sess eee 57 Orchidactags oe 137 inilaceae 22 7. 2 ats J. £a.* ‘(Drpmiolglossaceae eee 144 Indiana Audubon Society______ 28° “OPthiia 28 ee ee eee 134 Desxolabra tars joe De ahs 173° Onagracese: 22. -2> ime 92 PUPMCACCAG : 5 see a eee es 1386.. “‘Panieum-222%422---55 Bsa 175 Periodicals 2222220) Sees 43 | ESET) nal :2 Wet Sts 2 Si a a GY 86. Parthenocissus,_ 60 ee Sie 170 Lampsilis— Periodicals ‘bistoof “seen 719 VENLTICOSA = 20: Wun bo heh Seay 1 Plants of Fargo, North Da- TULEOlay ches ee Ne Z kotas2+ s+ Ree 54, 79, 185 leamentinias:- 2226. ars 3) Plastron: ~ 2-20-22 2B Sea 184 POCA oe 2s 15s, Se ee ee 4... Plantaginaceae 222.22 S/801e 83 NST Sy sec mes 2 A ae a 5) ‘Primulaceaew==—- =. BEBE 81 Fe I Ta pNP EN 4. Plagiola. ~ 22-2255. Same it Tep ted on, sas2- "ei Bie G: ; ‘Polygonacese 22.32 -2aee 62 Teliaceg ey ee. hends, eee ee 136 Polemoniaceae ___-_-______-__ 85 IKenanacen es cise rie he 2 een 187 *Pyrolaceae=l +. 3 aie (riltxecne': =: aoe Pie eds dos eee 186 — Pottulacaceae ose ies Sioa 59 INDEX Pe lymaeneyac ss Se 128 Potamogetonaceae - ~~ +--=__-~_ 135 Roly podiacene, 2 a 144 Polemoniaced@«22 2-2 =.= === = 88 Phrymacede@ se 6 = 85 Bapaveracéae. = - =.= a= 88 2m Cea Ca esas cet See 90 Penthoraceaey == 92, Podosemum— Cr OMl ate a heer ae 29 FREON ee a 29 trichopodes. —P a. eo 30 pUNgenS Loe ee ee 32 sracilimun . 2520 2222s = 2 33 On Chie =~ See ee 36 reverchon) © 225" -- 4.521." 38 ARTLING pre oe ee A 40 UTE MI COMMS eee eee ee ee 41 GEXeUM Ue oe Al Premanpne@s ca ST Quadrula— ENC aber = es eee te ae 10 PopiginOsaA 22 ot eS 11 GCOCCIN Cage sae een eet ee il UO SECU ates ae es ee 12 (Rij OWEN Clete (evn as UR ai ee eae eee eee 95 Ranunculaceae _._-__-____ Bs 6 altace Ge is eee 58 HOSA CAC Barak Saree esr can 89 Rum Village, Birds of________ 26 Salicaceaey at cee te. ee a 61 Solanaceae (eas. Buse ee ee 84 Scrophularigcede 2) 2 a 84 SoOldaeO ee ee. ee eS 131 Sasdteraraceac. = 2s jae 92 Smilacaceaep 2a. 2 ee 136 Sparganiacede — 222 suse 135 Snendocona, tS ee 131 Swanphiynota, {62 ete eee 8 St. Josepha iver s-2=. ssa 1 Trianthella— plutinosas.. 23. eee 127 PACCMOS AN ea en ee 127 Lynhaccders=—2-- =e 135 Tpilltaceaes =a we as a 136 Trees, Flowers, Grasses, etc.___148 Wihmacelies 2222 Aen ee 62 Uitriculariaceaes=2 == 85 Lrticacede.. =) shi ee eee 62 United States Museum_____-_~- 165 eVibacede: soot): sear te eeiien 93 Matis ee ee cities Meee 129, 128 Viburnum eradiatum _________ 130 Verbenaceae 22s ee ee 86 Violacede / s4a > see ee ee 57 BV OUG et ae ae ere eee 148, 146 Winters of Central Iowa_____- 21 a ewe 3 Hotha. ip te ce Tee 5 a ot x gS wee a SUR ULE UR ST Contributions on general and midland natural history will be gladly received. Papers on botany and allied subjects, zoology, geology and _ physical geography, should be addressed to the editor. Matters relating to advertisements are to be : taken up with the secretary of the University. if One hundred reprints of articles containing fe eight pages or more will be furnished free of charge i to contributors. More than one hundred separates can a be obtained at cost price of the extras. When articles us consist of less than eight pages, a certain number ® it of copies of THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST in a & which the paper appeared will be supplied free, or i the separate articles may, by arrangement with the a editor, be kept until future papers average eight pages, & provided the contributions are sent in for the next ea consecutive issue for publication. Contributors of articles will receive a free subscription for the year in which their paper appears. For further or other information address r A THE Epitor, Notre Dame, Indiana. is e a RR ra rar rd orn eS ere or Oneonta ornare { $252525252525252525252250525252525252525252525252S525e25252 (aul AP ERE ab A Be Gnibersity of Notre Dame NOTRE DAME, INDIANA College of Arts and Letters. Departments of Ancient Classics, Modern Literature, _ History, Political Economy, Sociology, Domestic Commerce, Foreign Commerce, Journalism, Library Science. College of Science. Departments of Chemistry, Physics, Biology, Pharmacy, Agriculture. College of Architecture. Departments of Design. Construction, Preparatory School. Variant Courses. College of Engineering. Departments of Civil Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Chemical Engineering, Mining Engineering, Industrial Engineering. College of Law. Colle e of Fine Arts. Departments of Artistic Drawing, Painting, Cartooning, Instrumental Music, Vocal Music. St. Edward Hall. For Young Boys. Notre Dame is recognized by all educators, by the press and by the public as a college whose work is of the same grade as that of the most highly endowed colleges or the best state uniy- sities. Its atmosphere is strongly Catholic and no young man who has ever attended the University of Notre Dame can escape its influence in after life. The discipline is paternal, and aims at giving young men the fullest liberty consistent with earnest study and manly Chnistian character. Rooms at reasonable rates. Catalogue application. sent on Address: THE REGISTRAR NOTRE DAME, INDIANA | 1 | | | | | | | is Ube Lape aA vp ue : ; yet dala i ra Fk ‘ ‘ abeitaid rtiee / Yay , HM “3 Ae ee NM * ¢, y ne j 1 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST DEVOTED TO NATURAL HISTORY, PRIMARILY THAT OF THE PRAIRIE STATES JULIUS A. NIEUWLAND, C. S. C., PH. D. Sc. D. EDITOR VOLUME. VIII.—1922-23 UNIVERSITY OF NOTRE DAME NOTRE DAME, INDIANA “~ a god Ps : ss iL ee OWLS bd je a> CONTENTS Final Report on the Study and Appraisal of Mussel Resources in Selected Areas of the Upper Mississippi River—N. M. Grier, It eres erp yen a PY Ne ae OP are a a 1 Corrections in Botanical Nomenclature—Oliver A. Farwell ~-------- 33 Notes on Birds of the Vicinity of Washington, Pa.—Dr. and Mrs. ee ROR LOL a. ar ete eS oe Ee i ee 35 Seasonal Dimorphism in Arisaemae Triphyllum.—Theo. Holm _---- 41 The Evolution of the Tools and Implements—William D. Johnson __ 49 Nomeclatoral Notes on Certain American Plants—II.—Homer D. GPT ace REE Sp GEOL E ae B 38 2 Bs eal fe Meise oH = 6H = ye} Sie g = 8 & S g = hal g iS Anes WO Stade ae ES ae aie Mad Pe eS TFusconaja ebena............++- 1 * 1 = 1 4 x Pleurobema catillus............ A ees tial eco aeiorc 2 1% 5 1.6% 1% QpovariaOllVAIA s,s ayeie ore: s)evelsse/s0))| sie emretela | (et elelarale 47 23.5%] 32(4)} 11.8% 12% Quad ruls POstulOsanrecs Amy edalonAlse tEUN CALA. .rc.cs)ojolsnete cere less eel soles les choral] (a ste eratleray|| orators taxes! | nt aturatetonel | imieterelanenats Lampsilis ventricosa........... 3 3.5% 4 5.2% 1 1% 3.2% Rampsilis anodontoiless «i= 2/2) 6 tool syaysiwrers o|\slereje ero 2 lieyeyevesaye ni|\ofa\> Pe AR RoAl Ect Orne | Wes Soc te HATA SUIS eb A CIOS Aig ialarelorane csceA learnt ectell ales fe wa cille keds akate: | ese ro cieca'l'st atte dtepe'llevetousie Mell, Meterearyanete Wuryria, Nectar ck Ses gussets 25s a5 01 oe 1 1.2% 1 LES OG \ tev atateinl + stneeae 1% BUI) UP UO SNC Let, So beret yee crete | eos cto | lo alate) octal oar ckae wretl Stee gluta la eS tages alltenatete dere tlie otetetoiehs RIethopasusmcy i HyaIs ters eve, celess ct oete ee alla aiavare cfall lave’ dkerb,'0-0il wipiaveie’=\ a Mepesm alevalni|taiiva cto stoi] Mi torptenstaete Lasmigona complanata.........|......- OBOE 2 2.6% 1 1% 1.2% Lasmigona costata-............ 1 AZO GM eo sretas (nil nie vaelsfos=i| akohelstot elas tenets vetnyes= ¥ Proptera alata.............+++- 5 5.9%| 13 | 16.9%] 10 | 10.7%] 11.2% NTCIAENS | COMLUALOSUG o.5/c)csa\e asayei el oie iaie oud |iscaei nO: 2'e | areiphoi olla 21] jee ena, aPal| a\areievauete | tebares ove fora | em alcttevelatore PMU IGA CH. atch o afat aharekee bi-Vola-s Slate's. « a.ave'| eseeie oe 1 TAAL Sine Dingell eh one * Bilipivoy dilatatus.©. 2s eossce 8 9.5% 5 6.5% 1 1% 7.3% Pleurobeman pyaamala btn es,;.\ 242 sil ltceeh bis bled ae cBle «ohare 5 fits Orateyae [boise Nae > eb Alasmidonta marginata......... oc one h|| aatoieters = Prscscvecirefes ac cicl| skeen wi lsc eel Meemeeeet Amygdalonais donaciformis. . A oc bhng [een soe hanes RE testa lees rene d ere. lige’. Riatetese LOANS Beals Hatadaya wists oboe oivciers | 70 | 83%| 67 | 86.8%| 83 | 83.38%] 84.7% NON-COMMERCIAL SPECIES * Anodonta grandis.............. 9 10.5% 2 PIA TA) Dem SOG |e bn oCe 4.4% Anodonta corpulenta........... 2 2.4% 6 7.8% 5 5.39% 5.2% Anodonta imbecillis............ A 2 DAG He Morell ais cease (1) 1% 1.2% DPEUODNTGUS ACOEHIMLUS 2. eye aya. ether las rs hae Pera See ree ae ol eens ole seer | oe aa aan Pea EGULOdCast races. cape sels wepic tal Me iteeln edo. 2 2.6% 2 2.1% 1.6% PTOVCCEA LACVISSINA «hots sciostareoer |e ce oe re ee oe ee ees [ete tena al eiecs a tee ee atone temeowe ees ; CarunculinayDartia: tire o..-5 =.52 8 | lt lies 2 alt, borers. le eited Ste ctietcts ts Se eters Truncilla _triquetra............. teats i lacreotes locos tee we ebie (Seaeony bermest | MOWAL Sos pe clase 2s see 14 | 16.5%] 10 | 13% 10- | 10.5%| 13.5% TOTALS ALL SHELLS....... | 89 | 16.5%] 77 | 100%] 93 | 98.8%] 98.2% 18 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST AREA IV. Boundaries, Maiden Rock, Wis., and Frontenac, Minn. to Lake City, Minn. and Stockholm, Wis. Status, closed to fish- ery. Length in Linear Miles, 6.7. Physical Conditions, 5 ft. high water; bottom varying from pebbles, to sand and mud; current 1144 to 2 miles per hour. Patches of water weed abundant. LOCALITIES REPORTED UPON. (ref. maps.) 1V—9. Opposite Mrs. Coles estate, starting at point be- tween brown barn and white house at 700 ft. elevation, 65 ft. from shore, proceeding toward bend. July 19, 1920. 1V—11. Along Lake City Park front, starting at a poplar tree in front of fishermen’s shanty, proceeding downstream toward bend in stone wall. 250 ft. off shore. July 20, 1920. IV—12. At Lake City, between Lake City Point Light and breakwater, starting 40 ft. off shore, from center of space between small house and ice-house. July 20, 1920. NOTES ON AREA. Clammers believe this area to be pretty well clammed out, although it contained more juvenile shells than previously en- countered in other areas. This fact seems reasonably due to the propagation experiments which the Bureau of Fisheries has been conducting in the region for several years. This area really produces the larger number of juveniles than any other considered, but as adult shells from these localities are in the great minority, the juveniles are not represented in the check localities given. All data submitted for juveniles is from the standpoint of their frequency in clam beds, where- as below Lake Pepin they were found to be most abundant on the sand bars. The juveniles were mostly L. siliquoidea. The water weeds encountered were Vallisneria spiralis, Cerato- phyllum demersum, and various species of Potamogeton. The party gained the impression that the abundance of juveniles in an area was related to the abundance of the water weed. Species of fresh water snails, and a crayfish collected were determined by Dr. A. E. Ortmann to be Campeloma subsoli- REPORT ON THE STUDY AND APPRAISAL, ETC. 19 dum (Anthony) species of Goniobasis and Plewrocera, while the crayfish was Cambarus (Faxonus) virilis, Hagen. « AREA IV. COMMERCIAL SPECIES * Locality IV-9 % Total Catch in Locality | Catch (af in 3 Localities Total Catch in Locality in Localit: Locality IV-11 To Locality IV-12 % Total Catch Average MuUScOn ada CUEN As vicheleisievel ens olay els Pleurobema catillus SODovaria OUVATIG ci oe c's eelsleves Quadrula pustulosa Quadrula quadrila.s. 5. oo. 3.6. Quadrula metanevra............ Rotundaria granifera Obliquaria reflexa MUSCOTIA Tay UN Gata selec cra lcr\epel ena’ Amblema peruviana Amblema costata Meralonais herosirc ce er cis icc ves eel creel ail ieiscelevelels We salon ais) NELOS katie) olaclorerers eneiaid| ete a seteceel| levers ostare Quadrula verrucosa............. | mM * AN GATOS: ACER AUTEN EG Gin ee Choos teen 6 Oils alo chos Wear pPSUIS MUS SINS eto peters che eisteretsl|lescets = si||loiersiste ole Lampsilis siliquoidea........... 104 (20)| 43.4% Pla olakINeOlaca si ct ave siarstsivvete% aclitinieteacia|'etere syetale Amyegdalonais truncata......... | * Lampsilis ventricosa........... 20 (3) 8% Lampsilis anodontoides...... Rost. Feten acct st'au|| atanshatayteis Lampsilis fallaciosa............ ; 3 1% LD bheanyich wide( Ce NI ol ODOeuOODT 1 * NIV IAS SUDMOSELA TEU ctarei ois fate cyetete||shevetarataralleyolereleie ra Plethobasus cyphyus............ las on oealleautias o Lasmigona complanata......... \ 5 1.7% TGASAT TONS COSLA Ay va vetaxelocisit cusucks||lesacevetnr teil (stelel serch Propterd: Datiae sn.cite sin s.c cists ere oe 5 Or IArerdens: CONTAC OSUS so clas aie csleiellc cc cielcs lle.sceele se EMOTO PANS OR ee care nyeleere st a leieiaieilia weet elelices |lenteemertins ID) yoneroy, (ohikshecshnvl\. pigoleqrece Gane A 18 | 6.38% Pleurobema pyramidatum.’..0 2.0... &-«-llecnee oe Alasndonta, MArSiMAta te. s occ bells o,ccec cies o sates Amyedalonais donaciformis..... \ B35 ll 1%| ee LORAES: pleat haste, Riroaratte eerie: 93.4% NON-COMMERCIAL AT OdOn LAY SUATIOCLS Hes) clele ma teila ce ll abotate stall iseeeiele ors Anodonta corpulenta........... 5 1.7% Anodonta imbecillis............ 1 * Strophitus edentulus............ 4 1.4% entodes! fracsilisivets {35 feasted \eceere, SRS ues eve erOptera Ae vAS SING). wie ae slave levels | ntere-ate eiailfeelsiste ers Caruncalinasp a biie aer ete savory atets:| eratehateraialltaterciareiets EPMTUITVCTL cL CELCUCLNEA ctatetalslercrelccotelerel| ereteteteretal |levetarsve oie EROMVAIGS Savateie ciel sce nisteete tems 10 3.1% MO DAM SEA SEMIS ss lee | 282 96.5%] AREA VI. Boundaries, Pepin and King’s Coulee to Read’s Landing, Minn. Status, closed to fisheries. Length in linear Miles, 4. Physical conditions, 4 ft. high water; current about 2 miles. Bottom, mud and sand, with a great deal of water weed on the Wisconsin side. Cobbles, gravel, Minnesota shore. and rift-raff on the 2a THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST LOCALITIES REPORTED UPON. (ref. maps.) VI—3.. Starting point, 700 ft. north of point marked 682.09 and 673.42 on map, at foot of Lake Pepin, 500 ft. off shore. July 27, 1920. VI—5. Starting point 1,000 ft. southwest C. M. & St. P. R. R. trestle at culvert opposite Knud Johnston’s Coulee, (1760 elevation), 150 ft. from shore. July 28, 1920. VI—6. One mile upstream from bridge at Read’s Landing, 300 ft. s. w. of C. M. & St. P. R. R. at base of stone quarry, 700 ft. from Minnesota shore. July 28, 1920. NOTES ON AREA. Next to Area V, the juveniles found were most abundant here. Locality 6 in this area represents a re-juvenating bed at the base of Lake Pepin, clammed out years ago, and at that time producing many niggerheads. The only living specimen of R. granifera taken in the lake was secured at this place, although previously large numbers of dead shells were seen. At this point there was collected for the first time, Pleuwrobema Poyramidatum. Both localities 5 and 6 had comparatively few old shells in them. Locality 3 is shunned by clammers on account of the rocky bottom at this place, yet certain clammers who know the region are able to make good hauls here. Juveniles were fairly abundant. Specimens of Plagiola lineolata were particularly large. Fresh water sponges, and Bryozoa of species to be later given were also obtained here. REPORT ON THE STUDY AND APPRAISAL, ETC. 23 AREA VI. | 5 i) ft Eo] S @ 2 or) 9 12 hd or > S| > Uz ws COMMERCIAL SPECIES * = Fe Fe 8 & 8 B 38 IES 88 ge ~ ~~ ~ J] / +S Om ac or = orn 8B on do) 6, |, ee © CTs, : ! ) & 2) & OM tas > & =| 7 4 (Sat ae on bathe Soa SS ZS Fusconaja ebenad........ cece ce |e cacecclecceecclececccnlecseecs 16 3.6% 1.2% Pleurobema catillus. ........2...)--scees[eercesc[ecceseclenccon 7(1) | 1.8%] * Obovaria olivaria. ...0. secs. ee [ee ee es Ds eee ceect cece | see e ele 13 2.9% 1% Quwadrulaspostuloss: . sj. v2 astm cis)| + clelels ole | latelstereiate ie ||| * 5 1.1% * Quadrula quadrula............. 3 2% 3 WISE Cen oe Seto * Quadrula metanevra............ 1 * 1 * 23 5.2% 2% AES COULINTCeT LOU SUMED iyeyei cies are ayeieje|tales cveiel||ieue mona lietel |inilelia) euereh| "nite taleyerd 1 * * Qeittteiney waite SSeS se eane adobllsce ote laace coe Z * 8 1.8% PMISCON AIA MUNG Ata i «io s\= aieiynis ete © 6(1) | 4%| 188 | 28.9%| 22 | 5%| Amblema peruviana............ 5(2) | 4.8%] 51(1) | 10.9% 66 15% Win blema ys COSPAtH elem cles cree ere oe H Megalonais heros (yn AAR OOr Oe Ged doee ao Sa man calcd Se aetea||fackectdl lod ombud Sono cid le devas IMAP TITEN EE. Veshg lb CS Sittnb BOB Go lOc labs mitral (s Otsoe omni Aare ol | eed Gero lorscsumene TO aneTOST ES, Lavererh GPM ARO AAAs ole oe oll Sig eres ont leencrma alone coo Ul Oca orm coi Lampsilis siliquoidea........... 83 (4) | 25.5%] 92(9) | 21.2%| 53(3) | 12.8% Bons lam lineal apariy o caterere ra rexeis toislicisictetn ate sielessierets 3 or 9 2% Amyedalonais, truncate « cfa =I @ . Lee CS . = OS is = Br oe & Se kd on Wotan ids 28 COMMERCIAL SPECIES * ARSE aOR aire 8 > @ g > 3 s > ow a ) »~ peat ae) ~ — — oh pi o°8 si] o° = o° e a AH a sail 3 AH 7.59 8 SB steals 4a S 3 Ea: 4 Se 4 wa 5 ws eg WUScormaiawe bene tcc ann cxcieicie eh (aero aeiela lle wieissevere||(eisie- oreiniel||Minrayiesuays 2 1% 2.3% Pleurobema catillus............. 10 6.3% 3 2.1% 1 3.8% 4.3% Qhowsini se Olivar ise orem) le oete woe =r alare/ oll cu trielee 8 5.6% 4 15.4% 1% Quadrula postulosa............. 7 4.4% dé 4.9% 5 19.8% 9.7% Quadrula quadrula............. 1 = 1 Say. Sarena cet herel elt eats * Quadrula metanevra...........- 20 LAG Mallia retest aia tlacave stave 7 26.9% 13.2% RM shaGenels), ge TAMRAC ey Oca CO OOO oid a lCoc ou collacs seen aro cocollncodoenlinaeecod|| Scanian Opliquamia mrene xa fa.. ctsyalerers cue ocho | (uspere axalel|locteye snele 3 2% 1 3.8% 1.9% MPusconaja pUNdata. 7. fo ols ewe oe 11 6.9% 7 4.9% 1 3.8% 5.2% Amblema peruviana............|.-+- D,|)....... 15 10.6% 1 3.8% 4.8% Amblema costata............... ry 10.7% 3 2 o|tare etetoner || eroxetore ote 4.2% Whe wal ai Sim ex-Osia-c. te roterencioie aicsouele false) cietors [ieasrese lobese)| lela saile e/-acs,||s, afeveyeqatte Ife (ovale lesetelohotel olevetei Mi caleysseteheha Quadrula-verrucosa...0 5.6 <6 ees 5 3.1% 6 4.2% 1 3.8% 3.790 Actinonais carinata............ 33 2Oo | acter ern orall taxeraratonrete) |e clevevarotai| belere anete 6.6% MRA PISIIS IS SINS Udeces cro eres: xvagere Ne] (ates ralone|[Fcvatetevey abel lfm te aateveees he ponguacateres|iguata aleiciei|(ares sucierclll | Pakeimuanerete ASUS MS OMOEA. oir) e ofeioia clei) enclever=ra08)| olsen iene 3 Zh Go\erexerars otelte sticisvals = PlaciolaMlineolatarc cae. «sas alee 2 1.2% 1 goat error ined teense © S * Ammvemalonaiss AMUN Cate yale dle «)e s10)|(alermis's)si-i|leusverele. 50 | alee| oP ne a |iehes eer * Lampsilis ventricosa...........: 14 8.8% 46 32.6%] il 3.8% 15.1% Lampsilis anodontoides.......%. 1 FS 1 die (Pee i Gee eo * ATM SUIS ata ACTOSS Ate laic)s.ais Seiane ord ae rereletevelltoray arate ol lenerat titel nyai| ave aitecethdcd|tere aleve tlei| (aire 'oetaveea eben ener IDA AE, TREES Ss Ooo od OO OOO OOOO 20 12.6% 8 BULA ocd cola arkos 8.3% BY HEV NSU LOS LA ey oso eFoheyoiateyere'lleuscar aterees|taceecotece) al] Colores ineiiellleite Srcnetete| fe lefafeRotaves| feseteterere a MMbeks bikstene ISH ObASUS es CV DNV IS sayotevayert sialoushelreiiako#e ckenes|| eustelers seus! |Voyovelenecaue!lKayohese te aye 2 7.7% 2.5% WASMIZONACOMIDIAN ALT. isis ce williotlee a cellar ere els 4 ZISVol sexta ave le wee wie * MASTIBERONN AS COSUADA fo rerg ie sclini'es Ske Cheyoit {oto iste herellateier ees cediiate oy ole lei [covatere p.o:bll|sxehendvar otal llelelenens: ace. |P umeteusveusteus IPRODLEN ainel tuetre te vis « slejseheierevelae 2 1.2% 9 GSO IF sic, Birds teers oars 3.38% Arcidens confragosus........... cova Ae eel oR SBS Sl (ii ween ewes Spee Wit dtechane ovare [hoi erevatertoe Ny GUO AIA OTe teesipetsscestee ne tere lesen ye nll oe aacer ne! suicco sue atelll slahalle tile [baiaveleertltaorf fate ale aust ol levaheey oy cnet Ab ednnter siete Miliptiogdalatatusx\. 1). > crersisiejejo, rove 8 5% 7 MQ GG ctevaite Svs atonsrotehorece 4.4% Pleumobe may cD ME AMIGA GIN oro o-s te a|seretace'e,'csalller arch esate ltateratoterat oh] ahaha tie: e)2t| Seoreretanetel| efecto etc | Ml MaeeteNere Cote Alasmidonta marginata......... Qa alt Pilly BG vad peewccassi| boy Seeker avera lteverebovens | Nowa irec * Amygdalonais donaciformis.....|....... ie Ghee eactooer inno nn Base noel dosent eltacbo seo ; ORBAN S retires cafe tistateiedis eee 153 94%| 1383 | 90.6%] 26 | 99.2%| 96.5% NON-COMMERCIAL SPECIES * ANOAOMCA PEATE IS teeter eteisiohate ote ste Hie nue ciaka| | costeucate cl|(uis Seana slelllacan scaicell ame tere An OGOMiae COLD TAA aerate ietarcrelelllositoys a ailievarer@ eee cil elole sche Slleterenon ale AModOntaPIMDeCIlis sive acta ertayete Salata Ae ds Wolete oe elle eisie a o2bi|'s s scetaye e Strophitus edentulus............ 2 1.2% 1 heptodea fragilis 5.5 fsb sk As ote 1 * 3 Proptera laevissima............ 2 1.2% 4 Oar acl irae Wey) wt sehets eee eevee soak ceiliovotehaal seal uae eo Ra deteue css SR INITVEM ah UST ale roe es ait a ieee te pale vall Vale ae cetelll s/s duane lsecera es ole FROURAMGS eat ons! el cccteis ee eusthe he | 5 2.4% 8 | TOTALS ALL SHELIS....... | 158 | 96.4%| 141 | AREA VIII. : Boundaries, Minneiska, Minn. to Fountain City, Wis. Status, closed to fishery. Length in Linear Miles, 10.8. Physical Conditions, 2 ft. high water; current about 2 miles per hour. Bottom, sand, mud, cobbles, mud, riff-raff, and infested with snags. ~ 26 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST LOCALITIES REPORTED UPON. (ref. maps.) VIII—1. Starting at Govt. Light 902.35 ft. off shore, south of island 4. August 11, 1920. VIII—10. One-half mile around the bend from Govt. Light 896,35 ft. off shore, starting point adjacent to coulee south of Chimney Rock. August 14, 1920. VII—19. Straight Slough, 100 ft. south of the north of the first large slough leading from it, (at upper end) to the C. M. « St. P. R. R. tracks from 655 elevation; on opposite shore at distance 20 ft. from banks. August 16, 1920. NOTES ON ‘AREA. This area stands third in the abundance of juveniles found. Remnants of a bed were found along the water front at Min- neiska. This is given in locality VIII-1. Locality VIII-10 represents the old Chimney Rock Bed. Juveniles secured in this and succeeding areas were obtained from sand _ bars principally by hand. In this area, there were frequently collected upon the sand bars crayfish which Dr. A. E. Ortmann of the Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa., pronounced to be Cambarus (Haxo- hus) virilis Hagen, (males of the second form,) and Cambarus blandingui acutus Gerard, (males of the second forms). As early as the latter part of July there was noticed a brilliant bluish-green scum upon the shore of the sloughs and sand bars. Some of the material was sent to Dr. G. T. Moore, director of the Missouri Botanical Garden for iden- tification. Dr. Moore stated it ‘“‘was a mixture of 3. blue- green algae, the major portion being Clathrocystis serrigensa, with occasional colonies of Coelosphaerium kuetzingianum, as well as occasional colonies of Anabaena flos-aquae. This mixture is a very common one and has been associated for a number of years with the phenomemon known abroad as the “breaking of the meres.” In this country it is generally re- ferred to as the “flowering of the waters.” Dr. C. B. Davenport, of the Carnegie Station for Experi- mental Evolution, Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y., identified specimens of Bryozoa forwarded him as Pectinatella magni- fica. These were collected from Fountain City Bay, Fountain REPORT ON THE STUDY AND APPRAISAL, ETC. City, Wis. may be expected to occur in the Mississippi also, viz. tella gracilis, Paludicella ehrenbergii, Fredericella sultana, Cristatella mocedo and various species of Plumatella. of these species are known from the Illinois River, and on account of the resistance which the statoblasts have to the digestive fluids of birds, have become widely distributed over the whole country east of the Rocky Mountains. 27 He indicates that the following additional species Urna- Some AREA VIII. one (eheaeaiake= | 2 é ro < vel | an ot Pe) 4 | 3 | 3 elite Om a | os SeU SHES Semel ark | Ss COMMERCIAL SPECIES * > =5 aa _o S 3 > s as o eR a i amie er goiter pi eae Ciel fg etd a eal he er GS SIN) Sains) S80 51 38 8 le Fusconaja ebena...........000. 3 QA Goliad ore ic challireners:aaeici|in sa eterno llovckereeatare 7.1% Pleurobema catillus.............. 2 TAR SOG he Rete Plea o BB il tbecgeerecs |e ateeketaee 4.7% Obovaria olivaria.......... Deed |patievausrieverchltcriatehhenetel| oreve, ot qual lave aire) Sere 3 (1) 4.2% 1.4% QuadrilarpostialOsaticc diss, stevelere ta fous Sleie ecu] a slelernts 1 2.8% Doeviles Ey peel Os shy sarees cnt Foloruce ool Ic Doce als IOlo atic occa pA Ooboclomtocag| ene pcdcs Quadrula metanevra 2.3% Rotundaria SLANIFET Aas ois. oie o:cie sheliwiisie a5e.0 03) wie) sls a,mie|| eieiele orn aifialas.e oso [tens cites o\n|/e ejeisrs-eyai||) = wi isle/a als Obliquaria: ireflexati. 7 La.).oss as 2.8% PUSCONAIA VUNG Aba s/s. )c,ctocs ste ahorn <6 2.1% Amblema peruviana............ 11% Amblema costata..... 4.7% Whig erey laren Pin ets oes Oooo one | OO UOI0o| toi cero lees Coa) (ae oco.e.cl Sar somal p s bomrocic GI GAC TU AW EVEMEMICOSE o aierars: vese stenctelclte lareusersi|ferelazerste ciliaierelalareyatl'ci« siletecacel Mave udtatia a] folhuialete) afl Mlustackal al ote Actionais carinata.. 2.3% IWargieiioee laberateG leis oboe ota o Ob ab did | @oooo eo ct Geis (Somos ten Faas |adoee os ( hiycss os Lampsilis siliquoidea 3.8% Palevon teri iF CO) ettetien cia steve: atehcistafel ov lures) oleis) = |lelecenerehele, teas tel.cverere [fey e016 sifaisi|leuavoroter el oil tate eseteteia] | mana terovalece ANY. OALOTIAIS DEUNMC ABS ies hal oust ate || te ateroue imal] 'sicrsyohe¥el os| lace sve) «ieieifin eve favoua,silohesa’ scelet'as| \eveharatsitelel MM fora eiarchene PAM SUIS VENUE COSA ,© o.c(% she aye claro eistere oie ficceieie orelp 1 8.3% | 30(15) 4.7% 18.4% Lampsilis anodontoides...... WU | hears ores alll cals tata biter| ete se talleiy, o|[avensie euskel] ie cecauan weial teem ome ovaced| Uke over eters Hamapsslise tallacroseavescisters ave ecazsyeull tales taza! olrl lit fahcceuade’[lorenehove inte: tovererelshorel|leceveUe! onovel| Cecexeh stare at |Pramateuetenest a Eurynia recta..,............-.. 1 7.1% 1 PEG] | ea eocicio)| Geile ec 5.1% Oia NS OS Ren Aim eoion Oo olde acre “Ad Gidea cr sig. 5,311 leper ces 1 1% = ICED ODASUS SI CYADE VISES, ch feds le letere x ePo = cocehl wieteterctote’ | Srapers als o:|heuereteuens. cj{ Porters a citialern,o eters! Me ayehevaeiege Masmisona COMp lan Ate fore/aare orejeilll@)/crereiere:e|latwrevs, ors) 1 SiSGolicm eds | ates 2.7% HU ASTOT ON ACOSLAUA Srrateata sw arals o/ eifte ferche © ove (atarodetesezell etoxene’s fore! [/aitenc Iola ove [takahatene ofa lieve eta we ol ieumoretesa slats Pre phe ret well teh -lec< crsne. ois sisusiclere: oles= |lenote oie b || shapavave, ley|(e-ecaecs Wiel enelele was [la lei aiereyeiel lo vsnace ciate [ee tenet, seatete PATCIGETI Sc COM MM AZOSUS kes ora tekeprote Nally ehee-are fell lah avails defen elfcdelettsic ae || ovaveus eenierlierteeue ere vel| venaiermiauene imate hel eters PSUR AO DEOL Perot a oe oat slave suis |iSeace coosora| fap oust sienaps | Seavey sy ater oll otene w-alreiei|faxcts. ele ity le et evereme So:fetmioreineevare PT Gio = Os eat GUISE ot 3 «12h te re secloia-ct ai ees ledeberohe | eta susdete ll acaivayof'ovei|ie) » ephiafars [iat evemmrepenee taretmrees sere a utenal eraperels Pleurobema pyramidatum....... [ferevceverove | shaiats wrsrailiei sth tea sills isye%elebarnills oie saree) sheecy sell eee etree Alasmidonta marginata......... EHS Se A el] PEE oci| ies ersterets Be sistasil cra sue eteie' hana crore lke ecient Amyedalonais donaciformis..... eee. Prep che caller | kesosassuenal lebercaeuckona liSecexe “exci | Reet tenets, | © Mtceet RNP Sm TODPAMG ee ae (nie CRA 100%| 84 | 87.8%! 90.1% NON-COMMERCIAL SPECIES * AMO ONED SST AMG IS Se sacs = cassis ar oret | "enna ted tans| lauetatetel Gia vevonamtce «| (ec siererein [ier clones afeltiopeiem Gracall cr ulereehe ree Anodonta corpulenta........... 2 Tee Alen ci siorolgl aren onc 1 1% 5% Am OO ON UA eITNDECIILIG. ck e-a susconecs sot lhe carersrece all avchel ere eiell ce etelevore cil anes’ eters es|laelec siplell ehevenevancie [Gnesi erste Strophitus edentulus............ ljdeasaple some) avetane<|atoa ces 1% * Meptodess- fraeciwis M7 sce c clem,e ssis.s NP ceshatte cea Wes esc, ote ra PN eas eh date sare 5 (3) 8.4% 3% epruaRVe LA egUM CSL TE cose ctr ars cl aia) | Nessie cianal ell ete tei ode farliedeea) esllets |leteleiale sic 1% * POMEL ALAC ISS ITD orca ee apace in eral ecyereratccct list olataiage’ |lecaeconstald||auaverene 6 a Kereyete apeisi|l avers’ Selle er ekeuetoiene [Ceiartncat heh Tina s ne ae aqO BAG ANE aehial anoSbiedl [ere cise Sel lacekeeet a ag eel eta seal aera 12 | 100% 11_ | 11.4%] 8% TOTALS ALL SHELLS....... _ 14 99.6%| 12 | 100% 95 | 99.2%| 98.1% 28 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST AREA IX. Boundaries, Fountain City, Wis. to Winona, Minn. (High Bridge). Status, open to fishery. Length Linear Miles, 8.6. Physical Conditions, 2 ft. high water; current 4 miles. Bot- tom, gravel and mud, with less amount of riff-raff than in preceding areas. LOCALITIES REPORTED UPON. (ref. maps.) IX—2. South end of Island 62, across the mouth of a slough, starting 20 ft. from nearest shore. Aug. 18, 1920. 1X—22-- Straight. Sloush,. about. 3 -miles). fronv «mouth; across the mouth of the first slough above island with 655 elevation. 25 ft. from north shore. Aug. 21, 1920. IX—31. 800 ft. northwest of the N. W. R. R. bridge at Winona, 35 ft. from sheer boom. Aug. 238, 1920. NOTES ON AREA. An old bed of “niggerheads” existing at Wild’s Landing was found to be absolutely covered with sand deflected by the dams. No trace of a bed said to exist in the vicinity of Island 55 was found. The best collecting in this area was from the sandbars, and in the lower portion of the area we frequently encountered very large specimen of Anodonta * grandis. Many stranded pocketbooks, (Lampsilis ventricosa) were found cut open for pearls, presumably by the foreign element of the population of Winona. Locality IX-22 is in the upper portion of Straight Slough near Winona. At the present time it is a flourishing bed, indicating that conditions are favorable here for mussel growth. Fresh water snails, (Plewrocera acuta, Raf.) and a form of Sphaerium stamineum Conrad, as determined by Dr. Bryant Walker, were abundant here. ‘ ~ REPORT ON THE STUDY AND APPRAISAL, ETC. 29 4 AREA IX. ¢ | | S Baril Geter ek EMO SIT pews Ae 5 COMMERCIAL SPECIES * = = | ot oe = aS Be ~ ca] aS a a 8 = as (s) A eel Beek Se. | ee ines |e 8 lis AY 3 HA 5 1 ‘ ; 2 Be Se | ele ee i etl bat = <7 MIRON Bley CDOT Aine t)cree1e e's a clavererenl|atecsie a stel| ciel rari oie 15 28.5% 7 3.4% 13% Pleurobema catillus.........ccccclecccves|ecsctre[ecccesc(ecseess 2 1% * Obovaria olivaria.............. 1 3.5% 2 3.8% 13 6.3% 4.5% Quadrula postulosa......... ate tend We aoa eral vets sts as 1 1.9% 8 3.9% 1.9% Quadrula quadrula............ Ae ered (ODS ath as Apeg| abo roa brirecac| gcse | “opictatrerca Quadrulay metanevra gets cas eerelec|ioiew ce ale] eines aie 7 13.3% 49 23.8% 12.5% Rotundaria granifera.:...cccecclecccecs|ccceces|ecccces|e cee eeslecccrccleceseeet secclens Obliatisataemet extiets crs sctecatel avers oo a icleisi ele |fatere ore savel|love si alevahe ' fice crates 1 * * HUSconajac UN Gaibals «106 csier's-01 neie'e 1 3.5% 6 11.4% 26 12.7% 9.2% AMPLE VEUUV IAN Alc) c/o) 3 5.7% 3 1.4% 2% Lampsilis ventricosa........... 3 (5) 28% 4 7.6% 18 8% 14.6% aMPSiIS PANOCONPOLMES ars ooo Wee s\lioe einer «)s||lole\' t:Ue)|iehe.e so eiei|) or srehe ele] ¢ ».ejatelrie’|\e le) »\nseins)| uu sietermielnla Lampsilis fallaciosa............ i BY IV All Ee sion rial|ocdoaco \eoreomd nono: 8% lia arity) Tea ae SOR ahs AO OOS GUInS Bes SU lOBOGa or 3 5.7% 14 6.8%| » 4.2% Eurynia subrostrata..... SOSOR eitevarsvorekec'|ters ad Sted (bo cist tecoll Ptwrekereta-c Kase) a erelecenl lekenekevaterel ie tate nenersiets IBlEbBODASUSS CYDDYUS!s')sideta laters eikie|\e ale erere ails orecele ahs 2 5.8% 8 3.9% 3.1% Lasmigona complanata......... 1 UR Aloe Sdeinnl ho Co etc aur eon ae 1% PASTA ONG,) GOSEATA I sale, es eles sislaje re |io;6 ects sift. Sieashere el|lereletateteiel| tiele cfejnvs |; a ola! 6’ sie! s\|(egniduaie ipfoi|l. Wile eceltelpisie Pr optera Sell abicton stccctares= wisis ns c.oreiei|focidieve 2re)|| ete acace elie’ |/oteleres sie alle acon alee’ 1 * * Arcidens confragosus.......... EUR ore os. [etatenctols site Spans lo Otel | Oho ereial ooei| fal orbits Maas c!| openers gai a rwhaare aren EAUMNea LOA TS Teee Ee ater lalo oh ckste alee eae oil are ete | (haere incl ores acs, uen| alliage a teYorlFauja loleltey = [ioWeilere, s¥et-i| Ml aanege owiehe Pea Grow rata EU Sets ietere rat ollel :siatere: dol] cre, eesetsl varets insere.e 1 Y.9% uf 3.4% 1.8% Pledrobemay PYTAMIGAGUMN ce oe viel oc ore.c oie || 00's s-0he) °° > os > as VJ 2 i 5S eke, Ape -) oh = pet | rs] o eA oS Be | rr) ee ao) Bit diese oS - =) oq | S86! a SA Ae Fusconaja ebena.............-. 7 7.9% i 4.9% re 5.4% 6.1% Pleurobema catillus...........e2)seeereeleeeeees 2 1.4% 2 1.5% 1% Obovaria olivaria.............- 25 28.2% 9 6.3% 41 31% 21.8% ae nestle: eee eas 8 9% 3 2% 7 5% 5.3% EMT OTE habl Di Gate ae eB Ae [a 40 G50e on Oper jaciberarl (en ate! aprtct am loreann bl lleana boca Quadrula metanevra...........- 4 4.5% 25 17.5%| 15(2) | 13:2% 12% je eal? se yaa? TET ee Age Gon ene HO CIN Fa cra (Cc cr eaeral ICO TOs o! [Genco lomioeaee 4 lomo ol llamas cae Obliquaria Tehlexa. <<<). .!s cic a0 2 2.2% 4 2.8%| 6(1) 5.4% 3.6% Fusconaja undata.............- 12 13.5%| 9(1) 7.4% 6 4.6% 8.5% Amblema peruviana............ 3 3.4% an) rye 1 * 2.89% Pantani GY eOMUAEA Seo cbaloas na oveheya'svallece enetere, <]| afew! oi ier 2 DATO | vaso. cSnalatay|lonsrctotesere * Wicoalonaischeras tac htc. 6 oA se tase hots |e oe svete |loaacaie as ioe,. daca eek ete ae eal (Petar tcc Quadrula verrucosa............ 2 2.2% 8 5.9% 2 1.5% 3.2% Actinonais carinata...#...:.... 4 4.5% 3 2.2%| 1 3.9% 3% iE eaves Mey Leties eee tle a - a DOS eNG Gig) lNecaoer S| letdo apee 3 WsZO\ sv. hae stele ra areee * iD Spite PE Heh acocianl ace Sool loco aniad| baoo. cdo joae poe 2 1.59%! 53 Plagiola lineolata.............. 1 1.1% Lia =I 1 * 1% Amygdalonais truncata.........)....... He srehaeere 6(2) FeO olerans cevevaline orien 1.9% Lampsilis “enter ete tae ni ousgeera| exepete rar tie}| elie Stopes 15 (1) 11.8% 16 12.4% 7% Team psilis) AnOGONLOIGES. <1. 20 «a 2)|\-"slsre = =!|\e «eave! «i> 1 chee Ia OAS ICN I Get * Lampsilis fallaciosa............ The Rope hfe | estoweca tees] "sre -oievol ateal [stese exc actotll suaphelrasGh-o rat l ekepsumies axen] MMMeanteae ep aita Bee a Boas p eee | Rae Oe Mises ea 5(1) et 3.9% 2.1% MIE Y LSU TOS ULE ts tetas lahat ae lalal (wre) sterol sell ips: (eters 3 1% PIEthODASUSE CVE VATS orate nis etneee |e crete elsiai| s, everote sic ess, oakatehe lle triste: ool lore iateievetcl| tchatepaneteys | LMM rero sere Lasmigona complanata......... 5 5 .6%)- if a ee rele |i acme 1.9% MEAS COSEA TE te apes yareinl atel aus ol letersi cle tees lst sial oman coil ace areas mie |ausrs eel syel|te, ole etoRstayitelermivelatah| eran aievatetets ESTOS EET SUR al ca Ledlate te Parer ses Ne tee acotb ol iaeaedes o olsadteds, o1'Mi Bem doil > Gye eleuslny [rei oe to.2\ oka |ioneseletereell Le esepsreioen| iM werdalerets PATCIGCNS ACOMELALOSUS cisi0.scicisrele sieliele.s eres 5 ser ai«, oiei|'s c0sls ea rallte ctarctetc) c lrevaetertde-e le ahetereinte| Mometa crake teas DIO (IGE sso sate wisi iat oleate «ous 5 4% 5 EY AW? aRERMOE ioe ose 2.6% Elliptio dilatatus<...2...%-..%.. 1 1.1% 4 2.8% 1 1.1% 1.8% PACT EODETIAA: EOS ATIITE Ab LITIA ee sccterteys ol lots tn Lest ane listeese 6. okphas| Matrerereherniliniaca vats esi) (ahepofterey «fer eustameis) sted Exetehesenatae AM ASIA GOME STATA Acree ve obare| os ceca «lls ereuetenaksllteenia ane) nel | alenegar erie 2 * * Amvyegdalonais donaciformis.....|.......|....... 1(1) 1.4% 2 1.5%. 1% MOUANUS 0. ected 79 | 87.2%| 128 | 90%] 121 | 91.8%] 88.8% EGS SRG AP er rer. J, NON-COMMERCIAL SPECIES * Anodonta egrandis........... aloe Vs Gomes. Calida eae Babes paces Di ae enn (ani Beoe Anodonta -corpulentas yo 02 clog lec sce eel cies cows | 2 1.4% 1 * 1.2% Anodonta imbecillis............ ula lela sPsiaile |g colrovle laced fatal oe tole, 4 ||euabererance lieve, saieceall 'e Suereeha oll ea etanere terete Strophitus= dentulus.2% wesc cet) eked col owtne aan 6 4.2% 2 * 1.7% Sy te tae are Spb FoanO Coe 9 | 10.1%| ae go 2.,| 1.5% 4.6% RAVNEL fy soc ce veaerare east farstaclaeeie | Ropero heh Lia Mlb Mech A dveucte oveie ll loratesereiens Carnncnlinaepavus 6 o..a5 os eiees [orareron os | ee tiers alee die Mae rnaare smivare|eaoseen OOS oe Truncilla_triquetra (1) UM | crete a coe te. Sees TOTS pasate: iaceahics « ea es A 8.4%| 5 | 1.5%] 7.5%- TOTALS ALL SHELLS....... | 88 97.2%| 142 j{ 98.4%] 126 93.3%| 95.5% . o2 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST From the data presented under the title of each area, the following tabulation is made, dealing with the absolute abundance of shells in the areas appraised: No. Shells No. Shells pceeud Commercial Species Non-Commercial pee Status as to nee Species per Shells per iguery Linear Mile Linear Mile tra 2 iOpen ses aes 197.1 66 263.1 ii Closed 3 = 84.1 47.9 131.5 IieeOpen! 22 222— 39 5.61 44.61 LV. Closed) 22-2 92 10.3 102.3 WeOpen 22>." 2 166.8 7 173.8 Wiis Closed: +22 2-3 243.25 ; 15.5 258.75 MIT Open. oe: = 14.5 (16.13) 1 (6.55) 15.5 (22.68) WATT Closed 2 == 10. (48 1.2 (2.8) 11.2 (45.8) Px Opent 2 28.24 (54) 4.76. (7.6) 33. (61.6) Xe. Closed 2. 45.3 (62.91) 4 (8.3) 49.3 (71.24) In the preliminary report of this survey, (p. 2) the data _ given on the absolute abundance of shells in Areas VII-X inclusive, was based in large part on collections of shells by hand from sand bars, as the latter embraced the larger number of best localities in the areas indicated. As it would be difficult to use such data in the future as a basis of com- parison and rechecking, there has been substituted in this final report data obtained from other localities in these areas by the use of the bar and crowfoot outfit. Since it is felt that, due to the conditions described, that the latter represents the true absolute abundance of shells in the areas, there are added in parentheses to the above the results obtained from collecting by hand on the 3 best sandbars of these areas. For each of the 3 localities taken in account for each area, the . data thus presented embodies the efforts of 3 men collecting by hand 30 minutes, a total consumption of 90 minutes time, and about that required to make 3 drags with the bars in any given locality. The results from the sandbars may be inter- preted to represent the maximum of shells in the particular area. VII. REMARKS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. The tables given indicate that commercial species of mus- , sels in the areas appraised are most abundant in the vicinity CORRECTIONS IN BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE ao of Red Wing, Minn., and in Lake Pepin. There is a decline in the number of the mussels in succeeding stretches of the river until the lower half of Lake Pepin is reached. Upon leaving the lake, a most marked diminution in their numbers occurs but on the other hand the absolute number of shells increases going down stream, showing that the necessary conditions for mussel life are present, and, on the whole,~ steadily improving. When it appears practicable to attempt the rehabilitation of the mussel beds below Lake Pepin, the following recommendations based upon the preceding infor- mation may receive consideration, viz: 1. Restoring old, but favorably situated beds in closed areas with advanced juveniles of commercial species. Such beds are those existing at the foot of Lake Pepin, Wabasha, Teepeeota Point, and those at Winona and Homer, Minn. If judged by the abundance of juveniles collected, the areas to be stocked in order are VI, VIII, IV. 2. Restocking and propagation. of desirable species in cer- / tain sloughs, both in open and closed areas, as the young shells in the former case would be protected by the prevailing sen- timent among mussel fishermen toward them. Sloughs offer- ing some promise in this respect are the Belvedere below Minneiska, West Newton Chute near Alma, and the Straight Slough near Winona. Corrections in Botanical Nomenclature. OLIVER ATKINS FARWELL. Dilepyrum erectum (Schreb.) N. comb. Muhlenbergia erecta Schreb., Besch. Gras. II 139. pl. 50 (1772-9). Dilepyrum aristosum Mx., Fl. Bor. Amer. 1:40 (1803). Mr. A. S. Hitchcock, in The Genera of Grasses of the United States, (U. S. Dept. Agriculture Bulletin No. 772) p. 145, (1920) places the genus Dilepyrum Mx. as a synonym of Muhlenbergia Schreb. and remarks that either of Michaux’s species are equally eligible as the type and that the second 84 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST D. minutiflorum is chosen in order to conserve the generic name Brachyelytrum. A careful examination of Michaux’s generic description and application of same to his two species shows that “either” are not “equally eligible as the type.” Michaux says: “Valvis—subulato-lineatribus, carinatis,” which is characteristic of his first species but not at alt so of his second. ' Therefore as his generic description is more ac- curately descriptive of his first species, D. aristosum, than of ‘ his second, the former must be considered as the type of his cenus. To arbirtrarily adopt that species as a generic type which will permit of the reduction of an older name in order to conserve a later name is contrary to all botanical rules and codes, except, of course, where rules or codes specifically name such exceptions. Another reason why D. aristosum should be considered as the type, is that when D. minutiflorum, not con- sidered as the type, is that when D. minutiflorum, not con- generic with the other, is removed to its proper genus, Muhl- enbergia, published 12 years earlier, D. aristosum is the only species left in the genus and consequently, the type. Brach- yelytrum Beauv., Ess. Agrost. 39, pl. 9, f. 2. (1812) must give way to the older Dilepyrum of Mx. under both the Vienna Rules and the American Code, Cannon 15 of which requires that the 1st species, D. aristosum, be considered the generic type. Gardenia, Colden, 1756; Boehmer in Ludw. Def. 292, 293 44760): Triadenum-. Rat.,- Med.--Rep. (2) V2" 3527 (1 s06)— Elodea Adans, ex Juss., Gen. 255 (1789) and ex Pursh, FI. Am. Sept. II 360, 379 (1814). Gardenia Ellis in philos. Trans. LI pt. 2, 935 (1761) becomes Gardena Adans. Fam. II 20 (1768). Three species are known, native of eastern N. America, one exending through British America into n. e. Asia. They are— as follows: Gardenia Virginica (Linn) n. comb. Hypericum Virgini- cum Linn, Sp. Pl. (2) 11 1104 (1763). U.5S., east of the Rocky Mountains, n. and w. into Asia. Gardenia longifolia (Small) n. comb. Triadenum longifol- ium Small in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club XXV 140 (1898). Florida and Alabama, northward to Kentucky. .) NOTES ON BIRDS OF THE VICINITY OF WASHINGTON, PA. 35 Gardenia petiolata (Walt.) n. comb. Hypericum petiolatum Walt. Fl. Car. 191 (1788). Louisiana to Indiana, eastward to the coast as far north as New Jersey. Department of Botany, Parke, Davis & Co., Detroit, Mich. - Notes on Birds of the Vicinity of Washington, Pennsylvania. * BY DR. AND MRS. W. C. M’CLELLAND. The observations that follow were chiefly made during the last ten years, 1911-1921. They give some brief account of bird behavior within an area probably less than a square mile in extent. This base, or locus observandi, includes a leafy suburb of Washington, Pa., valley land and hills, cultivated fields, a cemetery, gardens, orchards and woodland. The orchards are of old apple trees while the forests are deciduous, the white oak being the commonest tree, with varied often thick under- erowth. The elevation is from 1000 to 1400 feet, and the hillsides incline toward all the points of the compass. Lati- ~ tude 40°, 10”; longitude 80° W. The permanent bird residents we most often see or hear, summer and winter, include the,cardinal grosbeak, the chicka- dee, the tufted tit, the downy woodpecker, the white-breasted nuthatch, the English sparrow, the song sparrow, the Caro- lina wren, the Bob-white and the screech owl. Less common in winter, but often seen at other seasons, are the blue jay, the goldfinch, the red-bellied woodpecker, the cedar wax-wing, and the crow. The hairy woodpecker and the brown-breasted nuthatch though generally rated as per- manent residents of Western Pennsylvania, are in our small district rather rare. The screech owl is occasionally heard. A few robins, and some years a grackle or two, remain with us over winter. The winter wren, the tree sparrow, the brown creeper, the golden-crowned kinglet and in larger numbers the juncos are familiar visitors. * Contribution from the Biological Laboratory, Washington and Jefferson College, No. 74. . 36 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST . Of familiar summer residents the robins begin to arrive in February; the grackles, the redwings and the bluebirds, early in March. A flicker has been noted February 24th, but usually this genuine harbinger of spring delays his coming until late in March. The mourning dove, reputed to be a permanent resident in our latitude, we have not seen earlier in the season than March 19. The following according to our field notes, are dates of ar- rivals of other summer residents: towhee, March 19-23; field sparrow, March 17-25; Phoebe, March 15-25; sparrow hawk, March 19-23; chipping sparrow, April 3-10; brown thrasher, April 7-18; house wren, April 7-20; blue-gray gnat-catcher, April 15-21; yellow warbler, April 21-24; swift, April 15-30; wood thrush, April 25-May 1; catbird, April 26-May 4; Balti- more oriole, April 28-May 2; orchard oriole, April 28-May 4; warbling vireo, April 28-May 5; barn swallow, April 28-May 13; rose-breasted grosbeak, May 5-22; oven-bird, April 28-May 3; great crest, April 28-May 5; Maryland yellow-throat, May 17; redstart, May 8-15; chat, May 13-17; Acadian fly-catcher, May 10-21; indigo bunting, May 8-18; scarlet tanager, May 5-18; red-headed woodpecker, May 10-19; humming bird, May 8-20; purple martin, April 16-May 6; wood pewee and king- bird, May 8. The woodcock has been seen by us about the middle of May but possibly it is a permanent resident. It is not common. The tardiest of our summer residents to arrive, as it seems to us, are the yellow-billed and the black-billed cuckoos. Usu- ally they do not appear before the last days of May or the first week in June. The yellow-billed bird is the most often heard and seen. Of the thrushes only the wood thrush nests in Western Pennsylvania. During the spring migration the hermit comes earliest, usually early in April; the veery, April 3-16; the olive-backed thrush seems not to reach our locality until late in May. As is well known, most of the warblers are transients in -~and much beyond the field of our observations, only visiting us on their journeys north and south. In the spring they are arriving and departing from the last of April to the last of May in something like the following order: the myrtle, the NOTES ON BIRDS OF THE VICINITY OF WASHINGTON, PA. 37 black and white, the Nashville, the northern water-thrush, the caerulean, the hooded, the chestnut-sided, the Kentucky the bay-breasted, the parula, the black-throated green, the black-throated blue, the mourning, the prairie, the Tennessee, the magnolia, the Cape May, the golden-winged, the Black- burnian, Wilson’s, the black poll and the Canadian. At all events this is the showing of our observations. Of transient sparrows we have noted the fox, the, white- crowned and the white-throated; the fox sparrow appears early in April; the other two in May. Both the night hawk and the whippoorwill we have seen and heard, but we have no record of their coming or going. Vesper and grasshopper sparrows, so far as our testimony eoes, are summer residents arriving in April. A few birds are seen by us not every year but at long intervals, the parula and the golden-winged warblers for ex- ample. The purple finch is reported as a winter visitor but we have seen it only now and then and always in the early spring. Once or twice only, bobolinks have delighted us by a visit of a few days in May to a nearby grassy hillside. A flock of crossbills have given us a single visit. Once a pleas- ant surprise came in the rare advent of six or eight evening erossbeaks, wanderers from the far Northwest. A single visit from a little green heron proved less exciting. Just once in many years have we heard the honking of wild geese flying north, or in any direction. But these recalled the behavior of a representative of their family. When cannon were being fired one Fourth of July many years ago, our special observation was that at the sound of each explosion a swan would start like a frightened horse, whereas a Canada goose near it in the same pond showed no sign of disturbance. Once each a straggling mockingbird and a bewildered grebe have come our’ way. Migratory birds are often said to return with great regu- larity. In confirmation of this we have noted the return of Baltimore orioles April 28th for three successive seasons. An orchard oriole put in a first spring appearance, alighting on a low bush near our breakfast room window at 7:30 one May day morning. The next year it was observed to return to the same bush on the same day and at the same hour precisely. 3 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST It may have been another male of the same species, but only one pair of these birds had been nesting in the neighborhoad. nor did any other pair take up their abode with us that year. In our vicinity the cardinal grosbeak has become subur- ban ,building in the vines of porches of our own and our neigh- bors’ houses. To tne contrary, English sparrows have almost deserted our streets, since automobiles drop but little hali- digested grain. Robins with us are abundant and seem to be increasing in numbers but the blackbirds, or bronze grackles, are by far the most numerous of our feathered populations. In September and October they are about us in imposing flocks that must contain hundreds of thousands of individuals. Our bluebirds fluctuate greatly in numbers. Once they were not observed for two successive seasons. During their some- times belated journeys south, violent, cold storms no doubt destroy many of them. The red-headed woodpecker appears of late to be growing very.rare. We wonder if such locally new pests as the San José scale may injuriously affect its health. The red-eyed vireo is reported by some observers to be very common in Pennsylvania, but in our neighborhood, so far as our observations go, it is never seen. The warbling vireo is common. Purple martins and orchard orioles have apaprently gone from us permanently; the former ousted by English saprrows, the latter disinherited by the felling of a thick-foliaged buckeye tree. The list of birds that we have satisfactorily identified in our area includes about a hundred different species; the num- ber of species seen each year varies from 75 to 85 according to our luck and diligence. Obviously our chances for the thrill of future discovery, even within the narrow confines of our avian territory, “jist here about home,” have not been ex- hausted. BOOK REVIEWS In this section are reviews of new, or particularly important and interesting books in the fields of natural science. Books dealing with botany or kindred subjects should be sent to the Editor, the University of Notre Dame. All other books for review should be sent to Carroll Lane Fenton, at the Walker Museum, the University of Chi- eayo, Ill. Publishers are requested to furnish prices with books. PRINCIPLES OF ANIMAL BioLocy. By A. Franklin Shull. McGraw-Hill Book Co. $3.50. It is a rare thing for anyone to write a textbook that is revolutionary in its material; it is still rarer for any one to produce a book that de- mands an entire revision of the teaching of a time-honored subject in natural science. For while we are willingeto teach new material, we insist on teaching it the oldest way, and efforts looking toward a change are whole-heartedly discouraged. But the teacher’s worship of what is old seems to possess little weight with Dr. Shull and his associates. He has written a book that, if accepted, calls for an almost complete change in the teaching of zoology. Cutting, slicing, and peering through miscroscopes all have their place, but according to Dr. Shull, that place is far away from general courses in zoology. He believes that a general knowledge of the larger facts of zoology are more essential than a knowledge of the muscles of a frog’s leg; that zoogeography deserves more space in a text than does taxonomy. He begins his woork with a chapter on the general divisions of zoology, and a history of the science; he ends it with a glossary of the terms that students are apt to have difficulty with. Between those two chapters are others dealing with such subjects as the morphology of cells, the processes of cell division, physiology of organs, reproduction and breeding habits, embryology, genetics and evolution, ecology, and paleontology. Every chapter is complete in itself; it may be read as well separately as with the balance of the book. Together, these chap- ters make up a volume that is even more remarkable than Dr. Cock- erell’s “Zoology.” The rebellion of Mr. Shull is complete; he strikes out for himself, and it must be acknowledged that he has gone a long distance. As I read his book I have but one regret—that I do not have the privilege of taking courses under its author’s instruction. : Chik. PARACELSUS. By John Maxson Stillman. The Open Court Co. Theophrastus von Hohenheim, or as he is more commonly called, Paracelsus, illustrates well the independence, the self-confidence, the 40 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST boldness of thought, and the painful confusion of new and old that characterized the time of the later Renaissance. He was born the year following the discovery of America, and lived a life quite as stormy and almost as significant as that of the famed Columbus. The latter made a great discovery and brought about a great revolution in world affairs, industry, and politics; Paracelsus was a not less striking re- former in science, elementary medicine and chemistry. Dr. Stillman’s book is not offered as any new contribution to the his- tory of a man who has been alternately praised and denounced for hundreds of years. It is a presentation in Finglish of the essence of the long or relatively inaccessible German treatises, and papers, as well as a critical examination of attitudes and philosophy as shown in Para- celsus’ own writings. The struggle with the antiquated medical men, the brief stay at the University in Basel, and the wanderings in various armies are presented only as a background for the later work of the revolutionary physician. The chemistry of Paracelsus is reviewed, and some space is devoted to the forged works that were for many years supposed to have antedated the great man’s contested discoveries. But to the general reader, who must be considered along with the specialist in medicine, the early life of this reformer, his character and beliefs regarding his profession, and the manner in which he died are more interesting than his exact contributions to either medicine or chemistry. Most of us have known of him as a name; the biographical part of Mr. Stillman’s book helps us to know of Paracelsus as a man. Cy ESE? COMPANIONS, FEATHERED, FURRED, AND SCALED. By C. H. Donald, F. Z. S. John Lane Company. $2.00. Mr. Donald is one of those fortunate people who are able to “make friends” with birds and other animals of all sorts and dispositions. This ability, aided by a residence in India which allowed him to study first-hand the rich wild life of the Himalayas, has enabled him to write a book that is both interesting and instructive. Mr. Donald makes pets of his animals; he does not “train” them or shut them up in cages. Therefore his accounts have more value than mere comments on circus animals, or on those confined in zoological gardens. The “companions” range from pythons to eagles; from. monkeys to bears. And from the first chapter, telling the adventure of Bhaloo, a bear cub, to the last, which gives the life story of a little fox, the book is full of interesting natural history material. The numerous first- rate photographs of the animals which have at one time or another come into Mr. Donald’s possession add much to the value of the book. Cu Ltk. NOTE Contributions on general and midland natural history will be gladly received. Papers on botany and allied subjects, zoology, geology and physical geography, should be addressed to the editor. Matters relating to advertisements are to be taken up with the secretary of the University. One hundred reprints of articles containing eight pages or more will be furnished free of charge to contributors. More than one hundred separates can be obtained at cost price of the extras. _When articles consist of less than eight pages, a certain number of copies of THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST in which the paper appeared will be supplied free, or the separate articles may, by ar- rangement with the editor, be kept until future papers average eight pages, provided the contribu- tions are sent in for the next consecutive issue for publication. Contributors of articles will receive a free subscription for the year in which their paper appears. For further or other information address THE EpitTor, Notre Dame, Indiana. | ata as eonipe Tt naar naa anc Noy oe | | | : | | | : EEE ations See | Che Gnibversity of Notre Dame NOTRE DAME, INDIANA College of Arts and Letters. Departments of Ancient Classics, Modem Literature, History, Political Economy, Sociology, Domestic Foreign Commerce, Journalism, Library Commerce, Science. College of Science. Departments of Chemistry, Physics, Biology, Agriculture. College of Architecture. Departments of Design. Pharmacy, Construction, Preparatory School. Variant Courses. College of Engineering. Departments of Civil Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Chemical Engineering, Mining Engineering, Industrial Engineering. College of Law. Colle e of Hine Arts. Departments of Artistic Drawing, Painting, Cartooning, Instrumental Music, Vocal Music. St. Edward Hall. For Young Boys. Notre Dame is recognized by all educators, by the press and by the public as a college whose work is of the same grade as that of the most highly endowed colleges or the best state univ- sities. Its atmosphere is strongly Catholic and no young man who has ever attended the University of Notre Dame can escape its influence in after life. The discipline is paternal, and aims at giving young men the fullest liberty consistent with earnest study and manly Christian character. Rooms at reasonable rates. Catalogue sent on application. Address: LAE REG rs RA NOTRE DAME, INDIANA cE | | | | | | | | | WOOL. ViETl MARCH, 1922 NO. 2 rican MIDLAND AMERICAN Devoted to Natural History, Primarily that of the Prairie States Published by the University of Notre Dame, Notre Dame, Indiana J. A. NIEUWLAND, C.S.C., Ph. D., Sc. D., Edigér. CONTENTS | Seasonal Dimorphism in Arisaemae Triphyllum Theo. Holm 41 The Evolution of Tools and Implements William D. Johnston 49 Nomenclatorial Notes on Certain American Plants—II. Homer D. House 61 The Geography of Bird Study O. A. Stevens 65 Book Reviews Carroll Lane Fenton 69 PRICE $1.50 A YEAR SINGLE NUMBERS 30 CENTS FOREIGN, 6s. 6d. Entered as second-class matter at Notre Dame, Indiana. Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in section 1103, Act of October 3, 1917, authorized on July 3, 1918. THE UNIVERSITY PRESS, NOTRE DAME, INDIANA fd | Back Numbers of “The American Midland Naturalist.”’ Vol; P——(1r909=1910)296)01) 1) Unibond AE ET MINE yeaa ae re $2.00 Vol. II.—(1911-1912). 330 pp. Unbound and exclusive of 3 Reprints to) berboutndsinente Olevia se SEN Ee a ee 2.00 Inclusive of Three Reprints (see below). Extra......._2-22222-2.2-22------------ 2.25 Vol. III.—(1913-1914). 383 pp. Unbound, exclusive of Reprint No. 4. (See below). [Nos. 1, 2, 3, 7.) are scarce and nearly out of print, COSUIN G75 OCES Gar Cin ie ce a Ba re a Ce LL Sees 0 ee AT 4.50 Inelusiveiof Reprint NoOwA extras] tole lee Aes ees Bees ee eines 1.00 VolstiVi— (rons 7966) Unborn a eee ae ee ee ea ee 4.00 Vol. Vi——(rory=rors)> Unibond. b. 20 Yo Sele ey ae eat Vole Vae—— (rono=1920)) 5) Oto tiridie e Pee ies te acento a 3.00 fo) Nes gs Raves Gr iat) gee Bs | 8 (0 6 00) 6 NAO Om it Ms Ls MUA Ra NBG NCAA SD NMI ys ain lh 1.50 Total—$22.25 Publications. Haun, W. Analytic Study of Faunal Changes in Indiana, 2 plates, SE OUQEO) 297 DD one tose a $ .15 GREENE, E. L. Leaflets of Botanical Observation and Criticism. 2, vols, )(Complete:3(1903—1012) see 6.00 cs 43 Cybele Columbiana, A series of Studies in Botany, chiefly North American. (All published)......... 7 3 46 Pittonia, A series of Papers Relating to Botany and Botanists) 5) volss7(1887—=T905)) ene eee 14.00 ms Flora Franciscana, Parts I, II, III. [Part IV pub- lished long after the other parts, is quite unobtainable, as all copies not immediately distributed seem to have been lost in the San Francisco fire.] Price as published__._................. 2.00 re yi Manual of the Botany of the Region of San Fran- cisco Bay (1894). Bound cloth.......02.........-- 2.00 Wii oti dea a i ie 1S De rae Tse ae ee 1.50 UTTERBACK, W. I. Naiades of Missouri, 200 pp. 29 pl. and some text AGAIN EG Le ET Ee te I ee ee 7/5 Reprints. RAKINESOUE,C. Ss) Neogeny. tort, (S25) oor ee es nee ae B25 Pi x The Natural Family of the Carexides (1840)........ .50 fe: ia Scadiography or 100 Genera of Ombelliferous Plants seten. (1840) oe see ese eee 1.50 ei 2 Monographie des Coquilles Bivalves et Fluvia- tiles de la Riviere Ohio. Remarques sur les Rapports Naturels des Genres Viscum, Samolus et Viburnum. A Bruxelles (1820)...-......-...-...- 1.50 LEConrxs, J. E. Reprints of Monographs without plates, $2.50; with 42 photographic copies of unpublished plates (7x8), $25.00; with colored photographic plates...$37.50 LeCoNTE, J. E. Two extra plates reproduced from originalsin N. Y. Bot. Garden. Colored, $1.50; uncolored...__......... 1.0¢ The American Midland Naturalist PUBLISHED BI-MONTHLY BY THE UNIVERSITY OF NOTRE DAME, NOTRE DAME, INDIANA VOL. VIII. MARCH, 1922. NO. nN . Seasonal Dimorphism in Arisaema Triphyllum. THEO. HOLM. (With 5 figures drawn by the author.) Along the Maryland Pike from Silver Hill to Clinton, Prince George County) are several tracts of woodland, mostly with Liriodendron, Liquidambar, Nyssa, Acer rubrum and var- ious oaks. There are many creeks and frequently, during the winter months, large areas of the woods become inundated. There is a luxuriance of ferns, notably Woodwardia areolata, Asplenium Filix-femina, Polystichum, Onoclea_ sensibilis, Dicksonia, Osmunda, and even the rare Ophioglossum vulga- tum is quite abundant. ‘: But when the Spring commeices there is no trace of Podo- phylum, Sanguinaria, Claytonia, Anemonella, Dentaria, Erythronium or Osmorhiza; the vernal Grasses are scarce. But there are many Carices, and Symplocarpus is at its very best, not to speak of Viola cucullata, Oakesia, and Rhus Tox- icodendron, while Orontium follows the creeks. Not until late does Arisaema triphyllum appear in these surroundings, and when it commences to bloom, the plant on the Potomac shore near Washington has passed flowering more than a month earlier. When finding this plant near Clinton barely in bloom in the middle of May, its remarkable low stature attracted my atten- tion, beside the late time of its appearance. “Nana” or “Sero- tina” would have seemed an appropriate name, but it so hap- pened that the plant proved to be the variety pusilla already described by Peck,’ and recently raised to specific rank: A pusillum (Peck) Nash in Britton’s manual. However, considered as a mere variety or at least as a form this plant seems more interesting than as a new species. It actually indicates how a species may be developed, and from 1 Report New York state Museum 51: 297. 1897. 42 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST this point of view the plant will be treated in the subsequent pages. Peck (1. c.) describes the plant as follows: “Plants 3 to 6 inches high; leaves usually solitary, the leaflets nar- rowed and pointed at the base, 12 to 18 lines long, 7 to 9 wide; - the upper part of the spathe commonly dark purple. Mill- brook, Dutchess county, June. The plants were in flower June 15th; about a month later than the time of flowering cf the typical form of the species in the same locality.” No addi- tional characters are mentioned in Britton’s manual, and the habitat is given as ‘open sunny bogs New York.” Having had the opportunity to study the plant throughout the summer, and in localities where it occurs in abundance, I have observed several points in its external structure, by which it may be readily distinguished from the typical form. So far as cencerns the vicinity of Washington (Maryland and | Virginia) typical Arisaema triphyllum appears to be mostly -dioecious. It is a plant of rather robust habit, especially when compared with the var. pusilla (Fig. 1) at the corresponding state. The leaf-segments are elliptical-ovate, pointed, and they are very broad in young specinfens (Fig 4), which have not yet reached the flowering state. The relative length and width of the middle segment correspond well with those of the two, lateral. The color of the spathe varies from light green to dark purplish-brown or variegated with dark purple and whitish stripes or spots. Now with regard to the var. pusilla (Fig. 1) the plant is very slender with the scape frequently bent; the spathe and spadix are smaller than in the type, and the color of the spathe is most often dark purplish-brown to almost black or, though more seldom, pale green with no dark spots or stripes. The- staminate plant seems to be the most common, and I found no monoecious specimens. The staminate plants are gener- ally of a lower stature than the pistillate, but the color of the spathe varies in both. While the name “pusilla” is very appropriate to the plant, so far as concerns the small size of the leaves, spathe and spadix, when it appears above ground, the stem or floral scape, does not remain low, but grows rapidly, and may reach the height of 25 to 34 cm. in fruiting specimens, measured from the corm to the base of the spadix. The foliage may SEASONAL DIMORPHISM, ETC. 43 LLP Ns S KG ZZ ~~ A EXPLANATION OF FIGURES. Figure 1. Arisaema triphyllum (L.) Schott. var. pusilla Peck; two-thirds of the ' natural size. igures 2 and 3. Leaves of young specimens of same variety, in third year; two- thirds of the natural size. Fig. 4. Leaf of a young specimen of typical Arisaema triphyllum in its third year; two-thirds of the natural size Fig. 5. Leaf of a mature specimen of the variety pusilla; natural size. 44 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST also attain quite a considerable size. Concerning the shape of the leaf-segments, these are generally narrower than the type. This difference is evident even in young specimens (Figs. 2-3), which have not yet reached the flowering state. In mature leaves the relative size and outline of the segments are quite distinct from that of the typical plant. As a mat- ter of fact it seems characteristic of the variety “pusilla” that. the central leaf-segment is shorter and broader than the two lateral. Furthermore, the lateral segments often exhibit an outline approximately falcate. Among the numerous speci- mens which I examined, leaves in which the three segments were of uniform shape and size were rare. The leaf figured (Fig. 5 )may give some idea of the general size and outline of the leaf. of a mature specimen of the variety. The largest leaves are of course to be found in fruiting specimens. When two leaves are developed the basal is always larger than the superior. For instance in a fruiting specimen, collected on the second day of August the two leaves showed the size as follows: Basal leaf: central segment, length 16.5 cm. width 9.0 cm. Basal leaf: lateral segment, length. 22.0 em. width 7.0 cm. Superior leaf: central segment, length 14.0 cm. width 5.5 cm. Superior leaf: lateral segment, length 15:0 cm. width 5.4 cm. In a staminate specimen, collected on May 31st, the single leaf measured: Central segment length 9.5 cm. width 4.2 cm. Lateral segment length 12.0 cm..width 3.1 cm. . As compared with the typical plant the variety pusilla is thus readily distinguished by (1) its late appearance, late blooming and fruiting; (2) the relatively smaller size of in- florescence, spathe and spadix; (3) the uniform deep color of the spathe, except in chlorotic specimens; (4) the leaf-seg- ments being narrower, and the two lateral being generally longer and narrower than the central (Fig. 5); (5) the ap- . proximately falcate shape of the lateral segments; and finally (6) the habitat being either low woods, partially inundated during the winter, or sphagnum-bogs. : I have not, so far, found the typical plant and the variety growing together, and considering the nature of the sur- roundings, .I presume these to be the direct environal cause - ~*~ SEASONAL DIMORPHISM, ETC. 45 of the modified structure observable in the variety pusilla. In other words Arisaema triphyllum illustrates a case of sea- sonal dimorphism, which might eventually lead to the segrega- tion of a second species, similar to the species of Gentiana and Euphrasia, described by Wettstein’, and Alectorolophus by Sterneck.’ ) In his very instructive work, Grundziige der geographisch- morphologischen Methode der Pflanzensystematik (Jena 1898), Wettstein points out the possibility of ascertaining the phylogenetic relations of species by a comparison of the mor- phological structure and the geographical distribution. As a point of issue this author maintains, that a species occupying an area, where the conditions suffer no change, may remain constant, except in case of eventual hybridization or individ- ual variation. But, if the conditions become modified in some part of this area, or if the species spreads beyond the limits of the regions with other conditions, the species will naturally adapt itself to the new environments, and so result in the de- velopment of a new species. Such new species may be readily connected with the parental, when the areas are not too re- mote from each other. Some transitional forms may be ob- served, which morphologically resemble both. If, however, species is capable of being distributed across areas of wide extent, the transitional forms may become obliterated and the actual relation between the parent species and the modi- fied form may be obscured. From whatever cause the species may have become modified it is evident that seasonal dimorphism is one of the fundamental results in\such modi- fication. Such is unquestionably the case in the European species of EKuphrasia and Alectrorolophus, which have become modified so as to represent distinct species, simply produced by the changes of conditions at harvest-time in the European meadows. The history of Gentiana is somewhat different. We are here dealing with species, some of which are so closely related ‘to each other that “annual” or “biennial,” flowers “large” or 2 Wettstein, R. v. Der Saison-Dimorphismus als Ausgangspunkt fiir die Bildung neuer Arten in Pflanzenreiche. (Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. XIII: 303. Berlin 1895.) 3 Sterneck, I. Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Gattung Alectorolophus (Oesterr. bot. Zeitschr. 1894.) 46 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST “small,” and leaves ‘‘obtuse” or “acute” constitute some of the most important characters of distinction, yet with a geo- graphic distribution of so marked characteristic, that their _ validity as species appears indisputable. Figure 5. Leaf of a mature specimen of the variety pusilla; natural size. % Regarding Arisaema triphyllum we have a clear case in which “seasonal dimorphism” has produced a type, which 1 believe is about to develop as a distinct species. And there SEASONAL DIMORPHISM, ETC. AT cannot be any question of the parental species being the one, which we call typical A. triphyllum. For considering its mor- phological equipment, expressed by the characteristic struc- ture of its organ of vegetative reproduction, the tuberous rhizome, such rhizome belongs to plants inhabiting higher situations, where it typically grows, and not to such as occur in low» woods, inundated during the winter, or in bogs, sphagnum-bogs for instance. In the singular environment where the variety pussilla occurs, we have a natural explana- tion of the reason, why it blooms so much later than the typical plant. And accompanying this distinction as to time of flowering and fruiting we have seen the marked color of the spathe and spadix, the frequent variation in the leaf-out- line, and the slender stem. If these characters remain con- * stant, “pussilla’’? may eventually deserve specific rank, and we shall have a well founded proof of how some species may arise and “from more than_one single area.” For it is hardly pos- sible to believe that the variety pussilla, as it grows in Mary- land, originally came from the north, where it also occurs, or vice versa. It might have become distributed by means of the berries, but it seems much more reasonable to suppose, that the change of environment has produced this particular type, “wherever it occurs.”’ A conclusion to that effect would only corroborate the view advanced by Wallace: “that every species has come into existence coincident both in space and time with a pre-existing closely allied species” —with the typi- cal form of Arisaema triphyllum in this particular case. We would at the same time see no obstacle against believing that each species does not need to have been produced within one area, from where it migrated as far as it could; the origin cf the Euphrasiae, the Gentianae, the species Alectorolophus, and our variety of Arisaema seem to depend on factors, some of which are among those which Schouw evidently had in mind, when he wrote his thesis: ‘De sedibus plantarum “originarils”* and reached the conclusion: ‘“‘Hadem momenta cosmica easdem plantas diversis in locis produxise.”’ This hypothesis of Schouw was not new however, for it had actually been proposed by Gmelin in his “Sermo de 4 Kjoebenhavn 1816. 48 ’ THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST novorum vegetabilium post creationem divinam extortu. It was accepted by some few of the leading botanists, for in- stance, by Elias Fries*; but while Alphonse De Candolle once adopted and strenuously maintained Schouw’s hypothesis,’ he has in effect discarded it in his “Géographie botanique”’ (1855). Since then very little has been written about this subject, at least from the viewpoint of Schouw; there is, however, an interesting paper by K. Mueller: ‘‘Uber das relative Alter der ~ Alpenflor,’* in which the probability of several centers of creation is amply discussed in favor of Schouw’s hypothesis. Indiréctly, on the other hand, the question was brought up again by Kerner,’ who demonstrates the possibility of hybrids ¢eiving rise to new species, when conditions are favorable. And we learn from another publication by this same author," that Asyngamy i. e. Asynchronogamy may result in the forma- tion of new species by means of favoring hybridization, and by rendering formation of new races possible. Then with respect to seasonal dimorphism, we have in the works of Wettstein, Sterneck and Murbeck, cited above, an excellent illustration of the origin of certain species through factors, that may undoubtedly have exercised the same influ- ence during epochs previous to the recent, and not being con- fined to a single area, but effective wherever the conditions are favorable. CLINTON, Mp., NOVEMBER, 1921. 5 Tiibingen 1749. 6 Den Linnéanska Botanikens forhallande till den nuvarande (Botaniska Utflygter Vol. 3. p. 114 Stockholm 1864). 7 Fragment d’un discours sur la géographie botanique. Bibl. univ. 1834. 8 Botan. Zeitg. Vol. 16. No. 43. p. 321. 1858. 9 Konnen aus Bastarten Arten werden? (Oesterr. Botan. Zeitschr. Vol. 21. No. 8. a ye aus Bastartem Arten werden? (Oesterr. Botan. Zeitschr. Vol. 21. No. 8. 10 Uber die Bedeutung der Asyngamie fiir die Entstehung neuer Arten. (Bericht, naturwiss. Vereins Innsbruck 1874.) The Evolution of Tools and Implements. WILLIAM D. JOHNSTON. Man’s happiness today is dependent upon the comforts with which he is surrounded. His home, his clothes, his city, and the great complexity of present day society are the things that make life desirable. The society of which he is a part is dependent for its existence upon a great multiplicity of me- chanical devices. Thousands of men go to the steel mills each morning to care for the great furnaces where millions of tons of ore are converted into iron. Thousands of men go to the factories to make machinery and tools from the iron. Again, men use the tools to make machines—great mechanical devices—huge lathes capable of turning an engine wheel; dry docks to float the longest ship; valves through which an auto- mobile can pass—it is upon these things we depend today. They did not come suddenly, but through long, continual in- ventive effort to use the materials at hand to the greatest advantage. Before the invention of metals, man’s supply of materials with which to work was the flint quarry, the gravel bank, and the chert ledge. His weapons and tools were made of stone; at first in the pieces just as they were picked up; later ‘they were roughly chipped, and in the time just preceding the invention of bronze they were elaborately chipped, polished and often carved. When man discovered that copper and copper and tin alloys would lend themselves to shaping quickly by pounding, and that the weapons so made could be ground to an edge much sharper than that obtainable in stone, he did not hesitate to discard the quarry for the mine. His stone implements were reproduced in bronze and improved as _ the _ tough- ness and malleability of the metal suggested. His daggers were longer, his axe shorter and less unwieldly, and his arrows had sharper points. The supplies of bronze were limited, and hence its use was not greatly extended. It was only with the invention of iron smelting processes that man entered into the era of invention and manufacture whose comforts today we enjoy. With such supplies of metal at hand there was no limit to the advance- ment of mechanical invention. Steel followed as a logical re- _ 50 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST sult, and with the advent of scientific thought and its appli- cation to the industries, the mechanical progress in the last hundred years has been enormous. Let us suppose that a colony of present day eae de- pendent upon a vast multiplicity of mechanical devices for their, well-being, be deprived of all of these things which they look upon as necessary to life and be left upon some island well supplied with the flints, the ores of copper and tin and of iron. Supposing still that, in the course of the first six or seven generations, the metals remained undiscovered and the people had accustomed themselves to an existence upon such plants as could be found and game brought down with stones. The customs of their modern forefathers would soon be for- gotten and they would revert to the savagery necessitated by their environment. Then would doubtless follow a repetition of the series of discoveries and inventions which marked man’s advance to his present day status. The improvement of stone weapons, the discovery and use of bronze, the use of iron, and then of steel, would come even as it came before. It is true that such a colony would have the mental advantage of hun- dreds of generations of intensive thinking and inventive -peo- ple, and that mentally they would be of a type much higher than the primitive users of unworked stones. For this reason the progress would probably be more swift, but the order and method of invention would undoubtedly be the same. The classification of M. Adrien de Mortillet of simple tools in five groups is given in Table II. His first group contains tools for cutting, edge tools probably the first type to be de- veloped . The older stone flakes referred to the Chellean, found in river terraces of the ~Paris' basin, while known as a “hand-axe”’ by the English archaelogist, is better described by its French name—the Coup de Poing!— and was doubtless grasped in the hand and used as a knife. From the roughly broken stone fragment held in the hand up to the elaborately chipped blade-like daggers of the Ameri- can aborigines, made with a skill that no white man possesses, is simply a process of educational evolution—one process lead- ing to the next. Pointed knives of bone are found in the kitchen middens of 1. Geikie, Jas. Antiquity of Man in Europe. 1914. P. 43. EVOLUTION OF TOOLS, ETC. 51 old Hochelaga’ and knives of bamboo cane are used today by some Polynesian tribes.? Elsewhere bamboo is used in making handles for other implements. Many peoples make elaborate handles for rude knife blades, and the preservation of the blade alone, a crudely chipped piece of flint, would give a very low impression of the mechan- ical art of the people, although the handle by which it was attached may have been elaborately worked. The primitive shear was a flat flake of flint held in one hand and pressed against a flat stone held horizontally much as a saddler’s draw-knife or a cigar maker’s clip is used today. It may have been provided with a handle as the “ulu” or woman’s knife of the Eskimo.? The shear made of two movable blades passing over each other was found in ancient Egypt and in China, but was doubt- less invented after the “ulu’’type of shear had been in long use. The axe is a development of the stone knife. It would be very difficult to wield a knife as long as many axe-heads with- out the use of a handle. It was doubtless a red letter day in the history of invention when some Acheulean genius found that by wrapping vines about a sharp flake of flint and twist- ing the ends into a handle he had produced the first axe. Axes are in general use throughout Paleolithic times. The method of attachment to a handle varies greatly. In the Solutrean of South Africa! axes were found with slight longi- tudinal grooves chipped in such a manner as to be firmly held when inserted into a split stick. The head was often locked to the stick by means of green raw-hide which, contracting greatly in drying, binds the blade firmly to the handle. Many of the polished axe heads of Neolithic times are grooved to receive the split handle or lashings, as are many of the axes of the American Indians. Matlocks, adzes and chisels must be considered as adapta- tions of axes. A stone axe, while of little use in chopping a log across the grain, is of great use mounted as an adze in splitting it or ‘in hollowing it in the manufacture of a canoe. Likewise, the chisel is but an axe head set in a handle so that the blade is at the end of the handle, and a matlock a longer 2. Dawson, F. W., Fossil Men and Their Modern Representatives. 1870. P. 135. 3. Polynesian Researches, Vol. IV., P. 346. 4. Mason, “The Ulu, or Woman’s Knife,” Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1890. Pp. 411-416. 52 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST adze. The stone blade in these types of cutting tools differed but little among primitive people, the same blade being used for all purposes. The bronze celts of the Swiss Lake Dwellers are classical examples of the reproduction of stone tool types in bronze. Osborn’ fails to include the flint saw in his tables of imple- ments, but Mason’ mentions flint pieces with serrated edges found in many European as well as American caches. These flakes are carefully made and seem to be adaptable for no other purposes than hacking a piece of wood or bone in two. The use of thin strips of soft wood and sand much as the modern quarryman cut his block of marble into slabs was probably known in Paleolithic times ; undoubtedly in Neolithic. In ancient Egypt a bronze saw was used, and very primitive cross-cut saws of the same metal are in use today in China. The Aztecs and some modern Polynesian tribes make saws by inserting teeth and bits of stone in a wood handle.’ M. Adrien de Mortillet’s second group comprises those in- struments used for abrasion and for smoothing. He includes in it scrapers, gravers, rasps, files,, sandpaper, polishers, bur- nishers, whetstones and grindstones. The use of abrasives can not be considered a fundamental operation. Chipping and crushing doubtless came first and the abrasive process was used in finishing the tools roughly shaped by pounding or chipping. Serapers were used to prepare skins for use as clothing and coverings. The process of skinning an animal needs neces- sarily be crude when done with stone knives, and the use of a seraper to remove the mangled flesh from the skin is a normal development. They appear in the Chellean and are most conspicuously deveolped in the Mousterian and the Aurignacian of the Middle Paleolithic’. The instruments used in polishing stone are of small im- portance in the Paleolithic, but assume a prominent place | among the implements of the Neolithic. Mason’ tells of the many reports sent annually to the Smithsonian at Washing- ton telling of the discovery of large blocks of sandstone whose Johnson, J. P. The Prehistoric Period in South Africa. 1910. P. 51. Osborn, H. F., Men of the Old Stone Age. ri 2710 a 2a Mason. The Origin of Invention. 1901. P. 48 Ibid. P. 48. Loe. Cit. P.. 52. SA OE EVOLUTION OF TOOLS, ETC. 53 surface shows marks of abrasion indicating their use as grind- stones. . The “kitchen middens”’ of the north of Europe contain whetstones made of the best material the locality affords. Today the whetstone is used by all savage peoples. Often hammers and axes show abrasive marks, telling of their use as grindstones. Etchers and burnishers come into importance in the bronze age and many of the “Swiss Lake” implements are elaborate- ly etched and doubtless were highly polished when new. The third division of M. de Mortillet’s includes implements use for fracturing, crushing and pounding. Chipping instruments are in use by all savage people who work.in such rock as flints and cherts. Almost all papers discussing flint blocks and arrows go into considerable detail in describing the method of using a pin of bone to do the final finishing of the implement. Today the implements are made of such materials as bone, antler, hardened wood and stone. In using the chipper, the flint is held in the hand against a piece of leather-or another stone, and pressure is exerted downward near the edge of the flint. In this way thin flakes of the material are chipped away and the implement fashioned. Osborn” in his table does not include the chipper among his bone instruments, but there is no doubt that some of the in- struments classified by him as chisels or as smoothers were used for this purpose. The hammer is the universal tool. Dawson’s" account of the evolution of-the hammer is very good. He recognizes these types of hammers: “Disc-hammers are in their rudest form merely flat pebbles, suitable to be held in the hand, for driving wedges or chisels, or for breaking stones, bones, or nuts. In their more finished forms they are carefully fashioned of quartzite or greenstone, with one side convex and the other flat, or even slightly hol- lowed, and the edge neatly and regularly trimmed. Stones of this kind are found all over America on old Indian sites, and are almost equally common in Europe; and there can be little doubt from the habits of the modern Indians as to their ordin- 10. Loe. Cit. 11 Dawson, F. W. Fossil Men and Their Modern Representation. London, 1880. Pp. 112-115. ~ i 54 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST ary uses. They were probably hammers, pounders and pol- ishers. Held with the convex side in the palm of the hand, they could be used to drive wooden stakes or to split wood with stone chisels, or to crack nuts or to bruise grain and fruits, or to grind paint on a flat stone. With sand or earth they made efficient polishers for dressing skins, and held edge- wise they served to trim flint weapons or to crack marrow- bones. One of these hammers must therefore have been an indispensable utensil in every household, and a well-made one of durable stone may have been an heirloom handed down for generations. “The second kind of hammer is of elongated form, round or oval in cross-section, and suited to be held in the hand, though, perhaps, in some cases lashed to a wooden_handle. It much resembles the ordinary stone axe or celt, but differs in having a blunt end, indented with blows, instead of an edge. This almond shaped hammer was employed to chip stones, to drive wedges, and to break nuts and bones. One example from Hochelaga has a, rough depression on one side, which may have been produced by hammering wedges with the-side in- stead of the end, or may have been intended to give a better hold to the end of the handle. Hammers precisely of this kind are found in the caves of Perigord and in Sweden. The sav- ages of all countries seem to have discovered that dioritic rocks, from the toughness of the crystals of hornblende which they contain, are specially suited for the formation of these hammers, so that wherever greenstone can be found it is em- ployed. “The third and most artificial kind of stone hammer is that with a groove around it, by means of which it could be at- tached to a handle or slung upon a tough withe. Such a ham- mer is sometimes merely an oval pebble with a groove worked around it, but some examples, especially those of the old mound builders, are elaborately grooved and carefully shaped; and there are some with two grooves, the working of which must have cost much labor. Some specimens are so small as to’ weigh only a few ounces, and one from the ancient copper mines of Lake Superior, now in the museum of the Geological Survey of Canada, is 1114 inches long, and weighs more than 25 pounds.- The larger end of it has been much bruised and EVOLUTION OF TOOLS, ETC. 55 broken, and it was evidently a miner’s sledge-hammer. Grooved stones of this kind occur on prehistoric sites in Eu- rope, though they have sometimes been regarded as plum- mets or sling-stones. In America similarly grooved pebbles are often found in circumstances which lead to the belief that they have been sinkers for nets. These are, however, usually of stone too soft to have been used for hammers, and have no marks of use on the ends. The ordinary sinker for lines and nets is, however, on both sides of the Atlantic a pear-shaped or drop-shaped stone, with a grove for the line at the sharp end.” Grinding apparatus is in universal use. The mortar ap- peared in Azilian times but flat stones were used for crushing grain long before. The lava mortar of Mexican peons is in use extensively in Mexico, and is but little better than those of much more primitive cultures. In M. de- Mortillet’s fourth class are included instruments designed for use in perforating. The borer is recognized from Pre-Chellean times, and re- mained a recognizable, though not conspicuous, element in the cultured throughout Palaeolithic times. It was used largely for boring out pieces of wood for blade sockets and in the dressing of the skins of the animals slain by the primitive man. Its use upon stone is uncertain in the Palaeolithic, but the use of rock drills in the Neolithic is well shown by the axe-heads of polished stone having a socket for the insertion of a handle found in the late Paleolithic. The use of stone drills among the North American Indians is attested to by the presence of the calumet in any large col- lection of Indian implements. The needle appeared in Magdalean times and was conspicu- ous among the implements of the Azilian and Tardenoisian. It was usually in the shape of a long thin piece of bone, without an eye, and used much as the shoemaker’s awl is today. With it the old stone age people sewed the animal skins to make clothing. The late Neolithic and the Bronze Age needles were more elaborate” and were in many cases provided with eyes. Other boring tools of the Bronze Age were gimlets, and punches, but the prototype of the modern augur is absent. The principle 12. Am. Rep. Peabody Mus., Cambridge. 1887. Pp. 581-586, 56 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST of the screw was unknown and may be considered a true product of modern invention, for in Archaelogical discussion Archimedes has not as yet been relegated to the “bone yard.” M. de Mortillet’s last class included implements for grasping and joining. He divides this into two sub-groups, (a) in- cluding such articles as tongs, pincers, vices, clamps, and wedges, and (b) nails, lashings and glues. Logically his second group should come first, for glues and lashings are known to savagery long before pincers and clamps. _ From the most primitive culture, in fact wherever imple- ments of stone are used, they are set into handles, and use is made of glue to hold them there. The Australian “black-boy”’ holds the stone point in the javelin, and modern Indians im- ~ bed a part of the blade of their flint daggers in pitch to pro- vide a handle. Nails are not new. Their forerunner—pins—are found in the upper Paleolithic made of bone. The Mormons used wood- en pegs to hold together the timbers of their tabernacle at Salt Lake just as timbers are joined in China today. The buildings of the primitive peoples have long ago been de- stroyed, but it is not logically wrong to suppose they used such methods of joining as do peoples of comparable cultures who live today. The vice and pincers are recent devices. When the old stone age man split a stick to insert the javelin point and then bound the split stick below the point with green rawhide he was using the principle of the vice. The old fable of the bear whose head became fastened in a split log when he dislodged the wedge which held it apart in his eagerness for the honey it contained, suggests to us the possible manner in which the vice was invented. Later day types in the late bronze age are ~ included in collections of Roman tools. In the discussion of these types of implements a parallelism has been attempted between the modern savages and those old types whose cultures are comparable with those of pres- ent day types. On the whole, this parallelism is satisfactory, and the use of many an old tool has been explained by the observance of present-day savage people. EVOLUTION OF TOOLS, ETC. 57 TABLE I. SUCCESSION OF HUMAN INDUSTRIES AND CULTURE.* V. Later Iron Age.—Europe, 500 B. C. LV. Earlier Iron Age.—(Hallstatt Culture. Magee ope, 1000-500 B. C.; Orient, 1800-1000 B. C. » Ill. Bronze Re Pe cote: About 2000-1000 B. C.; Orient, About 4000- II. New 3. A. 1800 B. C. Stone Agé, Neolithic. Late Neolithic and Copper Age. (Transition period) .— Europe, 3000-2000 B. C. Typical Neolithic Age (Swiss Lake _ , Dwellings).— Europe 7000. Early Neolithic stages (Campignian culture) .—Europe. ; I. Old Stone Age, Palaeolithic. Upper Palaeolithic—Europe. . 8. Azilian—Tardenoisian. ff 6. dD. Magdalenian (Close of _ post-glacial ] time). Reindeer, Shelter, Solutrean (Beginning of post-glacial | Drift, and Cave time). | Period—12,000 Aurignacian (Beginning of post-glacial any: | 16,000 B. C. s Lower Paleolithic. 4. Mousterian (Fawlk—Glacial time).—40,000 B. C. 3. Acheulean (Transition to Shelter). ) River, Drift and 2. Chellean. $ Terrace Period 1. Pre-Chellean } 100,000 B. C. Eolithic. * Osborn, H. F., Men of the Old Stone Age. 1916. Scribners. P. 18. 58 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST TABLE 2. me M. ADRIEN DE MORTILLET’S CLASSIFICATION OF SIMPLE TOOLS.* I. For Cutting. Edge Tools. Working— 1. By Pressure a. Knives. b. Double-edge tools, shears. c. Planes. 2. By Shock a. Axes b. " Dibeer sence) tel tet eee tia oe ee a es poe pwitehing) POOL ot. hae ke 23. Graver (Also mortar, hammer- stone, and polisher) —___________ Cn tb i wo On COP CO? COR I> ob Or Mm —!- ++ MO MN Or MM —i- MH ++ Cr MN —!- M2 Or ++ Cn an 1+ On ++ Cn rn CR LR —i- UPPER §| § g| §| § +1 § +t +| ¢ g § g| § g g §| §| § g § t| 8 §| §| § g| §| + §| § +1 §| § sight —te . * Osborn, H. F., Men of the Old Stone Age. Scribners, 1916. P. 270. § Twice mentioned (in different classifications). + Denotes an unusual or culminating development. 60 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST ® TABLE 4. THE BONE IMPLEMENTS APPEARING AT THE CLOSE OF THE LOWER PALAEO- LITHIC AND HIGHLY CHARACTERISTIC OF THE UPPER PALAEOLITHIC.* R. Aurignacian The Typical Bone Implements. A. War, Chase, Fishing. nM aha Bl Fe Cais} Oe i eo pa we ge iM OY IRs OE NGO) = Wet | Deel) eo Clie ge ea 2 a Nd a a A eee Sheesh ENOO Ky yrs 2 eee ee ape ee ee AES Peat hanOw Cr === sees po Na 0 20S bia Harpoon === Bt ay Sa IE ON irdiry RON Ee LEE cee IN 6s Javelin) Point: teh. A ox eS d - soet an ee (Sea Spear se OlnG os — Bei ee a a ee Industrial and Domestic. 85 popatulas. #2 Us PAE RI oe Sur EA Ms ne pa Ore Shuttle ce cea tes I ag ae ie pele ae re TO erg) ey gamers eC SRSA SOE a. FE eae ALT Rs cetedy (CeReto ll Co age wine li, ate Eee e mew eee ® ie ea NP cae 9. Pe ee AS IDA GS imate 8 ine Sh ey ere el ee eee Sees cAmivallomeen ee iy So gate = BY eRe 14. Smoother Mt LE IN Se PLN FE Ae Se gee ns oe 15. Wedge RANSON Three ty sete hee ee ee UG rat WISE lh eta tL ON es ps ee Here AGW let ete Bee Peter eee a Dea es URE Sema Ceremonial, Social. 1ker Ceremonial Stat, is. oe =e oe een eee 19. Wand Solutrean om rn On 7e7) Cnr (0A (OP wor wn nr Tardenoisian t+ On t+ wor Orn Or MN —}- —-F mum mm Un Or I> Cn ++ OO Azilian Om —- Mm 02 wm Tardenoisian am mM mum * Osborn, H. F., Men of the Old Stone Age. Scribners, 1916. P. 271. § Twice mentioned (In different classifications). + Denotes an unusual or culminating development. _ Nomenclatorial Nates on Certain American Plants—II. HOMER D. HOUSE. 2 The second edition of Britton & Brown’s Illustrated Flora (1913), attributes a number of generic names to Philip Miller’s 4th Abridged edition of the Gardner’s Dictionary (1754). An examination of the copy of this work in my library shows that there are several generic names which should likewise be credited to Miller. Among such names, the most important, as refering to the flora of the northern and eastern United States are the following: Abies (Tourn.) Mill. Melo (Tourn.) Mill. Alnus (Tourn.) Mill. Tithymalus (Tourn.) Mill. | Larix (Tourn.) Mill. Filapendula (Tourn.) Mill. Castanea (Tourn.) Mill. Ulmaria (Clus.) Mill. Sabina (Bauh.) Mill. Cotinus (L.) Mill. Bistorta (Bauh.) Mill. Opuntia (Baugh.) Mill. Fagopyrum (Tourn.) Mill. Petasites (Tourn.) Mill. Paronychia (Tourn.) Mill. Polygonatum (Bauh.) Mill. Quamoclit (Tourn.) Mill. Onagra (Tour.) Mill. Of these it might be noted that the first species cited by Miller for Onagra, is a non-binomial, pre-Linnaean name referable to Oenothera biennis L. Likewise under Eruca which Dr. Britton takes up and credits to Miller, the first species cited is referable to Brassica Erucastrum L., and not to Brassica Eruca L. CUNILA (L.) MILLER This is based upon “Cunila calycum lacinia superiore latiore ovato trinervos,” Linn. Hort. Cliff., which is Sideritis romana L., in the Species Plantarum (1753), and is quite a different species than the one which is taken by Linnaeus himself for the type of Cunila (Syst. Ed. 10, 1359. 1759). This latter is Satureia origanoides L.° (1753) ; Cunila mariana L (1759), Cunila origanoides Britton. Kuntze (Rev. Gen. Pl. 520. 1891) has taken up for this genus, the Cunila of Linnaeus (1759), the name Hedyosmus Mitchell (Act. Phys. Med. Acad. Nat. Cur. 8: App. 211. 1748), hence the name should be cited Hedyosmus (Mitchell) Kuntze (1891). The Index Kewensis refers this name to Zizophora 62 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST L., a closely related genus, but not having seen the original publication of Hedyosmus, I am unable to state upon what grounds. Another name referable to the type Cunila mariana L., is Mappia Heist.; Adans. (Fam. Pl. 2: 198. 1763), which under the American code of nomenclature becomes the correct name for this group of the Mint family. Mappia Jacq. 1797, has generally been recognized as a valid genus of the family Olacaceae, and for it will have to be substituted the name Leretia Vell. (FI). Flum. 99; 3: t. 2. 1825). L. affinis Miers, L. ampla Miers, and L. cordata Vell, to which may be added L. angustifolia (Griseb.) comb. nov. (Mappia angustifolia Grieseb.) and L. racemosa (Jacq.) comb. nov. (Mappia race- mosa Jacq. The plant of the Mint family heretofore known as Cunila mariana L., may take the name Mappia origanoides (L.) comb. nov. (Satureia origanoides L.) CAPNORCHIS (Boerh.) Miller: This name is-usually credited to Borckhausen (Roemer’s Arch. 1: 46. 1797), and Bicuculla Adanson (1763), has been taken up in several recent publications because it had priority over Capnorchis Borckhausen (1797). Dr. B. L. Robinson (Syn. Fl. 1: 94.1895) remarks: “Much would have been saved if Bernhardi had taken up the name Capnorchis.” Miller’s adoption Capnorchis in 1754 will be especially welcome to those who object to Adanson’s name. Most of the species of the genus have at one time or another been taken up in Capnorchis, viz: Capnorchis Cucullaria (L.) Planch. Capnorchis eximia (Ker.) Planch. Capnorchis formosa (Dryand.) Planch. Capnorchis chrysantha (H. & A.) Planch. Capnorchis canadensis (Goldie) Kuntze. Capnorchis uniflora (Kellogg) Kuntze. Capnorchis orchroleuca (Engelm.) Greene. Capnorchis pauciflora (Wats.) Greene. Capnorchis occidentalis (Rydb.) comb. nov. (Bicuculla occidentalis Rydb.) NOMENCLATURE NOTES, ETC. : 63 BORBONIA (Plum.) Miller. This is based upon “Borbonia fructu oblongo nigro, calyce coccineo,” Plum., and of which Miller says,—“is pretty com- mon in South Carolina, from whence the seeds were brought ’ by Mr. Catesby to England,—called black-berried Bay in Car- olina.” This is Laurus Borbonia L., the type of Tomala tafinesque, a generic name taken up by Dr. Small. Borbonia Borbonia (L.) House, comb. nov. (Laurus Bor- bonia L.) Borbonia littoralis (Small) House, comb. nov. (Persea lit- toralis Small). Borbonia humilis (Nash) House, comb. nov. (Persea humilis “Nash. Borbonia pubescens (Pursh) House, comb. nov. (Laurus carolinensis var. pubescens Pursh). PERSEA (Clus.) Miller. This is usually credited to Gaertner (1805), and is main- tained by Dr. Small as a genus distinct from Borbonia (Tomala). By others Borbonia (or Tomala) is included in Persea. In the latter case Borbonia Miller (1754) has pri- ority of position in Miller’s arrangement. ad CURURU (Plum.) Miller. This is based upon “Cururu scandens ennaphylla, fructu racemoso rubro,’ Plum., which is Paullinia curassavica Linn. (Serjania curassavica Radlk.). Miller’s second species is the reference to Plumier’s species which is Paullinia pinnata L., and the third one is referable to Paullinia Cururu L. Cururu -curassavica (L.) House, comb. nov. (Paullinia curassavica L.) In this connection it is important to note that Miller also adopts Serjania (Plum.), usually credited to Schumacher (1794). The arrangement by Miller being alphabetical, Cururu comes first. The species which Miller lists under Ser- pania are referable respectively to Paullinia polyphylla L. (Serjania polyphylla Schum.), Paullinia mexicana L., and Paullinia sinuata L. 64 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST Cururu pinnata (L.) House, comb. nov. (Pawllinia pin- nata L.) Cururu Cururu (L.) House, comb. nov. (P. Cururu L., P. nodosa Jacq. Serjania nodosa Radlk.) Cururu polyphylla (.) House, comb. nov. (Paullinia poly- phyll L.) Cururu mexicana (L.) House, comb. nov. (Paullinia mexi- cana L. Cururu sinuata (L.) House, comb nov. (Paullinia sinu- ata L.) Cururu brachycarpa (A. Gray) House, comb, nov. (Ser- jania brachycarpa A. Gray). Cururu racemosa (Schum.) House, Gomb. nov. (Serjania racemosa Schum.) Cururu incisa (Torrey) House, comb. nov. (Serjania incisa Torrey). GUAIABARA (Plum.) Miller. This is based upon “Guaiabara alia racemosa, foliis ob- longis,’ Plum., and is referable to Polygonum Uvifera L. (Coccolobia P. Br., 1756; Coccoloba Linn., 1759). The other two species listed by Miller are taken from Houston. Guaibara Uvifera (L.) House, comb. nov. (Polygonum Uvifera L.) Guaibara laurifolia (Jacq.) House, comb. nov. (Coccoloba laurifolia Jacq.) : Guaibara venosa (L.) House, comb. nov. (Coccoloba venosa L.) This is a large genus of chiefly tropical American plants. New York State Museum Albany, N. Y. The Geography of Bird Study. O. A. STEVENS, FARGO, N. D. Some time ago the writer undertook to make a brief survey of the work which was being done by the various organizations interested in bird study and protection. The present article is an attempt to show the relative interest in birds in differ- ent parts of the United States and to offer some reasons for such distribution. A tabulation of the reports in Bird Lore for December 1917, supplemented by those of 1918 and 1921 gives the following result: LOM 1918 ~ A928 State Audubon societies sending’ reports______ 20 17 14 State Audobon societies affiliated but not PEP OM INO ee eee Ney Re aa EE 6 6 8 Liecel -clibs sending: reportso=-— = = 42 42 AQ Local clubs affiliated but not reporting____--~_ 53 a2 76 The reports for three years are included as a check on the general trend of the data, rather than for a comparison of the three years. The distribution of these among the dif- ferent states is shown on the accompanying map, but in order to simplify the details, the number of affiliated clubs for 1921 only is represented. The result may not be quite accurate but is certainly a general index to the interest in birds. Nine states are entirely blank and about an equal number nearly so. Barely one-half have a state organization. The question arises, what is the function of a state organization, and what is its relation to the local clubs. In some, notably, New York, we see a fine development of the latter without the former. Probably different conditions would be met equally well by diverse organizations. It seems to the writer that the local club is the natural and necessary source of interest but that there should be a real place for the state association in uniting these. The number of organizations for 1921 shows an increase in fourteen states and a decrease in eight as compared with 1917, but the difference is small in most cases. The distribution of Junior Audubon members provides a ‘second and different method of estimation. Of the 18 states THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST 66 2, =. Map showing distribution of State Audubon Societies and TGaade local clubs affiliated with the National As local organizations affiliated in 1921. Numbers indicate ation. soci Double cross lines indicate state societies submitting reports in 1917, 1918 and 1921 single diagonal . ? lines, report for at least one year; horizontal lines, affiliation for at least one year but no report submitted. GEORGRAPHY OF BIRD STUDY. 67 with the lowest showing on the map, only 7 have over 1000 Juniors in 1921; only one of the latter (Nebraska) has over 2000 and the average of the 18 is about 900. For 15 states having 3 of more local clubs, the average is over 8000, only one (Maine) having less than 4000. The reasons for such distribution seem to be several, and to relate to both bird and human population. The following list may be useful as a basis for study: 1. People—number, character and. education. 2. Birds—number, whether resident or migratory. 3. Environment—topography, plants, climate. These conditions are rather complex, one often affecting one or more of the others. Density of population is probably more important than any other single one, since only a cer- tain number of people may be expected to be naturally in- terested in birds. This proportion increases to a certain extent with education and may also vary in-different sections ac- cording to the character of the population. Comparing the map of density of population (Literary Digest for Oct. 29, 1921) with the one here presented, a fairly close agreement is noted. Bird study runs lower in the south-eastern states except Florida where it is higher. It is high also in Indiana, Michigan, etc. These differences can probably be accounted for by character of population. As to number of birds, migration plays a prominent part. Of the 1200 kinds of birds found in the United States and Canada, one-fourth or more may be seen in a single state. The phenomenon of migration makes one of the strongest appeals to the mind of man but it is to the majority of people of more temporary interest than the study of nesting habits. Thus while migration adds very greatly indeed to interest in birds, the matter of summer residence probably offers the strongest permanent interest. The counts thus far made have indicated a higher number of summer residents for the eastern states. The character of the country has important influences of -many kinds. Lack of trees and especially of thickets reduces the number of tree nesting species. A country of varied to- pography will have many kinds of birds as there will be ponds for water birds, meadow or prairie for ground dwellers, tall 68 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST trees, bushes, bank, cliffs or caves for their respective kinds. Such country offers also a greater variety of plants, insects end other animals which furnish food supplies. Trees, while desireble, have liv itations. A dense forest, especially, is com- pesed of only a few kinds of trees, offers only a limited range cf conditions and m2iyv be as barren of birds as the treeless plain. Fortunately the effect of such conditions often is re- lieved by proximity of arcas of different type. Climate is important as determining the distribution of birds. It controls their study as well to a considerable extent. The majority of people interested in birds are those who are drawn afield by pleasent weather rather than those who are out regardless of the temperature and moisture. The northern plains in winter or the southern plain in summer offer con- ditions which are favorable to neither bird nor student. Changes in population affect also the bird population. This greatly decreases the numbers of certain species (indeed we regret that it has even caused complete extinction of some), but has the opposite effect on others. With an even moderate protection any locality should retain an interesting bird life. The writer has felt that often the greatest need of bird study is for people with natural ability to direct the work. With less capable leaders much more time and energy must be used. This suggests that it is desirable to try especially to interest those who show such ability in other work. BOOK REVIEWS In this section are reviews of new, or particularly important and interesting books in the fields of natural science. Books dealing with botany or kindred subjects should be sent to the Editor, the University of Notre Dame. All other books for review should be sent to Carroll Lane Fenton, at the Walker Museum, the University of Chi- cayvo, Ill. Publishers are requested to furnish prices with books. LIFE OF ALFRED NEWTON: By F. R. Wollaston. E. P. Dutton. $7.00 To hold one position in a great university for 41 years is something of an achievement, but it does not provide a great deal of spectacular material for a biographer. No matter how interesting the work, or how enthusiastic he may be, the scientist who spends his years in a laboratory or class-room cannot be the splendid, gilt-rimmed figure that we are accustomed to look for in biographies. All of this Mr. Wollaston admits at the beginning of his book, and in the absence of adventures in the life of his subject, he goes to the letters which the great professor wrote, as well as those he received. This move, a neces- sity rather than a choice, has, however, considerable advantages, for it gives the book almost the character of an autobiography. Alfred Newton entered Magdalene College, Cambridge, in 1848. Six years later he received the Norfolk Traveling Scholarship, and by means of it conducted ornithological field work in Lapland and Iceland, and visited the United States and the West Indies. In 1863, after having done a great deal of work with birds, he moved to Cambridge, making it his permanent home. In 1866 he was appointed professor of zoology and comparative anatomy in the University, and at once began to improve the zoological museum, and to enter into the general life of the university. Mr. Wollaston bears most effective testimony of the fine influence which Professor Newton exerted among students, and numerous letters quoted show that he was equally popular among gath- erings of scientists. This association with undergraduates as well as with specialists is an all-important thing for a college instructor who would be something more than research specialists or teaching machines, yet it is neglected, in America at least, by a great number of worth- while men. Professor Newton was a staunch Tory, and in all things a conserva- tive. Old things were best; new ones should always be opposed. In politics, while against such men as Gladstone, he did not make any public efforts in the way of campaigns-or speeches. Professor Newton showed no such reticence about college affairs. He strenuously opposed such minor affairs as singing at chapel, and the building of a pipe organ where no instrument of any type had been before. But despite his fierce intolerance and violence of prejudice the Professor was a good 70 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST loser, a fair judge, and a keen humorist. Mr. Wollastons’ book seems to be a good deal like the character of the man whose life he tells, whether by intent or by accident we. cannot, of course, determine. C7, EE: JOHN BURROUGHS—Boy AND MAN. By Clara Barrus, M. D. © Doubleday, Page & Co. The author of the volume “Our Friend, John Burroughs,” has pro- duced another book, not quite so formless as the first, but still far from satisfactory. The sincerity of Dr. Barrus’ desire to bring out an informational account of a very noted man, and the wealth of detailed knowledge which she possesses are evident, but nevertheless she has failed to write a good book. Perhaps ten or fifteen years from now, someone who does not know John Burroughs too well, and who is there- fore able to write a really representative biography will do what Barrus has attempted and failed. In the first place, the book is strangely organized. The chronological method of arrangement -is not well suited to a character study, which is evidently the aim of the book. Also Dr. Barrus, along with many others, overestimates the later work of John Burroughs. She tries to make him appear a philosopher as well as a naturalist, which he hardly could claim to be. John Burroughs as a writer of nature essays is deserving of praise; John Burroughs as a nature critic and as a phil- osopher is a much less striking figure. Because he was a big-hearted, kind old man, who could write beautiful English, knew a great deal of natural history, and had a number of rather spectacular eccentricities that were played upon by magazine writers, the nation idolized him. Nature study clubs had “Borroughs days,” and “Burroughs programs;” some book dealers went so far as to label him “America’s most noted naturalist.” Burroughs became a fad, and as a result we have such books as this one. Some day we may have a clearer evaluation of Burroughs, and then, a worth-while biography of an interesting man. Cc LaFa A MANUAL OF THE VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF NORTHERN UNITED STATES. By. David Starr Jordan. 12th Ed. A.C. McClurg & Co. $3.00. This latest edition of Dr. Jordan’s standard is highly pleasing. Its purpose is to give students and collectors a ready means of identifica- tion, and a comprehensive survey of the characters on which the orders, families, species, etc. of the animals they find are founded. (To this end Dr. Jordan makes use of a system of analytical keys by which the dif- ferential characters are brought into the sharpest possible contrast. The oustanding fault with these keys in the early editions of the book, namely, the introduction of artificial characters for purposes of differ- entiation, has been corrected. The keys, while they tend to give the beginner the idea the classification is based on differences rather than BOOK REVIEWS. 71 on similarity, are unquestionably of value. And their very abbrevia- tion. makes it impossible for the very new beginner in zoology to use them and therefore gain erroneous ideas that he will later have to do away with. The nomenclature of the book is old. In the attempt to keep the cost of the volume as low as possible, pages have not been reset in cases where only names would be changed, the necessary corrections being made in the appendix. Also, numerous subspecies and varieties are lacking; thus in the Laniidae we find no mention of the very important subspecies L. ludovicianus migrans, the Migrant Shrike. It would seem that, if the book is to be maintained as a standard manual, it would be worth the while of both the publisher and author to keep it strictly up-to-date. Students are apt to pay $4.50 or $5.00 for a good, reliable, modern work, where they will hesitate sometime before investing $3.00 in one that while on the whole pleasing, in the part is very much antiquated. * Ce: THE NEW PROGRESSIVE GEOGRAPHIES: CALIFORNIA. By Harold W. Fair- banks. Harr Wagner Publishing C. $1.50. The failings of the old type school geographies are too obvious to need much explanation. Anyone who has waded through the smaller Frye only to be confronted by the larger one, and who found when through with both that the sum of his knowledge was a little—a very little—above zero does not require further proof. I went through both; I learned the states in their order, and the capitals for each state. I learned that cotton grows in Texas and that it is made into cloth in England and (I think) Connecticut. I did not know why cotton grew in Texas; I did not know why there were falls where mills might be located. I did not know why some place was the capital of Maine, nor why its population was a certain number of thousands, hundreds, and units. I knew no whys, and I remember very little geography. I could not now, for the life of me, name the states in the Union. But I can tell why cotton grows in Texas; why there are waterfalls in some regions and none in others. If some one will put the cause as well as the effect into geography it will cease to be a mechanical affair, and become a live study. This is precisely what Dr. Fairbanks tries to do. His book for Cali- fornia is final; there will be no “follow-up” volume, and the student may begin it with a light heart in that respect. Facts are treated from the problem side; questions are asked or statements made, and then the grounds for the answer expected or the fact laid down are made clear. Peninsulas are more than “necks of land mostly sur- rounded by sea;” they are real things, that had a beginning and a growth. The aborigines are not mere curiosities briefly mentioned; they are made real by this problem method of treatment. While I 72 : THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST have never taught geography, and probably never shall, I hope that Dr. Fairbanks will produce other books of this high quality and pro- gressive type. Crbaeke LESSONS IN ELEMENTARY PHySIOLOGY. By Thomas Huxley. Sixth Edition. Revised by Joseph Barcroft. Macmillan & Co. This book, by no means so very elementary as its title might indi- cate, begins with a “General View of the Structure and Functions of the Human Body.” It first considers the functions and form of the body as a whole, and then of the various parts, closing with two most interesting sections, “Life and Death” and “Modes of Death.” (There follow sections on the circulatory organs, the lymph and lymphatic system, the composition, qualities, and functions of blood, respiration, alimentation, and kindred subjects. The section on motion and loco- motion considers those activities in their intimate connection with bodily structure; the sections devoted to the sensory organs deal also with the senses produced by them, the coalescence of sensations, and cer- tain oustanding facts of consciousness. The one dealing with nerves and innervation is especially complete and clearly written. It should be of value not only to the student of physiology, but to those who wish a general physiological groundwork for studies in psychology. The book is one which, from beginning to end, shows careful, pur- poseful organization. There is no trace of padding in any chapters, and yet there is a sufficiency of detail for a book of its general and introductory character. It is worth a place on the bookshelf of any. zoologist or physiologist, and in these days, when we hear so much of mechanistic concepts of man, “man as an adaptive machine,” and so on, it is not without value to the generally educated layman. ; CL. 88 How To KNow TREES. By Henry Irving. Funk and Wagnalls. This is a convenient little volume, written in popular and most attrac- tive English. It treats the common trees of Great Britain, both native and introduced, in a manner that seems to satisfy the demand of Oliver Wendell Holmes when he said: “What we want is the meaning, the chaarcter, the expression of a tree, as a kind and as an individual.” There are no artificial keys; no hard, unbeautiful diagrams. Each tree is described with necessary detail, but without technicality. The illus- trations, which are excellently selected, show these characters of the trees which can most readily be distinguished by the layman who, though interested in the facts of nature, does not care to systematize them and so become a scientist. Someone would do well to write a sim- ilar volume on American trees, or the trees of some particular area of this continent. ‘ C. L. F. NOTE Contributions on general and midland natural history will be gladly received. Papers on botany and allied subjects, zoology, geology and physical geography, should be addressed to the editor. One hundred reprints of articles containing eight pages or more will be furnished free of charge to contributors. More than one hundred separates can be obtained at cost price of the extras. When articles consist of less than eight pages, a certain number of copies of THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST in which the paper appeared will be supplied free, or the separate articles may, by ar- rangement with the editor, be kept until future papers average eight pages, provided the contribu- tions are sent in for the next consecutive issue for publication. Contributors of articles will receive a free subscription for the year in which their paper appears. For further or other information address THE EDITOR, Notre Dame, Indiana. Che Gniversity of Notre Dame NOTRE DAME, INDIANA THE COLLEGES THE SCHOOLS COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING LETTERS Departments of Civil, Mechanical, Departments of Classics, Modern Electrical, Chemical, Architectural and Languages, English, History, Political Mining Engineering. Sciences, Education, Journalism. COLLEGE OF COMMERCE Domestic and Foreign. SCHOOL OF LAW COLL':'GE OF SCIENCE Departments of Chemistry, Physics, Mathematics, Astronomy, Botany, Zo- SCHOOL OF FINE ARTS ology. Architecture, Music, (Instrumental and Agriculture and Pharmacy. Pre- Vocal), Artistic Drawing, Painting, Medical Courses. Cartooning. THE GRADUATE SCHOOL DIVISION OF ARTS DIVISION OF SCIENCES For details concerning facilities for research, leading to the higher de- grees, address the Chairman of Board of Graduate Studies. ST. EDWARD’S HALL For Young Boys. Notre Dame is recognized by all educators, by the press and by the public as a college whose work is of the same grade as that of the most highly endowed colleges or the best state univer- sities. Its atmosphere is strongly Catholic and no young man who has ever attended the University of Notre Dame can escape its influence in after life. The discipline is paternal, and aims at giving young men the fullest libertv consistent with earnest study and manly Christian character. Rooms at reasonable rates. For General Information Bulletin, Address THE: REGUS DRA NOTRE DAME, INDIANA VOL, VIII. MAY, 1922 NO. 3 averican MIDLAND NATURALIST Devoted to Natural History, Primarily that of the Prairie States Published by the University of Notre Dame, Notre Dame, Indiana J. A. NIEUWLAND, C.S.C., Ph. D., Sc. D., Editor CONTENTS Spring and Summer Birds of Northfield, Minnesota. 1921, J. W. Hornbeck 73 Bird Migration Record Made at Notre Dame, Indiana, September 9 to November 30, 1920. Brother Alphonsus, C. S.C. 81 Book Reviews. Carroll Lane Fenton 88 PRICE $1.50 A YEAR SINGLE NUMBERS 30 CENTS FOREIGN, 6s. 6d. Entered as second-class matter at Notre Dame, Indiana. Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in section 1103, Act of October 3, 1917, authorized on July 3, 1918. THE UNIVERSITY PRESS, NOTRE DAME, INDIANA Back Numbers of “The American Midland Naturalist.” Vol. I.—(1909-1910) 293 p: Unbound... 2... we---e ance ceeeecneeeeee $2.00 Vol. II.—(1911-1912). 330 pp. Unbound and exclusive of 3 Reprints to be'\bound:iniend'of voljoe 2s ee Se ee ee 2.00 Inclusive of Three Reprints (see below). Extra.......-....2..--..sesceenencoeee 2.25 Vol. III.—(1913-1914). 383 pp. Unbound, exclusive of Reprint No. 4. (See below). [Nos. 1, 2, 3, 7.) are scarce and nearly out of print, costing SO \cts ene bn ee. ea eae ee ne eee 4.50 Inclusive/of Reprint No!'4; extras eae ee eee 1.00 VolslVi.——(1015=1916).) \Umiboinrnd eee ee ene 4.00 Vel.4V.=—(1917—1918)) Unbound. 3620 ee i ae ee Vol Vili (1 ong=r920);,) Unbound 20 eee ee eee eee ole 3.00 V.to% gps 12 6) SSE Covet wp OM Be vo Ve Eb Co RARE ORAL AmenaM SPEDE We Fiabe AMA Sr Ue ubOaten ns Oem UAC Sc 1.50 Total—$22.25 Publications. Haun, W. Analytic Study of Faunal Changes in Indiana, 2 plates, rie Ce id Lr PB 0 oe apn Ri ES ae eg Eh Os ee $ 15 GREENE, E. L. Leaflets of Botanical Observation and Criticism. 2 vols Complete. (1903-1912).....---.--.----0------2- 6.00 hi ‘i Cybele Columbiana, A series of Studies in Botany, chiefly North American. (All published)._........ 75 ? ve Pittonia, A series of Papers Relating to Botany and Botanists, 5 vols. (1887—1905)..-.--...---------------- 14.00 ‘ 4 Flora Franciscana, Parts I, II, III. [Part IV pub- lished long after the other parts, is quite unobtainable, as all copies not immediately distributed seem to have been lost in the San Francisco fire.] Price as published.................... 2.00 ” a Manual of the Botany of the Region of San Fran- cisco Bay (1894). Bound cloth ........22........... 2.00 Wir rotenone es Se EN ed ee 1.50 UTTERBACK, W. I. Naiades of Missouri, 200 pp. 29 pl. and some text fig ti eG ee eh a eae sia ie eee Ree eens 1.75 Reprints. RAFINESQUE, C..S. Neogenyton, (1825) -.2-2c0secto2 oe cote sncneeeceeeeeceeseneereens $ .25 re a The Natural Family of the Carexides (1840)........ .50 As 7 Scadiography or 100 Genera of Ombelliferous Plants ete). (8840)! ee eee eee 1.50 Monographie des Coquilles Bivalves et Fluvia- tiles de la Riviere Ohio. Remarques sur les Rapports Naturels des Genres Viscum, Samolus et Viburnum. A Bruxelles (1820)............--....- 1.50 LeContTE, J. E. Reprints of Monographs without plates, $2.50; with 42 photographic copies of unpublished plates (7x8), $25.00; with colored photographic plates...$37.50 LEeConrTE, J. E. Two extra plates reproduced from originalsin N. Y. Bot. Garden. Colored, $1.50; uncolored_............ 1.0¢ ~The American Midland Naturalist PUBLISHED BI-MONTHLY BY THE UNIVERSITY OF NOTRE DAME, NOTRE DAME, INDIANA VOL. VIII. MAY, 1922. NO Fass Spring and Summer Birds of Northfield, Minnesota, 1921 BY J. W. HORNBECK. This article forms a second installment of a report on the bird life of this locality for one year. The May number of THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST last year contained an article on the fall and winter birds of Northfield, Minnesota, 1920-21. The latter included 65 species, but the Harris Spar- row was omitted by mistake, making a total of 66 different species for fall and winter. The present report includes 122 different species for Spring and summer of the same year. In comparing these figures, however, it should be kept in mind that the winter of 1920-21 was extremely mild and conse- quently brought to us an exceptionally small number of visi- tors from the North. For example, my records for fall and winter, 1921-22, contain the following nine species which were not observed the previous year: Snow Bunting, Purple Finch, Cooper’s Hawk, Marsh Hawk, Red-breasted Nuthatch, Red- poll, Savanna Sparrow, and Bohemian Waxwing. In column 6 of the table which follows, the date when last seen is given only for migrants; i. e., for those species which go farther north to nest. If they nest in this part of the state, they are listed as S. R. for summer resident, or P. R. for permanent resident. Summer residents go south for the win- ter, while permanent residents are those which are found here throughout the year. THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST Sox "wl0D "a “dd pole -G ANT p ‘Ley MOLD ON CR ape | TT [lady ~ OL Tudy T py ‘1e] umoig ‘1adee19 Sox “woop ‘a S0¢ Idy LT [Mdy T OT [dy PATGMO) ON a1VYy Gz [Lidy OT cz Judy ‘satd-a[qnoq ‘yUB.OWI0D oN "Woy ‘u's 8E ‘dy 3% TT [dy uBdLIeUy ‘}00D quopIsoy | quoueulieg “Yd sox “ul0D ‘a ‘d ; 9T “ae § G “Ley sepeyoryD sox “Wop aS gAkem g key Z g Av pariqyeg sox ‘“woD as 6g Av Z 02 ABW ostpuy ‘sunung oN o1ey ‘a's T 6 Ar OFT A- Gog oN = atey aS 62 Av 6 Ae yurpoqog sox "W0D ‘I'S OT TPN «OT “Ie OCT OL “eI paiqon[q oN = OLB re AVN g 72 AVI = papBay-MolpaA “parqyor[g- peynqitystp AT[eoo'T oN ote ve [dy 8 TE “TBI Aysny “parqyor[g quapIse.t L [udy IaWUINS I0f “ZY “Ss sox "WOD ‘I'S 02 ‘TRI «(0% “IRIN 0G OT “IeI pesurm-pey ‘pariqyor[g Sox “UL0D FL ACN FL ARVIN Z 6 ACW uBoliowWy ‘Ue S) al = = = z = f 2) ee °-] ~ 8 me) wm au Fay, fae! zo 3 o » Spee Slee ols Mlle ec fen bea oy Reape pe Hoa Z eter Z & 4 en) 1G) oa) o = ~~ = ja = Wiz iS z a) > iS) a ip ‘SMAVIAY ae e ma a na as Btn ‘ANVN NOWWOO io) + = 8 2 | rs 3 As 5 gle Ay2 © 5 Z Z ~ a e S Si a > 4 m 4 = 4 io IZGI ‘elosaunyy “playyHoy, jo sparg young pue suds 75 SPRING AND SUMMER BIRDS OF NORTHFIELD, MINN. MOLIVAG YMeVy peuulys-yreyg “YMey pe[rey-poy ae ry ysaeyy ‘YMeV A suLliay ‘ny peysvaiq-esoy ‘yvaqso.r4. PETIIG-Petd ‘eqaty pezuorg ‘elyoe.g Bpeuey ‘asoor) yougpfop PpepIs-eAl[Q ‘tayo, VoAL ysvaT ‘tayo eoAL la[py ‘tayoqyeody 7 Bs al Es peyoeu-sury ‘yon SUIUINOTA, ‘OAO(T [PSSTOMOL P2TLIG-MOT][a A “ooyony Pelliq-yoe[_ ‘ooyony ON ERache f was T 6T Avy oN aley of Deas ct “po Tt LT [dy ON atey aes ST ae T 9T Yorryl Oi ON =: VY LT ‘PO 6 PO T 62 [dy oN Wop g Avy g Avy T 62 [lady sox wo, ‘A'S or Ae at Ae G 6 Av ON = TRY 6 Av 63 [lidy Z bZ [lady sok ‘“wopD ‘US OT Ae BT aeyy ¢ 9T “TRIAL ON = axVYy = «gg ARN CT GZ “Ae Sax woD ‘a's chew § Avy 9 6% [lady ON d1VY 6z APIN T 62 Ae Sox "Ul0D ‘ua ‘S 02 AewW zg Ae § 02 AVI sok =: AR Y ‘a's Tz Av Z 02 Ar SOK uLoD) ‘UY ‘SOT Indy OT [dy T 02 “Ce ON a1ey Ais T 6 Avy sox “WO ‘AS TE Ae TE “eT co “TR . sox = “W0D eS 6 oung fF 62 Av sex "won ‘US 82 Av 8g Ae 2 LZ Av SOX WO) ALS 8g AP T LZ Ae ae = 3 x = Q | nn = = 4 = ofa Rae Z = 2 ica] 4 5 a) “~~ s 3 S “~~ = | = a8 S| > z 5 > BS > ‘SuUV ING > 5 5 a ae na st = Bu 55 Z | se, = ~ 8 44 sg) Bl ee ae 5 a 2 3 ‘AINVN NOWWOO if THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIS "ad ‘d oN a1VYy GT Ave T GT Avy oN ale y Te Avy Tz Ae ¢ LT Avy SOX a1By ‘a's LG ACI Z pe Av So "U0 ‘US ot Ae PT Ae PF Zr Av sox “UL0r) veal ‘d OT “LBA oe G “TBA sox sey RASS 62 AVI T 82 Av SOX "Wop ‘US OT AR LT ae 7 QT “le sox “ulo(‘) ‘oO aS OL oune g 6 oun oN "U0 0% “Ie G 0% Yore Ie[ndsa11] ON o1TBY T&S “TET T&S “IBN G ST Yoteyl oN “WO 02 AVN Litdy OT [dy Z L [udy ON w0pD = ST [dy Gg [utdy ¢ [dy g 0% “Ie SOX "W0D ‘US GS VW g¢ [dy Z GZ “ARI SOX mei @) ‘UM'S pe AV Fe APT 6 AvW SOR "W0D ‘US. 8T AeW OZ “Ie T SI “Ie W ON ‘woop =—s« Gg [dW 8T “AP BT “ey 9T “VW sox “ULO‘) mel ‘d v “TBI OT g “IVI PA "WL0D U's Te Aew 12 Aew gs 61 Av oN “W0D ‘a's Tz AV T gz [tidy Cao eee ety nae ee Pe oe ee ae z Sy on 4 aw = z $5 = ae a = ‘SMaVINGY > s fn Se wn B= Bt | ° os 4 = Z 2 Dm 2 : = & G tee: Mie Sepas ° z : g Bilge Es) w S| 4g poustoxy yearn ‘MO PIIqueag prleyo1g ‘efo119 atoullyjeg ‘e[ol1g poysvorg-ovy MM “YoueyINN yMVYIYSIN U1d}SIM ‘YIBLMOPRaT, aiding ‘ulyreyp PreT[BIA peusoy-altierig ‘yate'T poumo.so-Agqny ‘yelsury peuMO10-Usp[oOy) “JoLsULy peyed “oysysury prrqsury LOOP TLS Ppe1o[oo-97e[g ‘oounr aniq ‘Ave pttq.durutuin Fy usveIy ‘U01O ‘GdNVYN NOWIWO)0 ui SPRING AND SUMMER BIRDS OF NORTHFIELD, MINN. Sok wog ON Ul0D Sox. ‘WoO Sox “Ul0D a a1ery ON wog ON woy sox wog sox wo sox ele sox a1ey ON woy sox woy ON ae sox won Sox wlog som arey Sox woD sok = avy SI PA e 5 aS ‘SMAVNGY 3 B : =i iS) 68 Zz SZ) 8 5 ‘US Lindy gt Ave Z TE “Le JedsaA ‘moaredg OT IMdy of wea L [dy ¢ b “Te eeLL ‘Mormeds ‘ad 'S 8t AeA OL AR P ST “ARIA suog ‘morreds 6 Ae 02 “IRIN 9 ¢ Ae dwemg ‘moreds 6Z [lady 6 Ae T 62 [lady euuRaesg ‘Mmorredg gt Av T eT Avy slaiey ‘Morsedg 03 IMdy gt ‘Ie EZ “ARM ST “Ie xoq ‘motteds ‘UM 'S $2 Ietdy pz [lady T TT [dy PPI ‘morredg ‘aS OT [dy TT Iady 7 OT [dy sulddiyp ‘morredg Tap 63 [dy T TZ [dy S,Uos[IM ‘edtug ALS IT Imdy @ GZ “Ie quersiq ‘oyIys oT Av OT [dy T L [ady Jeyonsdeg ‘US Zt Av OT Indy Z 6 Av pezodg ‘1edidpueg oT AVI oT AVM Z 63 [dy Areyos ‘redidpueg ‘US OT ARM LT Ae OT 9T “APTA _ uIqoxy ‘UM'S LT AvW LT “eK T oT ARI 4124Spoyy ‘a 'S OT dy of dy T g [dy aqooud ‘US 6T APW 02 APIN T 61 AR poo ‘vameg bg skal ez ABW T LT Indy yoo2a.10g ‘MO w wn = (o} i & cel = Bia) | ieee | cea bo Glen fee 2 s =) 2 a ja] 4 5 | 3s St ae al are Bil omg un H2 | Ba “SINVN NOWINOO ol @ ina Z 2 wows =) w La | oD S eine I Z ~ ro) a S| 2 = a fs 4 THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST popeey-en[q ‘oorrA ON = avy 6T AP T rT Ae sox “won ‘a's ¢ Ae 6T Ae T ve [dy soy MOL hig! ' ‘(90 plOdaI AVYOUW ON a1ey EZ “IVI Gg Av T T ‘Te peyny ‘esnouyy, £ «- aley 02 ARIA 81 “Ae T PT Avy poom “YysnayL oN orey gt AeIW 02 Av T py Ae MOTIM “YSnayL, oN re v2 AP g Av T 6 ARN poxoeq-ealoO “Ysnayy, ON = LBY p Ae bT ARP Z vs [dy que “Ysnay,L, ON a1ey Tz API p Ae T ZL APIA peysoyo-Aeryy ‘ysnayy, sox “Wop ‘a 'S 62 dy pT Avy T Gg [dy umorg ‘Toysery TL, ON "W0D 6 eune 6z [lady 9 6 ACI uowWWloD ‘Uta, ON aley PE Avy PT Ae PV 6 ARI yorlq ‘uta, ON ale yy Zo AGN vi ARIZ oo AVIA qopteog ‘1eseuey, sox “won a. ie g Av g g Av AauulyyO “4JIMg ON mba cor@) ies g Avy, T PT AVITAL a1, ‘MOT[VMg Sox Ley oS Gag ¢ Ae 12 ACW 8 @ ARN Ue ‘MOT[BAS Sq “ul0D oS i ¢ Ae «66 ARN P g Ari yueg ‘moyeng ON “ul0D 6T ABI TZ ‘Ady fF AVA T 0% [udy poyeoryy-oy1y MM ‘Mor1edg ON CR ach 6T AVIA Iz [lady Z GT Ae peumo.to-apIy MM ‘Morsedg S na = = = = = Soe a ead NOB acl SScR be | © Sg) 82 eo nee Ba | 22 BZ Bog anaes iiis 28 a) rat Pe n = os : = : eS a3 5 > Zz 5 > as Di ; SMUVINGY a 5 = n “on 5 5 = Bu GNVN NOIWINOO Bele cs ene ave eae ae fies Sa ke later |p slages io] J = be | 19 SPRING AND SUMMER BIRDS OF NORTHFIELD, MINN. oN woop 64em ghey 8g Ae 9 p Av Wye ‘1e[qre ON Rahs | GT Ae BT AVI T re [udy poumotd-oduRIgQ ‘1a[qre\ ON Rabe | st API ‘ ye LT AVL = Bl[nieg uUsleYy ON ‘r9Tque Ay ON aLey 6 Ae 6 Avy ge g Av OT[ITAYSVN ‘La[qre A ON woo eT Av op Av 13 [dy @ OT Ihdy OTWIAT “19[G1E AA ON a1ey LT API LT AVI Z 6 ACI Blouse, ‘Ioa[qre A ON d1eYy Tz APIA T Tz APIA qno1qo9uUOy ‘1alqre AA oN wop oz AVN LT API LT Avy T ZT Avi papis-qnuysoyD “Lopqte ON ale 6T API 6 ARI Z LI Ati Avy odeyg ‘1aqre yy ON o1e YW Oz ACIN T OZ APPIN uvipeury ‘1alqre Ay oN wo) po API 0% AVI 02 APIN T 6T Av Todyovtq “tayqre ON IIEY ae AVIA T ae ARIA uvluainqgyoe[g ‘10[qr1e A ON o1BYy LT APN T LT ACIN ud) pozVoryy-yov[q ‘1alqre MA oN won oo AVIA 6 AvW T 8 ALL - OPM. PUB YoR_ “197q1e Ah sox woo ‘US 6T Ae T g ART pozeoryy-MOT]O A ‘OITA SOK wop ‘US 6 APM GT API T LT Avi SUI[GIe MA “OOITA SOR woop ‘US LT API 6T ARI T LT ABI pefo-poy ‘oatlA ON atey 61 AR 8T AVI T 6T AVI eiydjapeliyd ‘OatiA 5 A = = = (a = ; x 8 Pl nm © Qa q nN © =o 3 on > wy By oF ol} =e! 5 9 are Fo Sie ini, Sie 54 ae Rw oe) Z 2 Z = 4 wa fog) ae os Baan a = Ls) Ss oS > Bo nm 's ‘SMaVIVGa 5 2 tn is tn = Bt ‘AVN NOWINOO ns ° ~3 ~ Z ez 50 Z be is = es 5 44 a Zz S a 5 2 Z : Pate: elise ‘ i») A 5 te] THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST 80 LT ABI Sox Hees) ‘aS 06 API v LT Av puepAreyy ‘yeoryyMoyle A ON Rach | g ABI ZL AVI T e AvIN IasseT ‘sso, MOT[A X sox “UL0D .°S gp~Aen 6 ACW T 6 ACI esnoy ‘UIT AA SOX “wo0) ‘aS «8 Ae OT ARI Z g Av pepeoy-poy ‘taxoed-poo sy Sox ILE eal LL Ae T G “IPT Arey ‘tayoedpoo Ay Sox ate Clg) icles T OT “IVIL Aumoq, ‘1ayoed poo Ay ON = AVY ‘a ‘SEL. Gg Av LT AVN [HA\--tood-dry Sox uno) galt) LT Av § OT “81 Tepe) “SuIMxe M oN = “UO LZ ACI, OT AVI LT APN 9T AVI S,JJOUULT “YSnty}-l07e M ON Chapt y LT AvIN 6 Ae & PL AVI BUBISINOT ‘YSN.AY}-1048 SOR “WO ‘US GALE Te APN T g Av MOTOR ‘TOTGIE NM oN “WO0D) pe Av 06 APM TZ AVIV 03 AVIA S,UOSTIM ‘“OTqre A ON “ULOD) 7o AVN O02 APIA 8 02 ARIA dossouuay, ‘1d[q.1e AY ON atey 0g Indy g AVI T 03 IMdy surg “1o[qieM Ss n = = = 4 = SG. Fa bee Se jobs | se) ae Cite Fa Sie a BY BoA paees 2 et Q Z =) Z fol =| eye ya og Nis a = w iD 2 © 5 > no nm . 3] a Zi be & & 1 . SUV WAY > S ta ae wn 5 = Bw aNVN NOWIWOO a 8 Z fc ks ~ 28 | 45 Ol agar Cae es Soaeia bel aes nil pees > * my w s 4 iS LI *2O ZL ‘des Gz 3deS «02 ZL ‘3des paltqmoy Sp1o0d91 ON 4yoo9 uowlos Ajjensq @ "AON TL 4des 8 390 “ gepexryD i Zo “3dag ) Pttq-tepeo 6T “‘3deg cp ees yr OT 4dag PATGyeD 66 PO 66. PO. T 0g 3dag jeurprey ptoset ON o}IYM-qog Sp1o0d01 ON yurjoqog GZ “PO ST ‘ydeg 91 “3d9g OT st 4dag parqon[ Sptod01 ON pasurm-poy ‘parqyoe[_ Sp1odel ON uBoliowy ‘ute, gNaas gNOWWO) gNaag = es gNgas B= SMUV NA LSVT aNooag LXON oe LSU auld JO TWWN LI SVM LI aid LI SVM Bb LI SVM NqGHM NdHM NOH M = a NGHM ‘D'S ‘D0 ‘SASNOHd1V YAHLOY Ad . 0761 ‘O€ YAANAAON OL 6 YAENALdAS WOU VNVIGNI ‘AINVO FYLON LV AGVWN GYOosY NOLLVYOIN Cala THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST Sptodel ON Sp10001 ON spiov0t ON Sptooat ON Syiedeuog ‘[[n5y sulla ‘IN | peyseeiq-asoy “yeeqsory PETEG-Petd ‘ager GT PO 0% OZ dag UOUUIOD &% *PO 0z 3deg OL 3deg Ff 6 ydag poezuorg ‘aTyoe..4 ; G) g “AON epeuey ‘asoor), TaJUIM UT UVES Moy VW 9 “AON &T ‘3dag er “deg & TT “3dag {ouygploy) Sp10001 ON Avery ong ‘1eyoyeoyeuy, Sp10d01 ON peT]feq-MoT[a x ‘1reyoyvoAT Sp1od9t ON ysvaT ‘tayozyeoA[ Sp1o0001 ON poeyserg ‘reyoyeoAL 7 Sp10s01 ON Teplry ‘reyoqyeoAp Sp10001 ON uvipeoy ‘1ayoqyeoAp 66 “YO &—T ‘ydeg T OT dag TOyor A T 9 PO aiding ‘your 0Z “PO Ze “3dag TT “3dag OT 6 “ydag Surumoy ‘aod sp10d01 ON [OSSTOMIIC, Sp1odet ON pe[iq-yoetq ‘ooyong Sp1o0d01 ON pel[tq-mojfe x ‘ooyony, JUSPISeL 19JUTM T “2~O 91 ydag «g eT ydasg MOID) 62 “AON jl 4X0), 4 6L 4das umorg ‘tadear9 ZNaas ZNOWWOO Naas = - gNqgg Isv] aWwooag LXaN = =| usa | SMUVANdaA ns | duid HO ANVN LI SVM LI did LI SVM Bp | LT SVM | NGHM NGHM NaH M Za NGH AA | 83 BIRD MIGRATION RECORD Spaio0da1I ON sptovat ON Ie JUSpPISIt TOZUIM Sp10d01 ON Sp10001 ON “UOWIUOD ‘OIVY spitovat ON JUSPISIT TdZUT MA Spioo0l ON Sp10v01 ON spiodal ON Sp1odat ON 0g ‘PO ZI “ydag 66 “AON 9T “PO . oT “AON 0€ “PO GZ “PO SMUVNGE = gNqas gNOWWOD LSVT aWoodg LI SVM LI aq NUH AM NGHM TZ ‘ydag OT ‘dag rT “ydag paxeyo1g ‘a[o1t9 e1owllyeg ‘a[ol19 02 “3deas poeysvorg-pey ‘yoyeyjNnN pojsvorq-ayIy MM ‘YoyeyINN YMC H ISIN LT “ydag ET “ydag YTV MOpBo}]AL yeoryAMOT[O A puvpAreyL TT ‘3dag OT “ydag aiding ‘UI}Te AL uo00', F‘2?O 2 PO poustoy olterg ‘yare'T Seay @ Sani | Z 20 pouMo.1d-Uspfoy “oe, surly fei “BYO) 0z ydes poumo.so-Aqny “jel suryy rT ydeg iT ET “ydag peyed ‘toysysury priqsury TT “ydag OT “ydag T99P TIM eniq ‘Ave pig ostpul uselyy [941] ‘uote T €T ydasg an[q yeeiy ‘UOLe_T potep[noys-pey ‘yMeH Mortedg ‘yMeHy éNddgs = os éNqag a - ey ae ate quid AO ANVN LI SVM ees LI SVM ° NaH M a a NGHM - THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST 84 JUSPISIA TdZUT AL 0g “AON G ‘AON GcAON Te “PO avoty, ‘Moredg quoptIsed 10}UL A 0g “AON IL ydes Zk sados 77. OL ydesg e suog ‘morreds: ER acbs | LT ‘PO ; e:400- § 2 20 euuBARg ‘morIeds: Sp1od01 ON yreyT ‘morredg sp1o0d01 ON teddoysseary ‘moriedg: o1ey 9 “AON gn0 T $290 xo, ‘morredg: &@ “PO 6 “PO 6 PO & TPO PPLT ‘Moriedg: €2 “220 02°?PO Gg L°2?O suiddiyy ‘mortedg: Sp1o0d0. ON : uos{IM ‘edtug: Sp1oovel ON VUIg ‘UTYSIS! Sp1odat ON peoysesso7T ‘ayliys’ Sp1o0d01 ON pel]jeq-MoT]a x ‘tayonsdes: sp10d01 ON Areyypog ‘1edidpueg © iE TT ‘3dag poyodg ‘1odidpurg: L “PO Yop esiey V OT “AON eT “ydag % ZT “ydeag ulqogd T 03 “3deg prespoy G 6 “PO aqooud Jaquieydeag Ul 91e IY LZ “ydas Tk 4des” “1 OT 3deg poo ‘vomog T BT ‘4ydag yooa.1dg ‘MO T LPO PIIG-UsAQ) Sp.10d0.1 ON uvoiiowy ‘Aoids¢, — gNagS ZNOWWOD gNaag = Ol snags ; 5 : LSv] aWwooag LXaN 5 = LSal 7] eee er II SVM LI aid LI SVM eS LI SVM Cale ae NaH MA NaH M NaH MA a 2 NGHM ~ 85 BIRD MIGRATION RECORD Spio0v01 ON Sptooat ON Sp10d0t ON ° 19Q40}IQ UL Spat0dda Ud, Sp.1009.1 ON Sp10odset ON Sp.tov0.1 ON Sp1009.. ON 19q0}0Q UI Sp.10dar OM, Jaquieyjdeg url uowUloy Sp.1009.. ON SP10d01 ON Sp10d0.. ON uowUOy IBY atey SHMUVWAY poysva.rgq-AvVg ‘ro[qre M poyeoryy MOT[AA ‘SeatA pofa-poy ‘SoqtA PI “ydag rT ydeg iT €T “dag Surqrte a ‘Sorta TE “PO gydag T Ze “dag voy MOT poyny ‘esnourLy, ye poom “Yysnayy 9 “20 Ce Orar 0g “ydag peyoeq-aal[O “Yysnay Taye BUBISINOT ‘YSNIyy, 6 “0 LPO 6°20 OT L ‘PO yuney “YysnayL, ¢ *PO VY POE 6 “PO ¢ —- Poyaeyo-ABay “YsnIyL VE “20 él ydag TT ‘ydag uMorg “oysery,L qoyrvog ‘1asevuey, 6 “PO OT “3dag IT “3deg GZ , OT ‘3deg AouuIyy “FLAS poasuim-ysnoy ‘Aol[Vag aAByY ‘MOT[EMG uleg ‘MOT[@Mg TE “PO Tz “ydag 6T “ydeg Z 8T “ydag poyeoryjz-o71y M ‘Mortedg T 8 "PO pouMo.r-9}IG A ‘Mortedg €Z 220 ep desiaeT TI ydeg aadsaA ‘Morredg ENGGS iNOWWOD {Naas = a iNaas a= ‘ WOO"d LXd a LSU rie a S nz s quid AO AWVN LI SVM LI did LISsvM | 8 >| LIsvM NaH M NOH M NGHM | 4 2\ NeW. THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST 86 ooo eer eee” Sp1odor Sp1od01 Sp10dar Sp10de1 Sp1oda4 Sptoda.t oN oN oN oN ON oN sABVM[B UOUUIOD Sp1tovat ON jensnun—sP.10001 ON Sp1o0va1 ON Spio.at ON Sp1o0da.t ON Sp1odeI ON Spiodet ON SMUVNAY MOT[AX ‘LaTqre A UOSTIM ‘LITGTEM sessouuay, ‘La[qre ALOWBIAS ‘TLTqIe A Avejouoyjorg ‘19,qreM adleilg ‘teyqle MA ik Le oe) aul “1o[qre M 02 “PO 61 ‘PO Z L°~O wyed “taTqre M cs € “PO OTTLAYSEN “19pqte § “AON L°PO SO] 00 L “PO aTAT “TOTqTe AA SulUuInoy, ‘1o[qIe Ay Bljousey ‘lelqre T LZ “ydag pepis-jnuysoyD ‘“LayTqre Aey odeg ‘aapqie uevipeuey ‘ralqre A T Z PO -eN[_ pezyworyz-yoeyg_ “ropqre uaa.14) peyeoryz-yovpg_ “tolqteM odyoeiq ‘teyqre My ueluIngyoelg ‘la[qre oY M pure yorxrg “topqreM iNaadS iNOWWOD iNqgag 4 a iNaaS LSVT aWwooag LXAN & = LSU ne quid AO ANVN LI SVM LI did LI SVM e 5 | LI SVM NqGHM NOH M NGHA | 4 Z NaGHM ECORD BIRD MIGRATION R a Sp1oder ON Layeary ‘ssa Mo][[P Ah Sp10da1 ON dassaT ‘sso, MOT[P XK Sp10d0.1 ON ysaey pel[tq-SuoT ‘uat \\ Sptoool ON FOYT M ‘UIT A 1240}9Q UI Spode OMI, FL “PO Ff eT 4deS Z Trt ydag asnoy ‘UaTM Sp1o0d01 ON Bulporeg ‘UstM raquIm ul atey ATjens—) ZL “dag ¥ réyt Yoleys} aL TL ydesg pepesy-poy ‘rexo0d poo quapIsel 1aqUul 96 “AON L290 PPO Arey ‘1ayoedpoo quapIset 1oqUuT A 0g “AON 9-100) wr © 400 Aumoq ‘1ax0edpoo M Zo 3deag «oT (0% “3deg [[E--tood-diy M ENqaS ,NOWWOD iNdaS = = ' NGS 3 Isv] aWOOag ixan | 8 *| asarg ee LI SVM “I aid LI SVM a 5) a svM Tae to NaH M NaH MA NGHM 4) a NaH M BOOK REVIEWS: In this section are reviews of new, or particularly important and interesting books in the fields of natural science. Books dealing with botany or kindred subjects should be sent to the Editor, the University of Notre Dame. All other books for review should be sent to Carroll Lane Fenton, at the Walker Museum, the University of Chi- eago, Ill. Publishers are requested to furnish prices with books. ScIENCE SKETCHES. By David Starr Jordan. Fifth Edition. A. C. McClurg & Co. $1.50. This edition of the now famous “Science Sketches” presents some material not found in the first ones, but the book is in general much the same as in the first edition. It is made up largely of sketches re- printed from various periodicals, many of them considerably modified from their original form. Nine out of the twelve chapters deal with present day natural history and naturalists; one chapter is a humorous caricature of protective tariff and human nature; another is a fantastic presentation of life in a Paleozoic sea; the last is an account of the geologic history, and the discovery and reservation as a national park, of the Yellowstone region. The salmon, as is to be expected from Dr. Jordan’s special work at the time the book was being written, takes the lead in number of pages devoted to any one subject. But as there is much of little value, and little of much® value being’ published on the habits of fishes, this emphasis is a highly desirable one. Likewise, the biographical chapters on Agassiz and Rafinesque are very welcome in a book of popular science sketches. Cc. L. F. PLANTATION GAME TRAILS. By Archibald Rutledge. Houghton, Mifflin Company. $3.50. & Mr. Rutledge owns an old “before the war” kind of plantation on the Santee River in South Carolina—the paradise of the South, so far as sportsmen and naturalists are concerned. It has been his privilege to follow, for almost thirty years, the game trails in this great plan- tation region. He has seen the old plantations become great waste tracts; has seen the cultivated land once more become forest; has seen th game come back to its own, a great event in this day of perfected weapons and insatiable game-hog's. The book is singularly readable, and to a considerable degree valu- able from the standpoint of natufal history. Such chapters as the one dealing with the behavior of animals in forest fires, and their activities in burned-over districts, and the otter’s odd habits of work and play are much worth while. The illustrations, all first-rate photographs, make the volume very attractive in appearance as well as in content: Mr. Rutledge has added a new region to the geography of the sports- man-naturalist, and his addition is one to be welcomed. Crh (88 ) NOTE Contributions on general and midland natural history will be gladly received. Papers on botany and allied subjects, zoology, geology and physical feography, should be addressed to the editor. One hundred reprints of articles containing eight pages or more will be furnished free of charge to contributors. More than one hundred separates can be obtained at cost price of the extras. When articles consist of less than eight pages, a certain number of copies of THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST in which the paper appeared will be supplied free, or the separate articles may, by ar- rangement with the editor, be kept until future papers average eight pages, provided the contribu- tions are sent in for the next consecutive issue for publication. Contributors of articles will receive a free subscription for the year in which their paper appears. For further or other information address THE EDITOR, Notre Dame, Indiana. ~The Gintversity of Notre Dame NOTRE DAME, INDIANA LHE; COLLEGES THE SCHOOLS COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING LETTERS Departments of Civil, Mechanical, Departments of Classics, Modern Electrical, Chemical, Architectural and Languages, English, History, Political Mining Engineering. Sciences, Education, Journalism. COLLEGE OF COMMERCE Domestic and Foreign. COLL’ GE OF SCIENCE Departments of Chemistry, Physics, SCHOOL OF LAW Mathematics, Astronomy, Botany, Zo- SCHOOL OF FINE ARTS ology. Architecture, Music, ( Instrumental and Agriculture and Pharmacy. Pre- Vocal), Artistic Drawing, Painting, Medical Courses. Cartooning. THE GRADUATE SCHOOL DIVISION OF ARTS DIVISION OF SCIENCES For details concerning facilities for research, leading to the higher de- grees, address the Chairman of Board of Graduate Studies. ST. EDWARD'S HALL For Young Boys. Notre Dame is recognized by all educators, by the press and by the public as a college whose work is of the same grade as that of the most highly endowed colleges or the best state univer- sities. Its atmosphere is strongly Catholic and no young man who has ever attended the University of Notre Dame can escape its influence in after life. The discipline is paternal, and aims at giving young men the fullest liberty consistent with earnest study and manly Christian character. Rooms at reasonable rates. For General Information Bulletin, Address THE REGISTRAR NOTRE DAME, INDIANA VOL, VIII. JULY-SEPTEMBER, 1922 NOS. 4,5 american MIDLAND NATURALIST Devoted to Natural History, Primarily that of the Prairie States Published by the University of Notre Dame, Notre Dame, Indiana j. A. NIEUWLAND, C.S.C., Ph. D., Sc. D., Editor CONTENTS The Histological Structure of the Gills of the Najades, with Special Reference to the Histology of the Groove Along the Edge of the Inner Gill. Hiram J. Bush 89 Notes on Alabama Plants. W. Wolf, O. S. B. 104 Book Reviews. Carroll Lane Fenton 127 PRICE $1.50 A YEAR SINGLE NUMBERS 30 CENTS FOREIGN, 6s. 6d. Entered as second-class matter at Notre Dame, Indiana. Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in section 1103, Act of October 3, 1917, authorized on July 3, 1918. THE UNIVERSITY PRESS, NOTRE DAME, INDIANA Back Numbers of “‘The American Midland Naturalist.” Vol. I.—(1909-1910) 293 pp Unbound... 2... 2..ceeeeeeee mn ncncennccenneceee $2.00 Vol. II.—(1911-1912). 330 pp. Unbound and exclusive of 3 Reprints fo be: bound in-en d:Of voli ee ee ee a oeeaaae nee ee 2.00 Inclusive of Three Reprints (see below). Extra.......-..--.2-ccs---e-eeeeneeneee 2.25 Vol. III.—(1913-1914). 383 pp. Unbound, exclusive of Reprint No. 4. (See below). [Nos. 1, 2, 3, 7.) are scarce and nearly out of print, COStING SOICES, Cala a ee I ae een 4.50 Inchusiveof:Reprint No-4;extra®... 2 ee eee 1.00 Voll TV.—(Gors-1016).. Unbound:22 2 a eee 4.00 V ol. V.==Gi917=1018); Unbound... Sn Se ee Vol. Vii—(roro-1920); ‘Unbonnd 22:4 6 ee ee eee 3.00 Vol. Vii: — (ages), Usaboy rhe ee Fa ee eee ee 1.50 Total—$22.25 Publications. Haun, W. Analytic Study of Faunal Changes in Indiana, 2 plates, 1910; (27 °PP= So SS oe ee $ .15 GREENE, E. lL. Leaflets of Botanical Observation and Criticism. 2 vols Complete. (1903—-1912).....-...----:s00------- 6.00 "a ds Cybele Columbiana, A series of Studies in Botany, chiefly North American. (All published) ......... 75 a ie Pittonia, A series of Papers Relating to Botany and Botanists, 5 vols. (1887—1905)....------------------0-00+ 14.00 oe ” Flora Franciscana, Parts I, II, III. [Part IV pub- lished long after the other parts, is quite unobtainable, as all copies not immediately distributed seem to have been lost in the San Francisco fire.] Price as published__................. 2.00 a a Manual of the Botany of the Region of San Fran- cisco Bay (1894). Bound cloth.........02...........- 2.00 Unbotind 25. S a ee ee 1.50 UTTERBACK, W. I. Naiades of Missouri, 200 pp. 29 pl. and some text figures: <6 Se es ee ee eee 1.75 Reprints. RAFINESOUE; CC. S. Neogenyton;:(1825) = 2S eee $ .25 i of The Natural Family of the Carexides (1840)........ .50 f¥ Xe Scadiography or 1oo Genera of Ombelliferous Plants-ete: (4840)! 25:2 a ee ee 1.50 Monographie des Coquilles Bivalves et Fluvia- tiles de la Riviere Ohio. Remarques sur les Rapports Naturels des Genres Viscum, Samolus et Viburnum. A Bruxelles (1820)................... 1.50 LEConrTE, J. E. Reprints of Monographs without plates, $2.50; with 42 photographic copies of unpublished plates (7x8), $25.00; with colored photographic plates...$37.50 LeContTe, J. E. Two extra plates reproduced from originals in N. Y. Bot. Garden. Colored, $1.50; uncolored_............. 1.00 The American Midland Naturalist PUBLISHED BI-MONTHLY BY THE UNIVERSITY OF NOTRE DAME, NOTRE DAME, INDIANA VOL. VIII. JULY-SEPTEMBER, 1922. NOS. 4; 5- The Histological Structure of the Gills of the Najades with Special Reference to the Histology of the Groove Along the Edge of the Inner Gill. HIRAM J. BUSH. I—INTRODUCTORY The primary purpose of the investigation here recorded has been to determine the histological structure of the gill of the Najades with special reference to the groove along the ven- tral edge of the inner gill. It was at first intended to investi- gate the groove with the view of ascertaining its function. After some ‘work was done along this line it was found that Allen in a recent paper (2) (1921) had investigated the prob- lem very thoroughly and arrived. at conclusions’ which the present work corroborated in so far as it had been completed, namely that the function of the groove is to act as a channel for conveying food to the labial palps. The first mention of this problem so far as the author is aware is by Dr. Arnold 1. Ortmann of the staff of the Carnegie Museum in his Mono- graph of the Najades of Pennsylvania (4). On page 294 of that publication he says, “Making cross sections through the gills we observe that the outer edge of the outer gill is simply rounded off, while i in. the inner gill a peculiar longitudinal fur- row extends along its edge, which may be seen microscop- ically. As to the meaning of the furrow, I can not make any Suggestion and am only able to state the fact of its presence. By the presence of this furrow an inner may always be distin- guished from an outer gill.” THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST 90 PLATE L ~ 8 g { 4 8 > as = 9 > Sere ys =o xe > ds _8 N 7ransverse section thro ugh HH gon blema pee viens ~ fe ‘emale ‘nner Am Tran sverse secTion Through THE HISTOLOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE GILLS, ETC. PEAEFE. TF he aS . Le